AU1005700A - Novel heterocyclic derivatives as intermediates for 2-thiosubstituted carbapenems - Google Patents

Description

S&F Ref: 264554D2

AUSTRALIA

PATENTS ACT 1990 COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR A STANDARD PATENT

ORIGINAL

a Name and Address of Applicant: Actual Inventor(s): Address for Service: Invention Title: American Cyanamid Company One Cyanamid Plaza Wayne New Jersey 07470 United States of America Yang-I Lin, Panayota Bitha, Subas Sayka, Timothy W.

Strohmeyer, Karen Bush Spruson Ferguson St Martins Tower 31 Market Street Sydney NSW 2000 Novel Heterocyclic Derivatives as Intermediates for 2- Thiosubstituted Carbapenems a The following statement is a full description of this invention, including the best method of performing it known to me/us:- 5845c Novel Heterocyclic Derivatives as Intermediates for 2-Thiosubstituted Carbapenems Abstract The invention relates to compounds of the formulae Y or

(CH

2 )nR 2 Y (CH2)nR2 wherein: Y is SH, CI, Br, I, CH 3

SO

2 or CF 3

SO

2 n is 0-4; Z is O, S, SO or SO 2 and

R

2 is a moiety as defined herein bound through carbon, oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, or is a halogen or hydrogen. The compounds of the invention are useful as intermediates for the synthesis of certain carbapenem derivatives.

[N:\LIBZ]00734:SAK Novel Heterocyclic Derivatives as Intermediates for 2-Thiosubstituted Carbapenems FIELD OF THE INVENTION This invention relates to novel carbapenem antibiotics and non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which have antimicrobial activity.

Therefore, the present carbapenem antibiotics and :pharmaceutical compositions thereof are useful in the o.9 treatment of bacterial infections in humans and animal, either alone or in combination with other antibiotics.

The present invention also provides processes for the preparation of the carbapenem antibiotics and of certain novel intermediates.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION S 5 This invention is concerned with novel carbapenems, represented by formula I, which have antibacterial activity; with methods of treating infectious disease in humans and other animals when administering these new compounds; with pharmaceutical preparations containing these compounds; with novel intermediate compounds and stereoselective processes for the production of compounds of formula IV; and with the production of compounds of formulae I.

I2 S s cooR

I

-2wherein the moiety _SCz is a 4,5 or 6 membered mono-, di- or tni-substituted oxygen or sulfur containing ring.

For example, the moiety -S z may be a 5 membered ring of the formula -S CZ

(CH

2 )nR 2 In such an instance, the following isomers are included:

(CH

2 )nR 2 R1z N (CH 2 )nR 2 C0 2 R 3 C0 2 R 3

(CH

2

)R

2 RO R1(CH 2 )nR 2 /1 S 0 C0 2 R 3 00R 23 (CH 2 )nR 2 C0 2

R

3

(CH

2

)R

2 -3and the stereochemical assig1ment of each residue

R

1 and -(cH 2

).R

2

CO

2

R

3 on the 4, 5 or 6-membered ring (containing the Z SUbstituent) can be either R or S.

DETAILED

DESCRIPTION

As stated, the invention relates to compounds of Formula

I:

44 7 0 cools wherein the moiety: 25 represents a 4,5 or 6 mnembered mono, di-or tni-substituted ring and Z is selected from oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone; when Z is sulfoxide, the relative stereochemistry between the substituent and the sulfoxide can be cis or trans; R 0is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 2 )alkyl, CH 2 OR 4 1 CH 2 NHR 5 1 CH(0R 4 )CH 3 1 CHFCH 3 or CH(NHR 5

)CH

3 wherein R 4 is selected from hydrogen, and moieties of the formulae: -4- O 0 0 0 0 0

-CH

2 OCRG I -CH 2 OCORI -CR -CO RS ,COCH 2 0 CR 6

,I

0 0 0 0

-COCH

2 O CORI -SORI a nd -PORI 0 0%K Rii 5 is selected from hydrogen, and moieties of the formulae: 15 11 1 1 1j11 CRS I CORI C OC H 2 OCRj CO0C H 2

OCORG

0 0.

Sd O~ an

R

6 a d P R 0 0%R (iii)

R

6 is selected f rom a straight, branched or substituted (C 1 -c 8 alkyl, (C 2 -C 18 )alkenyl, UnSubstituted or substituted (C 3

-C

7 mono- *.cyclo(c -c)alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted (C 5 -c, 0 b icycl o(C 1 -Cl 0 alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryj., heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl; the substitution for the alkyl, monocycloalkyl and bicycloalkyl moieties are selected from trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, amino, mono (C 1 -c 6 alkylamino, di (C 1 -c 6 )alkylanino, hydroxy (C 1 -c 6 )alkoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkoxy, carboxy, (C -CI 0 cArboalkoxy, cyano and (C -C 1 )cr boxamido; the substitution for the aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl moieties is selected from (C 1 -C 6 )alky:L, (c 1 -C 6 mono-, dior polyfluoroalkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 dalkoxy, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkoxy, amino, mono (C 1 alkylamino, dic 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, carboxy, (C 2 -C 1 0 )carboalkoxy, cyano and

(C

1 -Cl 0 carboxamido; R1is straight or branched (c 1 -C 8 )alkyl, straight or branched (C 2

-Y

8 alkenyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyi, or (CH 2 )n R; wherein n' is an integer of from 1-6 and R is selected from CF 3 1 C 2 fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, alkoxy, nitrile, azido, a quaternary ainmonic group, amidino, f ormamidino, gjuanidino and wherein (i)RI and RI I are independently selected from :::hydrogen, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, straight or branched (C -C )alkoxy, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-azidoethyl and 2-aminoethyl; (ii) and when R' is hydrogen or straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, may also be ~*selected from amino, hydroxy, mono(C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, di (C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, acyl, benzoyl, dihydroxybenzoyl, an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide, and straight or branched substituted 1 -C 6 )alkyl wherein said alkyl substituent *is selected from hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, azido, amino, mono(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, 1 -C 6 alkylamino, guanidino, nitrile, carboxy, formimidoyl and phenyl; or (iii)R' and RI I taken together with the associated nitrogen may also be an ursubstituted or substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring having up to four (4) heteroatoms in each ring independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, wherein said substituent is selected from -6straight or branched

(C

1

-C

6 )alkyl, straight or branched

(C

1

-C

6 )alkoxy,

(C

3

-C

8 )cycloalkyl,

(C

3

-C

8 )cycloalkoxy, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, halogen (selected from bromine, chlorine, fluorine and iodine), amino, nitrile, carboxy, carbamido, carbamoyl, straight or branched mono(C 1

-C

6 )alkylamino, straight or branched di(C 1

-C

6 )alkylamino, and amino(C 1

-C

6 )alkyl.

The term "acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide" as used herein means the acyl residue of a naturally occurring amino acid, 1 a racemic amino acid or a peptide derived S 15 .therefrom. Suitable amino acids are those described herein and other known amino acids such as alanine, glycine, arginine, cysteine, -isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, aminopimelic acid, 2. threonine and the like.

The substituent or substituents on the ring are independently selected from moieties of the formula -(CH 2

R

2 wherein: n is an integer from 0-4 and R is: methyl, fluorine, or any suitable leaving group such as but not limited to chlorine, bromine, iodine, OCOCH3, OCOCF3,

OSO

2

CH

3

OSO

2 Ph, NO 2 cyano or azido; (ii) R 2 may also be a moiety of the formula: -S(O)n,,Ra wherein n" is an integer from 0-2; and Ra is hydrogen or an organic group bonded via a carbon atom selected from (C 1

-C

6 )alkyl, -7- (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, (C 2

-C

6 )alkerlyl, (C 2

-C

6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl (C 1 -c 6 )alkyl, heteroaryl alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkanoyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl (C 1 -C 6 alkyl, heterocyclyl(C 1 -C 6 )thioalkyl, any of such groups being optionally substituted.

Preferably, the heteroatom or heteroatoms in the above-named heterocyclyl and heteroaryl moieties are nitrogen atoms and may be quaternized and carry a positive charge and be associated with a physiologically IS acceptable counterion. As used herein, a physiologically acceptable counterion is selected from anions such as Cl-, OH-, HCOJ CH 3 C0 2 ,Br, I, H 2

P

4 4 carboxylate and the like.

Optional substituents on the group R ainclude (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, phenyl, #000 heterocyclyl, amino, amidino, guanidino, carboxamido, carbamoyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkanoylamino, mono- and 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, an acyclic quaternary ammonio moiety of the formula: 4R. R92 wherein R R. and R are the same or different and are 8 9 selected from hydrogen, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )alkenyl and substituted (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected from hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, azido, amino, (C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, di (C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, guanidino, nitrile, carboxy, formimidoyl, phenyl, an amidino or guanidino moiety of the formula: -N=CR 10 -N 1 1

R

12 wherein R 0is hydrogen, straight o branched

(C

1 -c 6 )alkyl, amino, (C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino or di(c 1 -C 6 )alkylamino; and R 1and R 2are independently -8selected from hydrogen and straight or branched (C -C 6 )alkyl.

Suitably, R a is (C 1

-C

6 )alkyl for example methyl, ethyl or isopropyl, optionally substituted by amino,

(C

1

-C

6 )alkanoylamino, carboxy, mono- and di(C 1

-C

6 )alkylamino, hydroxy, amidino or (C 1

-C

6 )alkoxy.

Preferably, Ra is ethyl substituted by

(C

1

-C

6 )alkanoylamino, for example R a is acetamidoethyl.

Suitably, R a is (C 2

-C

6 )alkenyl and, in particular, optionally substituted vinyl wherein the substituents O are selected from those described hereinabove.

Preference for substituents is given to 5 (C -C 6 )alkanoylamino such as acetamido; carbamoyl 1 5 groups including mono- and di(C -C 6 )alkylcarbamoyl, 1 6 such as phenylcarbamoyl and NH 2 CO-; a carboxy group where the carboxy group is esterified with an alkyl ester such as methyl or as its aralkyl ester such as 4-nitrobenzyl ester or the carboxy group is salified as 20 its sodium or potassium salt.

Suitably, R a is aryl such as phenyl; aralkyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the alkyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as benzyl or phenethyl. In particular R a may be optionally substituted aralkyl S 25 wherein the substituents for the (C -C 6 )alkyl portion S"is as hereinabove defined and optional substitution for the phenyl ring consists of one or more of the following substituents: amino, (C 1

-C

6 )alkanoylamino, monoand di(C 1

-C

6 )alkylamino, hydroxy, amidino,

(C

1

-C

6 )alkoxy, sulphanoyl, carbamoyl, nitro, chloro, fluoro, bromo, carboxy and salts and esters thereof.

Suitable examples of the above-named list are: -9-

-CH

2

CH

I-K

NHCO-CH

2 G

NO

2

-CH

1

-CH

IO

1

NH

2 02

CHI

NH

2 C0 2

H

-C14 2

-CH

N

H 2 N II 0CH 3 9* 9 9 9999 9**9 9999 *99* 9**9 9 *999 9 .9999.

Suitably, R a is a heteroaryl wherein the heteroaton or heteroatoms of the heteroaryl ring are selected from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms such as l,2-dihydro-2-methyl.5,6-dioxo-l,2 ,4-triazin-3-yl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl; a heteroaryl(c -C alkyl such as:

-CH

2 CHI O No

-CHCH,

0 wherein the alkyl portion is optionally substituted as hereinabove described and the heteroaryl portion is optionally substituted with substituents hereinabove defined. Suitable examples are: "-Hr-O -CHI-CH^ NHCOCH,

MNCOCM,

-CHCH COI r -CNHCN NHCOICHo, on H Suitably, R a is a bicyclic fused heteroaryl wherein the heteroatoms or heteroatoms of the heteroaryl ring are selected from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and optionally substituted as 15 hereinabove defined. Preferably, examples are the and fused bicyclic heteroaryl ring system generically shown: Rb H t. Re Hot Aryl 25 b wherein the definitions of R and R c may be selected O from any of the above referenced substituents for R a Suitably, R is a quaternized fused heteroaryl oo wherein the heteroatoms of the heteroaryl ring are selected from 1 to 4 nitrogens and optionally substituted as hereinabove defined. Preferably, examples are the and [4.4.0] quaternized fused heteroaryl rings, optionally substituted with an acidic substituent. Suitable examples are shown: -11-

B

N-" N

I

0C (i)

W~I

CN

iB

I~N

N 02 C I N 0 2

C

CT)

0 2 0 2

C

(ji) N N I N (i)

NI

I N C0 2

Q.)

N

7(I N

CO

2

N

N

(j)

IN

0N Co 2 (iB Ww -12co 2-

W,)

B-

co 0 p C20 CO2 w h@res R~ s1 he0rei n a ftesr doafined and aniTon.

-13- Suitably R a is a quaternized heteroaryl-

(C

1

-C

6 )alkyl group of the formula:

B-

CH

2

CH

2 wherein the definition of the heteroaryl moiety:

B-

is as referenced above. Contemplated equivalents are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,952,397.

15 Suitably R a is a quaternized heteroaryl-

(C

1

-C

6 )thioalkyl group such as:

CH

2

CH

2 S- Rd wherein Rd is (C1-C6)alkyl and the definition of the heteroaryl ring:

B-

is as defined above. Contemplated equivalents of the heteroaryl ring and the alkyl group R d are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,880,922.

Suitably, Ra is a heterocyclyl wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms in the heterocycle are selected from 1 to 4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms.

Additionally, the above mentioned heterocyclyl moiety is optionally substituted with one or more of the substituents hereinabove defined. Preferred examples of the above-mentioned list are substituted pyrrolidinyl groups of the formula: -14-

R'

R f wherein the definitions of R e and R are any of the above referenced substituents for Ra. Contemplated equivalents are found in U.S. Patent 4,921,852; U.S.

Patent 4,963,543; U.S. Patent 4,463,544 and U.S. Patent 4,740,507; or pyrazolidinyl substituents preferably: 15 1 and

I

^R

R

wherein R g is hydrogen, tert-butyldimethylsilyl or other suitable tri-substituted silyl groups, -CO 2CH2-(4-nitrophenyl), or -C02CH2CH=CH 2 (iii) R 2 may also be hydroxy, -OR a

-OC(O)R

a

-OC(O)OR

a -OC(O)NRaR a

S

-0c( 0)-C

NH

2 wherein Ra is independently selected and is as hereinabove defined or 0 0 P OCH 2

CH

2

R,

I3- 0 wherein Ri3 is a moiety selected from those of the formulae:

B'

B- B-

-N

NH3 -N(CH 3 3 and wherein B is a physiologically acceptable anion; (iv) R 2 may also be an organic residue bonded via a nitrogen atom, such as: NO, NO 2

NO

3 NC, NCO, NHCN, NRhRJ wherein Rh and R are independently selected from hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1

-C

8 )alkyl and 10 (C 3 -C )cycloalkyl(C -Ca)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl(C -C )alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and a 15 cyclic group wherein R h and R J taken together with the associated nitrogen is an unsubstituted or substituted mono- or bicyclic heterocyclic ring having up to four (4) heteroatoms in each ring independently S 20 selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur wherein the substituents in the aforementioned substituted alkyl, amino and heterocyclic groups consist of amino, mono-, di- and tri(C 1

-C

6 )alkylamino, hydroxyl, oxo, carboxyl, alkoxyl, chloro, fluoro, bromo, nitro, -SO2NH2, phenyl, benzyl, acyloxy, alkoxylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy and carboxamido.

Relative to the above defined NRhRJ, representative examples are: -16- -NH 2

NHCH

3 -NCH CH 3 -NHCH (CH 3 2' -N (CH 3 2' N(CH 2 CH 3 2

-N[CH(CH

3 2

J

2

-NIHH

2 CH 2 OH, -NHCH 2 CH 2 CH2OH, -N(CH 2

CH

2 OH) 2 -N[CH(CH 3

)CH

2 OHJ,'

-NH(CH

2

CO

2 CH 3 -HCH 2

CH

2 Co 2

CH

3 NHCH 2 CF3 -NHCH 2 CH 2 NHC 2 C(CH 33 -NHCH(CH 3 )CH 2

CO

2 C(CH 3 3

-NHH

2 CH 2 NH 2 -NHCH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 2

-NHCH(CH

3 )CH(aI )2 0

-NHCH

2

CH

2 -3 -NHCH ;NCJH -N~j~

-NH(CH

2 2 -N 0

-NH(CH

2 1 -N s

-NH(CH

1 -WH(C(2).

-NH(CH

1 -NH(CH 2).

-NH(CH 2).

D

-NH(CH

1 2) 2 -N NH fi1 .2 301 NH.

rm- I 2 OCHS, C. r, F. I.*NO2 OH C0O H, COHN 2 ft-1.2 mn-I.,! Ewseas above .2

E

1 -COIH.

CONH

1 E CIN

CONN

2 n-1.2 0-H, CO IN. CONH 0-N,

CO

1 N, CONNHI f-\ -N

NH

v-/ -N S -N N-CH 1 v- -17- R2',a an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, may also be; hydroxylanino, hydrazinyl, iminyl and hydroxanic acid derivatives of the formulae: -N (R ORJ )NRhRj J> nd CRh) OR j R0 a respectively; wherein R h and Rj are as hereihabove defined; moieties of the formulae: R Rh Rh N R a nd ~Rh wherein R hand Rj are as hereinabove defined; (d) acylainino moieties of the formulae: R -C-N- 0 R 4 R -C Rk 0 -N C H RN C 0 R wherein Rhand Rj are as hereinabove defined; (e) moieties represented by the formulae: R h I I N -C NH and

R

Rh 0-C-NH- -18wherein R and R are as hereinabove defined and R P is selected from oxygen and sulfur; moieties of the formulae: Rk-C-C-NH II II N 0

OR

k wherein R k represents hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1

-C

3 )alkyl* (in the description of respective groups in the present specification, O moieties marked with an asterisk may have a substituent as assigned hereinabove for Rh and R) 15 (C 2

-C

6 )alkenyl*,

(C

2

-C

6 )alkynyl*, heterocyclyl* and heteroaryl* wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur and the cyclic portion has or 6 ring atoms; moieties of the formulae: 20 RaS(0)

,,NH-

wherein n"and R are as hereinabove defined; (h) moieties represented by the formulae: 0 0 S• 0 R 0 \1 P-NH- and P-NH- P-NH- P R

R

R

wherein R and R are as hereinabove defined.

R2, as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, may also be an amino moiety containing an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide represented by the formula: -19- 0 Rm -N -C-CH -N 1I Ifh Rh R R wherein Rh is as hereinabove defined; Rm is hydrogen or an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide; and R t is hydrogen, benzyl, straight or branched (C 1 -C.)alkyl optionally substituted with halo, hydroxy, amino, guanidinyl, carboxy, phenyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthio, hydroxyphenyl or heterocyclyl.

Representative examples of an acylamino moiety of 0 the formulae: Rh_ O R from the above-mentioned groups are formylamino, acetylamino, isobutyrylamino, benzyloxycarbonylamino, l-aminocyclohexylcarbonylamino, 2 -(2-amino-4-thiazolyl) -2-ethylideneacetylamino, 4-bromobenzoylamino, nicotinoylamino, pyrrolidinone, succinimidoyl and maleimidoyl.

Representative examples of a moiety of the formulae: Rh R

R

N-C -N H- a nd R 0-C--NHfrom the above-mentioned groups are:

H

1 N-C(O)NH-

CHINHC(O)NH-,

H

2

N-C(S)NH-.

CHN H-C S)N H- 0 N-C(O)NH- H N N-C(0)NH- NH2 N-C

S)-NH-

NCH

1

H

n

O)H-

A

EtN A C()NH- 0 ANC(0)NH- HO CC(0) NH- HOP

CH

3 C N

-NH-

C02H 0 11 CHzOCNHa nd C H 3 -c -0-CHO-c -N- %'n 3 Representative examples of an acylamino moiety of the formulae: 0 I I from the above-mentioned groups are: -21- C H 3 -C-C -NH1liii NO0

S

H

2

C-C-NH-

N lii

OCHS

C-C-NH-

H 2N N 1 H1 NO0

CH

3

-C-C-NH-

*11 11 NO0 OCHS

OCH

2

CH-CH

2

CH

3

-C-C-NH-

NO0 0CH 2

CO

2

H

nd NO0

\-C-C-NH-

NO0 0 0OH 0 CH 3 Representative examples of moieties of the formulae: R a S(O) n,,"NHfrom the above-mentioned listings are: -22-

CH

3

SO

2

NH-

C

6

HSO

2 N H- 0 2 N

S-NH-

-L SONH-

-~SO

2

NH-

HO S0 2

-NH-

0 0 0 r -a so 2 NH- S0 2

-NH-

(CH

3 2 CH-SO 2 NH-

SONH

SO

2 N- ~S 2

NH-

0

CGH

5

CH

2 -0IC -CH 2

-SO

2 a nd CSH 5

-CH

2 -Sc, 2

NH-

Representative examples of moieties of the f ormulae: R h 0 from the above-mentioned listings are (dimethoxyphosphinyl) amino, (diethoxyphosphilyl) -23amino, (diisopropoxyphosphinyl) amino, (diphenoxyphosphinyl) amino, arnd bis (phenylmethoxy) phosphinylamino, Representative examples of the formulae: R h 0

ROJ

from the above-mentioned listings are: a a C H 3 0 CH30 C 0"10PNH- 0 L0 P

I-H-

CH

3

-C\I

CHJ 0 PNH Representative examples of the formulae: R ho 0 from the above-mentioned listings are: C\ I4~ c N.CH 3 0

CH

3 0 ?I

H-

CH

5 C14 3 and Representative examples of moieties the formulae: -24-

N-

from the above-mentioned listings are: CH, NPH P h CM, la CH3

CH

3 S-CH>=

N

CM

3 Ck,

N-

CH,

H

Representative examples of moieties with the formulae: 0 -N(R )ORJ and CRh) from the above-mentioned listings are: -NHOH, -N(CH 3 OH, -N (CH 3

)OCH

3

-N(CH

2

CH

3

OH,

-N(CH 2 CH 3

)OCH

3 -N(CH 3

)OCH

2

CO

2 H, -N(CH 3 OCH 2

CO

2 CHc 6HS -N (CH 3 c 6

HSI

-N(CH

1 )O

-M(CH

2

CH-CH

2

)OCH

3 -N(CH3)O -a COM(CHJ)I 9* 9 9 99* 9 9 9999 9999 9 *9*9 9*9**9 9999 9 9999 9 0 -2N

-NCO

2

CHICGHI

0 MHz

-N

0 NHCOZCH 1

C

6

HI

OH

II

0

OCHS

II

-N--C-CH

3 0 I I H 0 0 Representative examples of moieties with the formulae: -N(R h )NRh RJ from the above-mentioned listings are: -HH2' -N(CH 3NH 2 -N(CH 3 )NHCH 3 -NHN(CH 3 2 -N(CH 3 )N(CH 3 2 -NHNHCo 2 CH 2 c 6 -NHNHC 6

H

5 -NHNHCH 2 c 6 H -26- -NHNH S SH CON(CC HO) -NHNH

-NC

2

H

2 a co NOH 2

G

-N-NH

OH

-N-N H N "2C N- 0 XNINNI-

H

a nd Representative examples of moieties with the formulae: N -Nfrom the above-mentioned listings are: -27- N NEi= 0(

H

3

C

CH

1 N N examples of moieties with the Goo* *0.4 a nd Representative formulae: N

-R

from the above-mentioned listings are: I N-CH

CH

3

HH

H

-N

N y

CONH

1

CH

3

CH

and CON CH

NH

-28- Representative listings of moieties with the formulae: N R h _N

R

from the above-mentioned listings are: 0 0.

0.0.

000.

0 0..

-NN

H

2 NH 2

NHCOCH

NCCH

3

~NHCH

3 N N I N H C H 3 _NH

D_

7 C H 3 CH 3 a nd Representative listings of moieties with the formulae: 0

R

-C CH -N Rh i t \Rh from the above-mentioned listings are: -29- 0 0 -N-C-CH NHCH, -NHCCH-N14 H 2 C C H2) 4

COOH

0 0a NH, 0 0 -NHCCHNCCHNHCH, -NHCCHCI4 2 CII -NC-CH-NH-C-CHCHCI CCI NH 0 0 0000 0 *000 *00* 0**S 0 0 11 11 -HHC-CH----HCCH( CH, 4

COOH

(CH

1 4 COOH

NH

2 0 0 11 11 -N-C-CH-NHCHN2 H CI H 1

H

CH

2

OH

0 11

-N-CCH

2

NH

2

H

0 0 -N C-CH 2 -NH C-C H-CH

NH

1 0 0 H I

I

CHI NH2 0*0t*0 0 0 *000

A

S 0040.

0 0

H

N- C-C H NH2

N-C-C

CH 3 R2,as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, may also be an acyclic quaternary anmonio, moiety of the formula:

B

RRR

wherein R 7 R 8 and R 9are the same or different and are selected from hydrogen, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 )alkcyl, (C 2

-Y

6 alkeny. and substituted (C 1 -C.)alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected from hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, azido, amino,

(C

1 -c 6 )alkylamino, di 6 )alkylamino, guanidino, nitrile, carboxy, formimidoyl and phenyl. Alternatively,

R

7 and Rg taken together may be -(CH2)2X(CH2)2-, wherein X is (CH2w (w is an integer from 0 to oxygen, sulfur, NH, NRh, NOH and NORh Suitable examples are:

B

+NH

-NH

3

-HCH

-NH

2

CH

3

-NH(CH

3 2 4(CH3)J.

to 0.0 *5 0600 0 9

B-

-N

OH

B-

-tl

CH

3 where B-

B

H

2 B-

B-

-'H(Et) 2

-NH

2

C

5 Hs

B

B

COOCH,

-NH

-NH

S--COOCH,

N

3

B-

and

-N

Et E t is a physiologically acceptable onion.

R

2 as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, may also be a quaternized heteroaryl wherein the heteroatoms are selected from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms and must contain at least one positively charged nitrogen atom in association with a physiologically acceptable anion wherein the quaternized heteroaryl is optionally substituted by R a as hereinabove defined; preferably, the quarternized heteroaryl moiety is a quarternized bicyclic heteroaryl ring. Representative examples of quaternized heteroaryl groups are: -31- NQ 5 ?-02 *coi 0e 0 0* S. 0 See S 5*5~

S

SOS.

5555

I-

+1

NI

0.4 co- -32- DN (CH 3 1

H

N Sz-

N

-N

1 s a a a

S

2

I-,

-N

NHCOCH

3 B N -N

F

c I -33-

R

2 may also be an organic residue bonded via a carbon atom. Suitably, the organic residue is 2 3 bonded to either a sp-, sp or sp3-hybridized carbon as follows: Suitably, an organic residue bonded via an sp-hybridized carbon can be a nitrile, -C=N or acety en c, -C cC-R" wherein R a is as hereinabove defined.

An organic residue bonded via an 10 sp -hybridized carbon can be moieties of the formulae: 0 .*Imlnc, -C N--R carbonyl, I..I Rh

S

hlocarbony R' ee oleflnic, -C =C-R oximlno, C-NOR h R_ hydrazonyl, C= N- Rh 0 0 II I I acid, C--OH eter -C-OR; 0 R0 5 Rh II R II II /R amld, C--N C-N NR ;thloamldo, C--N Y^

J

-34- 0 0 1 1 1 1 C S R foarmylI. -CHi t h iouesxte@r, f un c t IonalI g rcup.s o f t he fo r m uIaa: N-Rd R Ih N 11 Rh N Rh a cy I i mi no s ub s Ititu tad a r y I zu b stIt u tead h et er o ar y /O Ra Ra wheeinR hand R are as hereinabove defined.

an organic residue bonded via an sp -_hybridized carbon can be -CHF 2 1 -CHC1 2

,I

-CH(0CH 3 2 CF 3 1C 2CF3 or CHR h RJ Representative examples of an organic residue bonded via an sp-hybridized carbon are: -C N -c -c H I- C= ~C -CH 3 9 C=C-CH 2 0H C C-C 6 H 5

P

-C==C-CH

2 NH C0 2 C( C H 3 3 C-C H 2

N

Cz I -C=C-CH2 2 NHCOC 8 0 N N c

C

C CH 3

N

Representative examples of an organic residue bonded via an sp2-hybridized carbon are: -36- IH

OCH

3 -CH =N-NH 2

OCH

3

NH

2

-C=NCH

3 Oc 2 C0 2

H

CH

3 C H= N-N -CH =N-CH3 -CH=:N a a a a a a a a a -CH-N N-co2cH2c6H5 -CN-C02CHICIH5 -v=s

IH

1C=

I

6

H

-C=O

C

CH

2 SCH 3

CH

2

CI

-C =0 -C =0 0 I

HCOCH

3 QH N H 2H c 1 1 CH, H U

OH

OH

OCH

3 CON (CH3) 2 0 11

NH

2 -37-

-C-N(CH

3 2 -C-S NH C 1L N H 1 1 =N-N N I NH, N~

N

0 0* 0 -C-N NCO 2

C

2 h -CN N 3 C- N NCH 1 Ph, 0 and N 0

()R

3 is selected from hydrogen; a straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, :0 n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, or tert-butyl; a (C -C )alkoxymethy. group such as methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, f-propoxymethyl, isopropoxymethyl, n-butoxymethyl or isobutoxymethyl; a straight or branched l-(C 1 -C 5 )aliphatic acyloxy-ethyl or =ethyl group such as acetoxymethyl, 1-propionyloxyethyl, n-butyryloxymethyl, isobutyryloxymethyl or pivaloyloxymethyl; a straight, branched or cyclic 1-(C 1 -C 6 )alkoxycarbonyloxy-ethyl or methyl group such as ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl, l-isopropoxycarbonyloxyethyl, 1-n-butoxycarbonyloxyethyl, l-cycloh~xyloxycarbonyloxyethyl or l-isobutoxycarbonyloxyethyl; a phthalidyl group; -38and water soluble cations such as lithium, sodium, potassium, ammonium or tetra (C 1 -C 4 alkyl ammonium.

Preferred compounds are those of formula I wherein: Z is selected from oxygen; and R 0 is -CH(R 4 CH 3 wherein Ris selected from hydrogen and groups of formulae: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 so 0 _CH 2 OCRI I -CH 2 OCORs -C Re I -C0RG I-COCH20OC ReI *0 0 0 0 -COCH 0 COR 5

-SOR

6 and -f OR S 11 OR 0OR *wherein R 6 is selected from a straight, branched *or substituted (C 1

C

18 )alkyl, (C 2 Cl,)alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted (C 3 -C 7 )monocyclo-

(C

1 -C 10 )alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted

(C

5 -C 10 )bicyclo(C 1 -C 10 )alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or substituted heterocyclyl; wherein the substitution for the alkyl, monocycloalkyl and bicycloalkyl moieties are selected from trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, amino, mono(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, di(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkoxy, carboxy, (C 2 -C 10 )carboalkoxy, cyano, and (C 1 -C 10 )carboxamido; and the substitution for the aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl is selected from (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 mono-, di- or polyfluoroalkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy,

(C

3 -c 8 )cycloalkoxy, amino, mono(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, -39di(C 1

-C

6 )alkylamino, carboxy,

(C

2

-C

1 0 )carboalkoxy, cyano and (C 1

-C

1 0 )carboxamido;

R

1 is straight or branched (C1-C4)alkyl, straight or branched

(C

2

-C

4 )alkenyl, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl, or

(CH

2 wherein n' is an integer of from 1-4; R is selected from CF, C 2

F

5 fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, alkoxy, nitrile, azido, a quaternary ammonio group, amidino, formamidino, guanidino and NR'R''; wherein R' and are independently selected from hydrogen, straight or branched (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, and straight or branched (C 1

-C

4 )alkoxy; (ii) when R' is hydrogen or straight or branched 15 (C1-C4)alkyl, R" may also be selected from amino, hydroxy, mono(C 1

-C

4 )alkylamino, di(C 1

-C

4 )alkylamino, acyl, benzoyl, Sdihydroxybenzoyl, and an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide, or (iii) R' and R" taken together with the associated nitrogen is an unsubstituted or substituted monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring having up to four heteroatoms in each 25 ring independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, wherein said substituent is selected from straight or branched (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, straight or branched

(C

1

-C

4 )alkoxy,

(C

3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl,

(C

3

-C

6 )cycloalkoxy, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, halogen (selected from bromine, chlorine, fluorine and iodine), amino, nitrile, carboxy, carbamido, carbamoyl, straight or branched mono(C 1

-C

4 )alkylamino, straight or branched di(C 1

-C

4 )alkylamino, and amino(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl; n is an integer from 0-4; @9* I *1 I I *1I I *1I*

I

I@I

S

R 2 is: methyl, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, -OCOCH 3 -OCOCF 3 1 -OSO 2 CH 3 1 -OS0 2 Ph azido, (ii) a moiety of the formula: n R a wherein n''is an integer from 0-2; and Rais hydrogen or an organic group bonded via a carbon atom selected from substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; said substitution is selected from (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, phenyl, heterocyclyl, amino, amidino, guanidino, carboxamido, carbamoyl and quaternary ammonio.

Preferably, the above referenced heteroaryl or heterocyclyl moiety is monocyclic or bicyclic and each ring is comprised of 5 or 6 atoms. Preferably, at'least one of the heteroatoms is nitrogen and is quarternized.

(iii) or R 2 is hydroxy, -OR a, -OC(O)Ra, -OC(O)ORa -OC(O)NR aR a or -OC(O)-C(H 2 )R a wherein R a is independently selected and is as hereinabove defined or

S

@05 -41- 0 0-P--OCH2CH2R13 0 wherein RI 3 is a moiety selected from those of the formulae:

SB

N H -(CH)3 and 15 (iv) or R2 is an organic residue bonded via a nitrogen atom, selected from NO, NO 2

NO

3 NC, NCO, NHCN, and NRhRJ wherein R and R J are independently selected from hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted

(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl and

(C

3 -C )cycloalkyl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C 1

-C

4 alkyl wherein 25 the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and a cyclic group wherein R h and R J taken together with the associated nitrogen is an unsubstituted or substituted mono- or bicyclic heterocyclic ring having up to four heteroatoms in each ring independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur wherein the substituents in the aforementioned substituted alkyl, amino and heterocyclic groups consist of amino, mono-, di- and tri(C 1 -c 4 )alkylamino, hydroxyl, oxo, carboxyl, alkoxyl, chloro, fluoro, bromo, nitro, -SO 2

NH

2 phenyl, benzyl, acyloxy, -42alkoxylcarbonyl, cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy alkoxycarbonyloxy, and carboxamido; or R 2 as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, is a hydroxylamino, hydrazinyl, and hydroxamic acid derivative: 0 N(R )OR -N R h )NRh

R

and -N(CRh)ORJ respectively; wherein R and R' are as hereinabove defined; moieties of the formulae: R Rh J> 11 20 R I R N -R aond •-Rh

RJ

R -C-N- 0 R wherein R and R are as hereinabove defined; acylamino moiety of the formula: Rh-C-N- 0 R

I

wherein R and R are as hereinabove defined; moieties represented by the formulae: R R

P

N-C -NH- and R h-C -NH-

R

J

-43wherein R h and R J are as hereinabove defined and R is oxygen or sulfur; moieties of the formula: 0

II

R k--C-NH-

I

ORk wherein Rk represents hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1

-C

3 )alkyl* (in the description of respective groups in the present specification, groups marked with an asterisk may have a substituent as Rh J assigned hereinabove for R and R

(C

2

-C

4 )alkenyl*,

(C

2

-C

4 )alkynyl*, heterocyclyl* and 20 20 heteroaryl* wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur and the cyclic portion has 5 or 6 ring atoms; moieties of the formula: RaS(O) ,,NHwherein n" and R are as hereinabove defined; or R 2 as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, is an amino moiety containing an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide represented by the formula: 0 Rm I1 -N-C-CH

-N

h I \h Rh Rh -44wherein Rh is as hereinabove defined; Rm is hydrogen or an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide; and Rt is hydrogen, benzyl, straight or branched (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl optionally substituted with halo, hydroxy, amino, guanidinyl, carboxy, phenyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthio, hydroxyphenyl or heterocyclyl;

R

2 as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, may also be an acyclic quaternary ammonio moiety of the formula:

B

B

7R89 5 wherein B is a physiologically acceptable anion and R 7 R and R 9 are the same or different and are selected from hydrogen, a straight or branched (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl,

(C

2

-C

4 )alkenyl and substituted (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected from hydroxy, (C -C 4 )alkoxy, azido, amino,

(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl- amino, di(C 1

-C

4 )alkylamino, guanidino, nitrile, carboxy, formimidoyl and phenyl; alternatively, R 7 and R taken 25 together are -(CH 2 2

X(CH

2 2 wherein X is (CH2)w (w is an integer from 0 to oxygen, sulfur, NH, NRh, NOH and NORh; or R2, as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, is a quaternized heteroaryl wherein the heteroatoms are selected from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms with the proviso that the heteroaryl moiety must contain at least one positively charged nitrogen atom in association with a physiologically acceptable anion wherein the quaternized heteroaryl is optionally substituted by R a as hereinabove defined; quaternized fused bicyclic heteroaryl rings wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms of the quaternized fused heteroaryl ring are selected from 1-3 oxygens, nitrogens and sulfurs; wherein the quaternized fused heteroaryl is optionally substituted by R a as hereinabove defined; or R 2 is an organic residue bonded via a carbon atom; suitably, the organic residue is bonded to either a sp-, sp 2 or sp -hybridized carbon; wherein an organic residue bonded via an sp-hybridized carbon is a nitrile, oo* S" -C-N or acetylenic, -C-C -R a wherein Ra is as hereinabove 20 defined; an organic residue bonded via an 2 sp -hybridized carbon is selected from those of the formulae: -46- 0 11 Rh -C C-R" Rh R~

-C=NOR~

Rh

S..

S*

S

S

-C-OH ester *OO -C

\"R

0 11

-C-SRO

0 'If-N N IS I -1Rh

-C-N'_R

-C-H;

-o -47an organic residue bonded via an sp 3 -hybridized carbon is -CHF 2 1 CF 3 1 -CF 2 CF 3 1 -CH (OCH 3 2 -CHCl 2 or CHjh RJ; R 3is hydrogen; a straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, or tert-butyl; a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxymethyl group such as methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, n-propoxymethyl, isopropoxymethyl, n-butoxymethyl or isobutoxymethyl; a straight or branched l-(C 1 -C 5 )aliphatic acyloxy-ethyl or methyl group such as acetoxymethyl, l-propionyloxyethyl, n-butyryloxymethyl, isobutyryloxymethyl or pivaloyloxymethyl; a straight, branched or cyclic l-(C 1 -C 6 )alkoxycarbonyloxy-ethyl or methyl group such as, ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl, l-isopropoxycarbonyloxyethyl, l-n-butoxycarbonyloxyethyl, l-cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxyethyl or -isobutoxycarbonyloxyethyl; a phthalidyl group; or water soluble cations selected from lithium, sodium, potassium, ammonium or tetra(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl ammoni~um.

Most preferred compounds are those of formula I wherein: n is an integer from 0-4; Z is selected from oxygen; R 0is -CH(R 4 CH 3 R 4is selected from hydrogen, -48- 0 0 0 0 0 0

-CH

2 OCRe I -CH 2 0C0RI '-C 5 -II COR N 6

-COCH

2 0 C RS a o 0 -C0C14 2 0CON 6 and-PR

OR

6 R 6 is selected from a straight, branched or substituted (C 1 -C 18 )alkyl, (C 2

-C

18 )alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted (C 3 -C 7 monocyclo (Cl-C 1 0 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted (C 5 -C 10 )bicyclo (C 1

-CI

0 alkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl; the substitution for the alkyl, monocycloalkyl and bicycloalkyl are selected'from trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, amino, mono(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, di(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, hydroxy, (C 1

C

6 )alkoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkoxy, carboxy, (C 2

C

10 )carboalkoxy, cyano, and (C 1 -C 10 )carboxamido; the substitution for the phenyl group is selected from (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )mono-, di- or polyfluoroalkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkoxy,.amino, mono(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, di (C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, 5carboxy, (C 2

C

10 )carboalkoxy, cyano and (C 1 -C 1 0 )carboxamido; R 1is straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, or (CH 2 )n R; n' is an integer of from 1-4; R is selected from CF3 C 2 F 5 fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, alkoxy, nitrile, azido, a quaternary ammonio group, amidino, formamidino, guanidino and NR'R''; wherein R' and are independently selected from hydrogen, straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, and straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy; and when R' is hydrogen or straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, may also be selected from amino, hydroxy, mono (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, -49di (C 1 -C 4 alkcylamino, acyl, benzoyl and dihydroxybenzoyl; Ris selected from methyl, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, -OCOCH 3 1 -OCOCF 3

-OSO

2

CH

3 _002 Pazido, a moiety of the formula: n',R a wherein is -an integer from 0-2; and R a is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted

(C

2 -C 4 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 2 -C 4 alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted 15 phenyl; said substitution is selected f rom.

(C -c alkyl, hydroxy, (C -C alkoxy, phenyl, amino, amidino, guanidino, carboxamido, carbamoyl and quaternary *amnonio; or: 2 is hydroxy, -OR a, -OC(0)R a, -OC(O)ORa -OC(O)NR aR a, -OC (0)-C(NH 2 )R aweinRais independently selected and is as hereinabove 9 defined or

CH

O-_P--0CH 2 cH 2 13 wherein R 13is a moiety selected from those of the formulae:

BB

_NH

3 -N(CH 3 3 and

N

where B_ is a physiologically acceptable anion, or R 2is an organic residue bonded via a nitrogen atom, selected from -NR hRI.

0 h N R -N(CR h)ORJ,

R

RhR Rh I% I h N-C-NH- R 0 C-NH- I I R' Ri i- -N -C -CH -N RJ Rh R t

R

0

B

a+ 7

R

8

R

9 wherein R hand R are independently selected from hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl and (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and with :e.:respect to the NRhRJ moiety, Rhand Rj taken together with the associated nitrogen may be unsubstituted or substituted mono- or bicyclic heterocyclic ring having from 5-7 atoms in each ring and up to four heteroatoms in each ring independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur wherein the substituents consist of amino, mono-, di- and tri(C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, hydroxyl, oxo, carboxyl, alkoxyl, chioro, fluoro, bromo, nitro, -SO 2 NH 2 phenyl, benzyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy, alkoxylcarbonyl and carboxamido; RP is oxygen or sulfur; e is hydrogen or an acyl residue of an amiino acid or peptide; and R t is hydrogen, benzyl, -51straight or branched (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl optionally substituted with halo, hydroxy, amino, guanidinyl, carboxy, phenyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthio or hydroxyphenyl; and R 7

R

8 and R 9 are the same or different and are selected from hydrogen, a straight or branched

(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl, (C 2

-C

4 )alkenyl and substituted

(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected from hydroxy, (C 1

-C

4 )alkoxy, azido, amino,

(C

1

-C

4 alkylamino, di(C 1

-C

4 )alkylamino, guanidino, nittile, carboxy, formimidoyl and phenyl; alternatively, R 7 and Rg taken together are *L -(CH 2 2

X(CH

2 2 wherein X is (CH 2 (w is an integer from 0 to oxygen, sulfur, NH, NRh, NOH S 15 and NORh; or R 2 is an organic residue bonded via a carbon 0* atom; suitably, the organic residue is bonded to 2 3 either an sp-, sp or sp -hybridized carbon; wherein an sp-hybridized carbon is a nitrile moiety, an acetylene moiety or a moiety of the formula: C R wherein Ra is as hereinabove defined; an sp2-hybridized carbon is, -52- 0 11 -c=u R -C-14 -CNokj 0 0 I I I I -C-O-N -014 0 0 0 N Nib C N 0 -CM; b

R

whri R hand Rj are as hereinabove defined; an sp 3-hybridized carbon is h-CHF 2 CF 3 C 2C31 -CH(QCH 3) 2 1 -CHCl 2' or -CHR RJ; R 3 is hydrogen; a straight or branched

(C

1 -C 4 )alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, or tert-butyl; a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxymethyl group such as methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, n-propoxymethyl, isopropoxymethyl, n-butyoxymethyl or isobutoxymethyl; a straight or branched l-(C 1 -C 5 )aliphatic acyloxy-ethyl or methyl. gr oup such as acetoxymethylk l-propionyloxyethyl, n-butyryloxymethyl, isobutyryloxymethyl or Pivaloyloxymethyl; a straight, branched or cyclic 1-(C IC 6 )alkoxycarbonyloxy-ethyl or methyl group such as ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl, -53l-isopropoxycarbonyloxyethyl, 1-n-butoxycarbonyloxyethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxyethyl or l-isobutoxycarbonyloxyethyl; a phthalidyl group; or water soluble cations such as lithium, sodium, potassium ammonium or tetra(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl ammonium.

Most particularly preferred compounds are those selected from formula I wherein: n is an integer from 0-4; Z is selected from oxygen; R is -CH(OR )CH; 04 3 Ris selected from hydrogen, 0 0 0 0 0 0

-CH

2 OCRB -CH 2 OCORS -C Re -CORG ,COCH 2 O0 C R o 0 0 -COCH0 C OR 6 a nd -POR 6 R 6 is selected from a straight, branched or substituted

C

1 -C 18 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 18 )alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted (C 3 -C 7 )monocyclo(C 1

C

10 )alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted (C 5 -C 10 )bicyclo(C 1 -C 10 )alkyl, phenyl and substituted phenyl; the substitution for the alkyl, monocycloalkyl and bicycloalkyl are selected from trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, amino, mono(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino, di (C 1 dalkylamino, hydroxy, (C 1 dalkoxy, (C 3 -c 8 )cycloalkoxy, carboxy, (C 2 -C 10 )carboalkoxy, cyano and (C 1

-C

10 )carboxamido; the substitution for the phenyl group is selected from (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 mono-, di- or polyfluoroalkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, (C 3 cycloalkoxy, amino, -54mono (C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, di (cl-C 6 alkylamino, carboxy, (C 2

-CI

0 carboalkoxy, cyano and (C 1 -Cl 0 carboxamaido; R Iis straight (C I-C 3)alkyl, CH 2CF 3and CH 2CF 2C R2is selected from: methyl, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, -OCOCH 3 -OCOCF 3

-OSO

2 CH 3 -OS 2 Ph, azido; a. moiety of the formula: n, R a wherein is an integer from 0-2; and R a is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted :or unsubstituted phenyl wherein the substituents are selected from

(C

1 -C 4 alkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, carboxamido, carbamoyl and quaternary ammonlo; or R 2 is hydroxy, -OR a, -OC(O)NR aR aor

-OC(O)-C(NH

2 )R a wherein R a is independently selected and is as hereinabove defined or 29 25 0- 1H 0HC 1- P C 2 C H 2 R 1 3 0 wherein R 13is a moiety selected from those of the formulae:

B-

B

_NH

3 N(CH 3 3 an d or R 2is an organic residue bonded via a nitrogen atom, selected from -NR hR, 0 -N (CRh )OR h N- N RhJ zN-C-NH- R 0-C-NH-

-NR

7

R

8

R

9 -N-C-C H-N I It h Rh R

R

wheeinR hand Rj are independently selected from hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 alkyl and (C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl (C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and substituted or unSubStituted phenyl, wherein the substituents consist of amino, mono-, di- and tri (c 1 -C 4 alkylauino, hydroxyl, oxo, carboxyl, alkoxyl, chioro, f luoro, bromo, nitro, -so 2 NH 2 phenyl, benzyl, acyloxy, alkoxylcarbonyloxy, cycloalkoxycarbonyl-.

oxy and carboxamido; R Pis oxygen or sulfur; Rm is hydrogen or an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide, Rt is hydrogen or (C 1C4) alkyl, and R 7 R 8 and R 9 are the same or different and are selected from -56hydrogen, a straight or branched

(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl, (C 2

-C

4 )alkenyl and substituted

(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected from hydroxy,

(C

1

-C

4 )alkoxy, azido, amino,

(C

1

-C

4 alkylamino, di (C 1

-C

4 alkylamino, guanidino, nitrile, carboxy, formimidoyl and phenyl; alternatively, R and R taken together are -(CH2 2 X(CH 2 2 wherein X is (CH 2 w (w is an integer from 0 to oxygen, sulfur, NH, NRh NOH and NOR or R 2 is an organic residue bonded via a carbon atom; suitably, the organic 15 residue is bonded to either an sp-, sp 2 or sp 3 -hybridized carbon; wherein an sp-hybridized carbon is a nitrile,

-C=N

2

N

an sp -hybridized carbon is a moiety of the formulae: *h II

R

R J 0 -C-N NRh wherein,

R

h and R are as hereinabove defined; an sp3-hybridized carbon is -CHF CF31

-CF

2

CF

3

-CH(OCH

3 -CHCl 2 or -CHRh

R

3 is hydrogen; a straight or branched (cl-C 4 )alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, -57n-butyl, isobutyl, or tert-butyl; a (C 1

-C

4 )alkoxymethyl group such as methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, n-propoxymethyl, isopropoxymethyl, n-butoxymethyl or isobutoxymethyl; a straight or branched l-(C 1

-C

5 )aliphatic acyloxy-ethyl or methyl group such as acetoxymethyl, l-propionyloxyethyl, n-butyryloxymethyl, isobutyryloxymethyl or pivaloyloxymethyl; a straight, branched or cyclic l-(C 1

-C

6 )alkoxycarbonyloxy-ethyl or methyl group such as ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonyloxyethyl, l-n-butoxycarbonyloxyethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxy carbonyloxyethyl, or l-isobutoxycarbonyloxyethyl; a phthalidyl group; or water soluble cations such as lithium, sodium, potassium ammonium or tetra(C 1

-C

4 alkyl ammonium.

Unless otherwise specified herein, the particulars of the various definitions mentioned above and specific examples falling within such definitions are as follows: the aryl group is an aromatic monocyclic or bicyclic hydrocarbon group having ~from 6 to 15 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a l-naphthyl group or a 2-naphthyl group; the aralkyl or arylalkyl group is an aromatically substituted alkyl group having from 7 to 15 carbon atoms such as a benzyl group, a l-naphthylmethyl group, a 2-naphthylmethyl group, a 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-l-naphthyl group, a 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl group, a phenylethyl group, a 3-phenylpropyl group or a 4-phenylpropyl group; the heteroaryl group is an aromatic monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic group of 5 to 12 atoms wherein each ring is comprised of 5 to 6 atoms wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected -58from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms such as thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl and triazolyl; the heterocyclyl group is a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and each ring of the heterocycle is comprised of 4 to 7 atoms, preferably 5 to 6 atoms such as pyrrPlidinyl group, a pyrazolidinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group or a morpholinyl group.

It is understood that any quarternized, positively charged nitrogen containing moiety used herein such as trialkylamino, will be associated with a physioloically acceptable counterion as previously defined.

S..Pharmaceutically suitable salts include both the metallic (inorganic) salts and organic salts; a list of which is given in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th Edition, page 1418 (1985). It is well known to 25 one skilled in the art that an appropriate salt form is chosen based on physical and chemical stability, flowability, hygroscopicity and solubility. Preferred salts of this invention for the reasons cited above include potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium and ammonium salts.

Also included in the present invention are compounds that are useful as intermediates for making the above compounds of formula I. Such intermediate compounds include those of formula IV(1-6) and IX(1-6): -59z HS

(CH

2 )nR 2 I V 4-6 (C H 2 nR 2 1IV C H 2 )nR 2 I X(i1 -3 C H 2 )n R 2 1IX 4-6 wherein: Y is selected from chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulfonate and trifluoromethanesulfonate; and n, Z, and R 2are as hereinabove described.

Preferrred intermediate compounds are those chosen from formula IV(l-6) or IX(1-6) wherein: R 2is methyl, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, -COCH 3 -OCOCF 3

-OSO

2 CH 3

-OSO

2 Ph, azido, a moiety of the formula: n,'R a wherein n''is an integer from 0-2.; and R a is hydrogen or an organic group bonded via a carbon atom selected f rom substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, substituted or un substituted (C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, any of such groups being i0 optionally substituted; said substitution is selected from (C 1 -C 4 alkyl, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, phenyl, heterocyclyl, amino, aniidino, guanidino, carboxamido, carbamoyl and quaternar-y ammonio; %rR is a a a or R 2 i ydroxy, -OR I -OC (0)R ,-OC (0)OR -OC(O)NR aRaor whri RR aasidpnetyslce n sa hereinabove defined or 0 P 0 C H 2 C H 2

R

1 3 0 wherein R 13is a moiety selected from those of the formulae:

BB

N

-NH

3

-N(CH

3 3 and -61or R 2 is an organic residue bonded via a nitrogen atom, selected from NO, NO 2

NO

3 NC, NCO, NHCN, and NRhRJ wherein Rh and R are independently selected from hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl and

(C

3 -Cg)cycloalkyl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and a cyclic group wherein R h and R J taken together with the associated nitrogen is an unsubstituted or substituted mono- or bicyclic heterocyclic ring hav- *Goo.

ing up to four heteroatoms in each ring independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur where- 15 in the substituents in the aforementioned substituted alkyl, amino and heterocyclic groups consist of amino, mono-, di- and tri(.C 1

-C

4 )alkylamino, hydroxyl, oxo, carboxyl, alkoxyl, chloro, fluoro, bromo, nitro,

-SO

2

NH

2 phenyl, benzyl, acyloxy, alkoxylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy and carboxamido; or R 2 as an organic residue bonded through nitrogen, is a hydroxylamino, hydrazinyl, and hydroxamic acid derivatives: 0 N(R )OR ,---N(RhN h R J and N(CR h)OR respectively; wherein R and R are as hereinabove defined; moieties of the formulae: -62- Rh h J -N- R I h Rh R N-R and N R h Rh C C 15 h J wherein R and R are as hereinabove defined; acylamino moieties of the formula: *h R -C-N- 20 0 R wherein R and R are as hereinabove defined; moieties represented by the formulae: Rh R P

R

SII II N-C-NH- and R 0-C-NH-

R

J

wherein R h and R J are as hereinabove defined and R e is oxygen and sulfur; moieties of the formulae: 0 R -C-C-NH-

N

IO

OR

k -63wherein R k represents hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1

-C

3 )alkyl* (in the description of respective groups in the present specification, groups marked with an asterisk may have a substituent as assigned hereinabove for R h and R (C 2

-C

4 )alkenyl*,

(C

2

-C

4 )alkynyl*, heterocyclyl* and heteroaryl* wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected from 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur and the cyclic portion has or 6 ring atoms; moieties of the formula: SRaS'(O) n ,NHwherein n" and Ra are as hereinbefore defined; or R may be a moiety of the formula: 0 II -N-C-CH -N Rh It h R R R 15 wherein R is as hereinabove defined; R m is hydrogen or an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide; and R t is hydrogen, benzyl, straight or branched (C 1

-C

6 )alkyl optionally substituted with halo, hydroxy, amino, guanidinyl, carboxy, phenyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthio, 20 hydroxyphenyl or heterocyclyl; or R 2 is an organic residue bonded via a carbon atom; suitably, the organic residue is bonded to either a 2 3 sp-, sp or sp -hybridized carbon; an sp-hybridized carbon is a nitrile, -C N wherein Ra is as hereinabove defined; an sp2-hybridized carbon is, -64- 0 11 -C =C-RIt It

-C=NOE

4 i h O 0 11 1 -C-OH: ater* -C01'O; 06* be** #see* 6660 -C -N 0 11 -C-SR4 0 I If-\ -c-M MR 1 Is1 b II

-C-H

R h

_~NKRJ

3 an sp -hybridized carbon is -CHF 2

CF

3

-CF

2

CF

3

-CH(OCH

3 2 CHCl 2 or -CHRhR.

Most particularly preferred intermediate compounds are those chosen from formula IV(1-6) or IX(1-6) wherein: R2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine,

-OCOCH

3

-OCOCF

3

-OSO

2

CH

3

-OSO

2 Ph, azido, a moiety of the formula: Ra wherein is an integer from 0-2; and Ra is hydrogen or an organic group bonded via a O carbon atom selected from substituted or unsubstituted

(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, any of such groups being optionally substituted; said sub- 15 stitution is selected from (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, hydroxy,

(C

1

-C

4 )alkoxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, carboxamido, carbamoyl and quaternary ammonio; or R 2 is hydroxy, -OR a or -OC(O)NRaRa wherein R a is independently selected and is as hereinabove defined or 0 20 0- P- OCHCH 2

R

1 3 0 wherein R3 is a moiety selected from those of the formulae: B- B-

-N

-NH3

-N(CH

3 3 and or

R

2 is an organic residue bonded via a nitrogen atom, selected from -NRhRJ -66- 0 Rh NR -N(CR')ORJ. -N N I N-R.

N

Rh NRh R% I RII N-C-_N H- R Rh0C-NH-

B_

R

-NR

7 Ra R 9 wherein R hand Rj are independently selected f rom hydrogen; amino (C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl (C 1

-C

4 alkyl, and phenyl; R is oxygen or sulfur; and R 7 R 8 and R 9are the same or different and are i..selected from hydrogen, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl and substituted

C

1 -C 4 )alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected f rom *ahydroxy, (C 1 -c 4 )alkoxy, azido, amino, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, di(C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, guanidino, nitrile, carboxy, formimidoyl and phenyl; alternatively, R and 7 R8taken together are -(CH 2 2 X (CH 2 2 _1 wherein X is (CH (w is an integer from 0 to oxygen, sulfur, NHl, NR, NOH and NOR; or R 2is a moiety of the formula: 0 Rr -N-C-CH

-N

If R R

R

wherein R h is as here inaJbove defined; Rm is hydrogen or an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide; and Rt is hydrogen, benzyl, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl optionally substituted with halo, hydroxy, amino, -67guanidinyl, carboxy, phenyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthio, hydroxyphenyl or heterocyclyl; or R 2 is an organic residue bonded via a carbon atom; suitably, the organic residue is bonded to either an sp-, sp or sp -hybridized carbon; wherein an sp-hybridized carbon is a nitrile, an sp2-hybridized carbon is 0 h II /R

N

S

*h -C-N NRh wherein, R and R are as hereinabove defined; and an sp -hybridized carbon is -CHF 2

CF

3

-CF

2

CF

3

-CH(OCH

3 2 CHRhR or -CHC1 2 It will be appreciated that certain products within the scope of Formula I:

R

S00 isomers and epimeric mixtures. For example, when the 1 5 7 s -2 23- Z

COOR

s may be formed as optical isomers as well as epimeric mixtures thereof. It is intended that the present invention include within its scope all such optical isomers and epimeric mixtures. For example, when the 6-substituent in I is 1-hydroxyethyl, such substituents may be either R or S configuration with the R configuration being preferred. Likewise, the con- -68figuration of the carbapenem nucleus may be 5R or and 6R or 6S with 5R, 6S being the preferred configuration.

BIOLOGICAL

ACTIVITY

Method for in vitro Antibacterial Evaluations (Table 1) The minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC), the lowest concentration of the antibiotic which inhibits growth of the test organism, is determined by the agar dilution method using Mueller Hinton II agar following the recommendations of the National Commitee for Clinical Laboratory Standards [Methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically. Approved standard M7-A2. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards, Villanova, 15 Pa.].

7 An inoculum of 10 7 cfu/ml is applied using a *Steers replicator, yielding a final density of 104 cfu/spot, to the surface of the agar containing two fold serial dilutions of the antibacterial agent. The 20 plates are incubated at 35 C for 18 hours.

The organisms tested for susceptibility to the antibacterial agents comprise a spectrum of Grampositive and Gram-negative, recent clinical isolates, including those sensitive to various f-lactam antibiotics as well as those producing specific -lactamases and thereby resistant to many f-lactams.

In Vivo Antibacterial Evaluation Determination of Effective Therapeutic Dose (ED 50 (Table 2 In Vivo Antibacterial Evaluation The therapeutic effects of the carbapenems are determined against various models of acute lethal Infections coli #311, S. aureus Smith, P.

aeruginosa PA-7). Female mice, strain CD-1 (Charles River Laboratories), 20+ 2 grams, are challenged by an intraperitoneal injection of a bacterial suspension in broth or hog mucin at a bacterial density to kill -69non-treated controls within 24-48 hours. The antibacterial agent(s) [carbapenem contained in ml of 0.2% aqueous agar is administered subcutaneously, intravenously or orally 30 minutes after infection. When an oral dosing schedule is used, the animals are deprived of food for 5 hours before and 2 hours after infection. Five mice are treated at each dose level. The 7 day survival ratios from three separate tests are pooled for calculation of the median effective dose Penicillin-Binding Protein Assay (Table 3 and 4) Binding of the test compounds to penicillin-binding proteins (PBPs) is determined using methods described by B.G. Spratt, Properties of the S 15 penicillin-binding proteins of Escherichia coli K12, Eur. J. Biochem., 72:341-352(1977) and N.H.

Georgopapadakou, S.A. Smith, C.M. Cimarusti, and R.B.Sykes, Binding of monobactams to penicillin-binding proteins of Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus: 20 Relation to antibacterial activity, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 23:98-104(1983). Membranes containing the PBPs are prepared from E. coli ATCC 25922 and S. aureus ATCC 29213. These membranes are incubated with the test compound at selected concentrations and are then S 25 challenged with 14C-benzylpenicillin. Following polyacryamide gel electrophoresis and fluorography,

S

IC50 values are estimated using densitometry.

Stability to Hydrolysis by Renal Dehydropentidase

(DHP)

(Table Compounds are also tested for stability to renal dehydropeptidase (DHP) prepared from mouse and hog kidneys using butanol extraction procedures similar to those described by B.J. Campbell et al., 0-Lactamase Activity of Purified and Partially Characterized Human Renal Dipeptidase, J.Bio. Chem., 259:14586-14590(1984).

Assays are performed spectrophotometrically at C in 10mM HEPES buffer, pH 7.2 at a wavelength of 295 nm. Extinction coefficients were determined for the carbapenems using a metallo-p-lactamase. Hydrolysis rates are obtained using a stock concentration of pl/ml of the antibiotic and 10-50 ip DHP in a volume of 1.0 ml. At least two concentrations of DHP are used for hydrolysis. The rate of hydrolysis (n moles/min) is determined per pl DHP added to the reaction.

Relative hydrolysis rates are calculated by setting the rate of hydrolysis of imipenem as 100 and normalizing the carbapenems to imipenem.

Testing Results The claimed compounds exhibit activity against a spectrum of Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria, including those producing specific f-lactamases.

15 Potent activity comparable to that noted with imipenem, biapenem and meropenem is noted with Examples 18, 21, 46, 47, 48, 49, 52, 54A, 64, 65, 79, 114, 120, 129, 162, 192 and 193 against strains of E. coli, Klebsiella, Enterobacter and most other Gram-negative 20 bacteria. Examples 46, 47, 48, 49, 52, 54A, 64, 114, 120, 129, 136, 161, 162, 174, 192 and 193 are also active against Pseudomonas aeruqinosa but at a higher concentration than imipenem, biapenem and meropenem.

None of the carbapenems is active against the S 25 Xanthomonas maltophilia isolate tested. All of these compounds exhibit potent activity against the o methicillin-sensitive Staphlococcus aureus isolates and the Enterococcus faecalis isolate at a comparable concentration as the reference carbapenems. None of the carbapenems exhibited good activity against the methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) or the Enterococcus faecium isolates. Examples 46, 47, 48, 49, 64, 65, 129, 136 and 161 are a mixture of two diastereoisomers. Example 114, Example 120 and Example 162, are optically pure compounds and have similar potency as their corresponding mixtures of -71diastereoisomers, Example 46 and Example 64, against all of the organisms.

Example 51A, Example 52 and Example 54A, acyl derivatives of amino acids of Example 46, also exhibit potent activity against both Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria but slightly less than Example 46, especially against Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Example 51B and Example 54B, the di-amino acid analogues are less active than the corresponding mono-amino acid analogues against the organisms tested.

Example 59, which contains a methyl group in place O of the aminomethyl group of Example 46, while active against a variety of organisms, demonstrates no activity against Pseudomonas aeruqinosa and exhibits I. 15 less activity against Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria than Example 46.

Example 174, the tetrahydrothiophene analogue, is slightly less active than the corresponding tetrahydrofuran analogue, Example 46.

20 Example 186, an isobutyl carbonate prodrug of Example 46, exhibited very poor activity on its own.

However, when incubated for 1 hour in the presence of mouse serum the antibacterial activity is partially *o restored to that of Example 46. A similar response is obtained with Example 195, the isobutyl carbonate prodrug of Example 64, after incubation in the presence of mouse serum.

Example 160, exhibits activity against the spectrum of organisms tested but is less active than Example 46.

Example 79 and Example 18, containing a cis configuration, and Example 21, containing a trans configuration, have similar potent activity against the majority of the isolates tested. These compounds are all less active against Pseudomonas aeruainosa than Example 64.

-72- Example 26, Example 42, Example 69, Example 34 and Example 38 are less active against the Gram-negative bacteria but have similar activity as the reference carbapenems against the Gram-positive bacteria.

Example 144, Example 148A and Example 148B are active against Gram-positive and most Gram-negative bacteria, except P. aeruainosa and X. maltophilia.

Example 144 is less active than Example 148A and Example 148B against the Gram-negative bacteria tested, but have comparable activity against the Gram-positive bacteria.

Example 87, a triazine thio analogue, is slightly less active than Example 46 and is especially poor against P. aeruqinosa.

15 Comparable activity against Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria is obtained with optically pure positional isomers depicted by Example 192 (1,2-positional isomer) and Example 120 (1, 3 -positional isomer). The substitution of a formamidine moiety 20 Example 193, in place of the amino group Example 192, results in a slight decrease in activity against some organisms.

Example 46, Example 114, Example 120 and Example 162 have a similar binding profile to the essential 0o 25 penicillin binding proteins (PBPs) of E. coli and S.

aureus (Table 3 and E. coli PBP 2, as noted with S* the reference carbapenems, is the primary target for these compounds. Tight binding to PBP 4 is also observed for all of the carbapenems. In S. aureus, PBP 1 is the major target for Example 46, Example 114, Example 120, Example 162 and meropenem. Imipenem and biapenem bind tighter to the other PBPs as well.

However, all of the compounds have very low MICs for this strain.

Example 46 and Example 64 exhibit increased stability to mammalian dehydropeptidase than imipenem and meropenem. (Table -73- The potent in vitro antibacterial activity of Example 46, 64 and 192 is also demonstrated by their in vivo efficacy against an acute lethal infection of B.

aureus Smith and E. coli 311 in mice when dosed by the subcutaneous route (Table These compounds show good efficacy relative to the reference carbapenems: meropenem, biapenem and imipenem. These compound also demonstrate good oral activity against both organism: S. aureus Smith and E_ coli 311. L-amino acid derivatives of Example 192 as examplified by Example 261, 391, 265, 266, 257, 344 and 345 demonstrate O substantially improved oral activity based on their

ED

50 's and comparative SOD/SSC ratios (SOD single oral dose; SSC single subcutaneous dose). In particular, the improved oral activity is seen in Examples 261, 344 and 345.

a 9*S 0 Table 1: Andbactcrial Activihy, MIC (pg/mi) c -r 0 Exmple No.

ORGANISM

Pipe vucillin Imipencmn Biapenem Mcropcncmn E.coli(25922) E.coli(IVES 912) E.coli(300) E.coli(352 18) E.coli(MEDEIROS 4) Ecoli(MEDEIROS 14) E.coli(BUSH 91-39) K.pneumo(IVES 688) K.oxytoca(CUHN 88-11) E.aerogenes(IVES 15M,; E.cloacac(Richmond 1) C.diversus(IVES 1680) C.freundii(IVES 953) S.marcescens(IVES 306~2) M.morganii(IVES 335) Salmonella sp(CHBM 88-58) P.stuariii(CUI-IN 88-7) 1 P.aez-ug.(27853) P.acrug.(IVES 5250) P.aerug.(MEDEIROS-7) P.aerug.(BUSH- 9 1-73) X.malto.(NEMC 87-2 10) A.calco.(BMMR 88-2) S.aureus(292 13) S. aureus( 2592 3) S.aureus(IVES 1097) S.aureus(IVES 1545) S.aureus(IVES 2837) CNS(IVES 191) CNS(IVES 1754) E.faecalis(CHBM 88-60) E.faecium(DLMC 89-I1) 2.00 128.00 0.06 128.00 128.00 64.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 16.00 128.00 32.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 2.00 2.00 128.00 4.00 128.00 128.00 0.25 0.25 2.00 64.00 128.00 0.50 128.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 12.00 12.00 12.00) 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.25 1.00 0.06 0.50 1.00) 0.2.5 0.50 16.00) 128.() 0.25 0.06 0.06 0.06 006 1.00 0.06 64.00 0.50 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.50 0.50 0.06 0.50 0.50 0.06 0.25 8.00 128.00 0.25 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 4.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 '0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.12 0.50 4.00 128.00 0.50 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 8.00 0.12 64.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.50 0.06 1.00 0.25 0.25 0.50 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 4.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 32.00 0.25 128.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.50.

0.06 1.00 0.12 0.12 0.25 64.00 64.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 4.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 16.00 0.25 128.00 4.00 128.00 2.00 2.00 0.50 4.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 9.00 1.00 8.00 16.00 16.00 2.00 2.00 8.00, 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 8.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 <0.06 4.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.00 4 4 4* 4* 4 4 rable 4: i 4iIP 0 Example No.

ORGANISM

E.coli (25922) E.coli(IVES 912) E.coli(300) E.coii(352 18) E.coli(MEDEIROS 4) E.coii(MEDEIROS 14) E-coli(BUSH 91-39) K.pneumo(IVES 688) K-oxyloca(CUHN 88-11) E-aerogenes(IVES 1500) E.cloacae(Richmond 1) C.diversus(IVES 1680) C.freundii(IVES 953) S-marcescens(IVES 3062) M.niorganii(IVES 335) Salmonella sp(CI-BM 88-58)' P.sluartii(CUHN 88-7) P.acrug.(27853) P.aerug.(IVES 5250) P.aerug.(MEDEIROs-7) P.aerug.(BUSH 9 1-73) X.malto.(NEMC 87-2 10) A-calco.(BMMR 88-2) S.aureus(292 13) S. aureus(25923) S .aureus(IVES 1097) S.aureus(IVES 1545) S.aureus(IVES 2837) CNS(IVES 191) CNS(IVES 1754) E-faecalis(CHBM 88-6(0) E.faecium(DLMC 89-1) 2.00 2.00 0.06 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.00 4.00 8.00 16.00 2.00 2.00 8.00 128.00 128.00 128 '00 128.00 128.00 16.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.25 16.00 0.06 128.00 4.00 128.00 2.(X0 0.06 4.(X) 4.00 4.00 4.00) 8.(X) 8.(X0 1.00 8 X) 16.00 16.00) 2.00) 2.00) 8.00) 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 4.00 0.06 0.06 006 1.00) 0.06 32.00 0.50 64.00 8.00 4.00 0 .06 2.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 32.00 16.00 8.00 2.00 32.00 32.00 16.00 4.00 4.00 16.00) 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 8.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 4.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.06 0.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 8.00 128.00 1.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 8.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.OQ 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.50 0.06 0.50 8.00 2.00 8.00 16.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 8.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.05 0.06 0.25 8.00 4.00 8.00 16.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 8.00 0.06 64.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.50 0.06 0.50 16.00 8.00 8.00 32.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 16.00 0.12 64.00 4.00 128.00 0 0 0 0* 0 0S 0* 0 00 0 0 0 *0 Table I (Continued) Example No.

ORGANISM 51A 51 h 54A 54B E.coli(25922) E.coli(IVES 912) E.coli(300) E.coli(352 18) E.coli(MEDEIROS 4) E.coli(MEDEIROS 14) E.coli(BUSH 91-39) K.pneumo(1 YES 688) K.oxytoca(CUHN 88-11I) E.aerogenes(IVES 150W) E.cloacae(Richmond 1) C.diversus(IVES 1680) C.freundii(I YES 953) S.marcescens(IVES 3062) M.morganii(IVES 335) Salmonella sp(CHBM 88-58) PRstuartii(CUHN 88-7) P.acerug.(27853) P.aerug.(IVES 5250) P.aerug.(MEDEIROS-7) P.aerug.(BUSH- 9 1-73) X.malto.(NEMC 87-2 10) A.calco.(BMMR 8 8-2) S.aureus(292 13) S.aureus(25923) S.aureus(IVES 1097) S.aureus(1 YES 1545) S aureus(IVES 2837) CNS(IVES 191) CNS(IVES 1754) Efaecalis(CHBMV 88-60) E.faecium(DLMC 89- 1) 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.50 0.06 0.25 1.00 0.50 0.06 2.00 0.50 0.50 0.06 1.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 16.00 0.12 0.50 1.00 1.00 128.00 2.00 128.00 8.00 128.00 1.00 2.00 1.00 4.00 4.00 8.00 2.00 8.00 16.(X) 1.00 32.00) 16.00) 16.00 1.0( 16.00 128.00) 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 2.00 4.00 8.00 8.00 128.00 32.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.12 0.25 0.06 0.25 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 16.00 0.12 64.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.06 0.25 16.00 16.00 32.00 32.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 16.00 0.12 64.00 2.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.12 0.25 1.00 1.00 0.06 4.00 1.00 1.00 0.06 1.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 16.00 0.06 0.25 0.50 1.00 64.00 1.00 128.00 16.00 128.00 0.12 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.25 4.00 2.00 0.25 0.06 1.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 16.00 0.06 0.12 0.25 1.00 16.00 0.25 128.00 8.00 128..00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.50 0.06 0.25 8.00 2.00 2.00 16.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 4.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.00 a. a a a Taible I (Continued) Example No.

ORGANISM

120 E.coli(25922) E.coli(IVES 912) E.coli(300) E.coli(352 18) E.coli(MEDEIROS 4) E.coli(MEDEIROS 14) E.coli(BUSH 9 1-39) K.pneumo(IVES 688) K.oxytoca(CUHN 88-11) E.aerogenes(IVES 1500) E.cloacae(Richmond 1) C.diversus(IVES 1680) C.freundii(IVES 953) S.marcescens(IVES 3062) M.morganii(IVES 335) Salmonella sp(CHBM 88-.58) P.stuartii(CUHN 88-7) P.aerug. (27853) P.aerug.(IVES 5250) P. aerug.(M EDEIROS-7) P.aerug.(BUSH 9 1-73) X.malto.(NEMC 87-2 10) A.calco.(BMMR 88-2) S.aureus(292 13) S.aureus(25923) S.aureus(IVES 1097) S.aureus(IVES 1545) S aureus(IVES 2837) CNS(JVES 191) CNS(IVES 1754) E.faecalis(CHBM 88-60) E.raecium(D,..MC 89- 1) 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.06 0(06 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.50 0.50 0.06 0.50 16.00 16.00 16.00 32.00 i28.00 4.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 4.00 0.06 32.00 2.00 128.00 32.00 16.0X0 0.06 4.00 32.00 32.0X) 64.00 64.00) 64.W0 32.00 8.0X) 64.00) 128.00 64.00 32.00 32.00 64.0X) 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 16.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 2.00 0.06 128.00 2.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.12 0.06 0.06 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 128.00 0.25 64.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.12 0.12 1.0o 0.12 0.06 4.00 1.00 0.50 0.06 0.12 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 16.00 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.50 32.00 0.50' 128.00 8.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.06 0.25 2.00 2.00 4.00 8.00 128.00 1.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 8.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.50 0.06 0.25 16.00 8.00 8.00 32.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 8.00 0.06 64.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 <=0.06 .06 0 .06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.25 1.00 0.06 0.25 16.00 8.00 8.00 32.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 4.00 0.06 64.00 4.00 128.00 Table I (Continued) Example No

ORGANISM

148A 1 48B E.coli(25922) E.coli(J YES 912) E.coi i(300) E.coli(352 18) E.coli(MEDEIROS 4) E.coli(MEDEIROS 14) E.coli(B USH 91-39) K.pneumo(I YES 688) K.oxytoca(CUHN 88-11I) E.acrogenes(IVES 150o) E.cloacae(Richmond 1) C.diversus(IVES 1680) C.freundii(I YES 953) S.marcescens(1 YES 3002) M.morganii(I YES 335) Salmonella sp(CHBM 88-58) P.stuaruii(CUHN 88-7) P.aerug.(27853) P.aerug.(IVES 5250) P.aerug.(MEDEIROS-7) P.aerug.(BUSH 9 1-73) X.mahto.(NEMC 87-2 10) A.calco.(BMMR 88-2) S.aureus(292 13) S.aureus(25923) S.aureus(IVES 1097) S.aureus(IVES 1545) S aureus(1 YES 2837) CNS(IVES 191) CNS(IVES 1754) E.faecalis(CHBM 88-60) E.faecium(DLMC 89-I1) 0.12 0.06 0.25 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.25 0.12 0.12 0.06 0.25 0.25 1.00 0.06 1.00 16.00 8.00 16.00 128.00 4.00 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.50 8.00 0.25 128.00 8.00 128.00 2.(X) 1.0; 0.0(.

0.5o 2.(X 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.04) 4.00 1.00 8.00 4.00 4.00 2.00 8.00 128.00) 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 32.00 0.06, 0.06 0.25 0.25 16.04) 0.25 0.06 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.12 0.12 0.50 1.00 0.06 0.06 1.00 0.50 1.00 0.06 0.50 64.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 4.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 32.00 0.25 128.00 4.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.12 0.12 0.50 1.00 0.12 1.00 0.50 0.50 0.06 0.50 64.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 8.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 32.00 0.25 128.00 8.00 128.00 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1.00 0.50 0.50 0.12 2.00 1.00 2.00 0.50 2.00 128.00 64.00 64.00 128.00 128.00 32.00 0.50 1.00 2.00 2.00 64.00 2.00 128.00 32.00 128.00 0.25 0.12 0.50 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.12 0.06 0.50 1.00 1.00 0.12 2.00 32.00 16.00 16.00 64.00 128.00 8.00 0.12 0.12 0.50 1.00 32.00 0.50 128.00 8.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.50 *=0.06 0.25 16.00 8.00 8.00 32.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 8.00 0.06 64.00 2.00 128.00

S

S

S

S S S S Table I (Conti nued) Eixampile No.

ORGANISM

186* 193 195* 193 E.coli(25922) Ecoli(IVES 912) E.coli(300) E.coli(352 18) Ecoli(MEDEIROS 4) Ecoli(MEDEIROS 14) Ecoii(BUSH- 91-39) K.pneumo(I YES 688) K.oxytoca(CUHN 88-11) E.aerogenes(1 YES 15W() Ecloacae (Richmond 1) C.diversus(IVES 1680) C.freuridii(l YES 953) S.niarcescens(IVES 3062) M.morganii(IVES 335) Salmonella sp(CHBM 88-58) P.stuartii(CUHN 8 8-7) P. aerug.(27 853) P.aerug.(1 YES 5250) P.aerug.(MEDEIROS-7) P.aerug.(BUSH 9 1-73) X.malto.(NEMC 87-210) A.calco.(BMMR 88-2) S.aureus(292 13) S.aureus(25923) S.aureus(IVES 1097) S.aureus(IVES 1545) S aureus(IVES 2837) CNS(IVES 191) CNS(IVES 1754) Efaecalis(CHBM 88-60) E.faecium(DLMC 89- 1) 0.12 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.12 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.25 0.12 0.12 0.25 0.50 2.00 0.25 1.00 16.00 8.00 16.00 32.00 128.00 4.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.25 16.00 0.25 64.00 4.00 128.00 32.00 32.00 4.00 32.00 32.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 128.00 64.00 32.00 32.00 64.00 128.00 128.00 32.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 0.50 2.00 4.00 4.00 128.00 2.00 128.00 64.00 128.00 0.25 0.12 0.50 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.12 0.12 0.50 2.00 4.00 0.50 2.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 64.00 128.00 8.00 0.12 0.25 1.00 1.00 32.00 0.50 128.00 32.00 128.00 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.50 0.50 0.06 0.50 8.00 4.00 8.00 16.00 128.00 2.00 0.06 0.06 0.12 2.00 0.06 64.00 0.50 64.00, 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.50 1.00 1.00 0.06 1.00 16.00 8.00 16.00 32.00 128.00 8.00 0.06 0.06 0.25 4.00 0.12 128.00 2.00 128.00 64.00 64.00 2.00 64.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 64.00 64.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 0.25 0.50 4.00 4.00 128.00 1.00 128.00 64.00 128.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 0.50.

0.50 0.50 1.00 2.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.25 2.00 4.00 8.00 1.00 4.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 128.00 32.00 0.12 0.25 1.00 1.00 32.00 0.50 128.00 64.00 128.00 Preincubated Cor one hour i the presence of serum.

*m 0 Table 2: In Vivo Efficacy of Carbapenems in Mice When Dosed by Oral and Subcutaneous Routes S. aureus Smith E£coi31 gkg1 E nsofm gkgl Compomid SD S5C SOD/SSC SOD SSc SOD/SSC Example 46 1.8 0.11 16 1.7 0.68 Example 64 1.3 0.05 26 1.1 0.42 2.6 Example 192 0.85 0.05 17 3.8 0.34 11 Example 261 0.21 0.06 3.5 0.95 0.54 1.8 Example 391 0.30 0.06 5 1.10 0.74 1.4 Example 265(A) 0.40 0.08 5 1.59 0.67 2.4 Example 265(B) 0.61 0.10 6 5.10 0.86 5.9 Example 266(A) 0.67 0.08 8.4 Example 266(B) 1.00 0.11 9.1 Examp'e 257 0.48 0.18 3.3 1.6 0.66 2.4 Examp'e344 0.25 0.19 1.3 0.79 0.80 0.99 Examp'e 345 0.28 0.30 0.93 0.77 1.4 0.55 Blapen.em 1.4 0.04 35 8.6 0.58 Primaxin 3.30 0.03 110 ND 1.1 Meropenem 19.90 0.52 38.3 ND 0.30 A. 0 0*~ 0** ~0 0 0 SO 0 ~0 000 0 0 0 0 0 Table 3 Sindi to Penicillin Binding Proteins of E~coli ATCC 25922 Approximate 1C50 (ug/mi) Contros xmpe o PBP IMIPENEM BIAPENEM 46 114 120 162 la/lb <0.1/0.47 <0.1/0.55 >1 >1 >1 >1 2 <0.1 <0.1 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 3 1.8 0.32 0.6 3 2 2 4 <0.1 0.03 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.08 5/6 >100 >100 >100 >100 >100 >100

MIC

E.coli <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 w S S S S S S S S *S S S *5 S S S S S S

S*S

S S *S S S 0 Table 4 Binding-to Penicillin Binding Proteins of S, aureus AT C 29213 Approximate 1C50 (ug/mi) PeP IMIPENEM MEROPENEM BIAPENEM 46 114 120 162 1 0.01 0.04 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.06 <0.01 2 0.05 0.18 0.02 0.58 0.55 0.35 0.50 3 0.j 0.35 0.02 1.2 0.80 0.65 0.55 4 ND ND ND 0.56 0.78 <1 <0.01 MIC <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 a pep 4 not detected in these assays.

-83- Table Hydrolysis of Carbapenems by Dehvdropeptidases Antibiotic Relative Hydrolysis Rates Mouse Swine Imipenem 100 100 Meropenem 320+5 28+6 Biapenem <1 <1 Example 46 107 19 Example 64 30 When the compounds are employed as antibacterials they can be combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, for example, solvents, diluents and the like, and may be administered orally in such forms as tablets, capsules, dispersible powders, granules, or suspensions containing, for example, from 10 about 0.05 to 5% of suspending agent, syrups containing, for example, from about 10 to 50% of sugar, and elixirs containing for example, from about 20 to 50% ethanol and the like, or parenterally in the form of sterile injectable solutions or suspensions containing from about 0.05 to.5% suspending agent in an isotonic medium. Such pharmaceutical preparations may contain, for example, from about 25 to about 90% of the active ingredient in combination with the carrier, more usually between about 5% and 60% by weight.

An effective amount of compound from 2.0 mg/kg of body weight to 100.0 mg/kg of body weight should be administered one to five times per day via any typical route of administration including but not limited to oral, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intravenous, -84intramuscular, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques), topical or rectal, in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles.

It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition of the host undergoing therapy.

:15.These active compounds may be administered orally as well as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous routes. Solid carriers include starch, lactose, dicalcium phosphate, microcrystalline cellulose, sucrose and kaolin, while liquid carriers include 20 sterile water, polyethylene glycols, non-ionic surfactants and edible oils such as corn, peanut and sesame oils, as are appropriate to the nature of the o*oo active ingredient and the particular form of admini- C.o. stration desired. Adjuvants customarily employed in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions may be advantageously included, such as flavoring agents, coloring agents, preserving agents, and antioxidants, for example, vitamin E, ascorbic acid, BHT and BHA.

These active compounds may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds as a free base or pharmacologically acceptable salt can be prepared in glycerol, liquid, polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.

The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacterial and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene O glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oil.

The invention will be more fully described in conjunction with the following specific examples which are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention.

In another aspect of the present invention, it is contemplated that the active compounds may be administered in combinatin with a substance capable of inhibiting the f-lactam hydrolase enzyme, dehydropeptidase. Such dipeptidase inhibitors are know in the art, as disclosed for example in U.S. Patent 4,539,208 and European Patent Application 0497353, and include such compounds as cilastatin, glutathione and N-acetyl-L-cysteine. The dipeptidase inhibitor may be 25 used to inhibit the renal or gastrointestinal metabolism of the carbapenems of the present invention and may be used to enhance the gastrointestinal absorption of the active carbapenem compounds. When combined in such a manner, the carbapenem antibiotic and the peptidase inhibitor can be administered either in a pharmaceutical composition containing the two substances in combination or can be separately administered. Administration separately or combined can be oral, intramuscularly or intravenously.

-86- PREPARATION OF THE COMPOUNDS Three distinct processes for producing carbapenems of formula I according to the present invention are described.

R

0

R

N 15S

(CH

2 )nR 2 0

COOR,

*I

e One method of preparation utilizes an 25 addition-elimination reaction sequence by contacting Sthe carbapenem of formula III with the appropriate thiol IV and base, Step 1 Scheme I, in an inert solvent and atmosphere at low temperature. Suitable solvents include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 0 dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and mixtures thereof; with acetonitrile and dimethylformamide being preferred. Suitable bases include, but are not limited to, sodium or potassium carbonate, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine and 2 ,6-lutidine; with diisopropylethylamine being preferred. A suitable temperature ranges from -40°C to 300 with -5°C being used most often with argon as the inert atmosphere.

-87- It is understood that the thiol of formula Iv is a representation of the regiolsomeric possibilities Iv-l to IV-6.

S.0 be*.

R 2 c H 2 )n I v- 1 z HS-

(CH

2 )nR 2 cH 2 R 2 I V-2 I 3

R

2

CH

2 ,n- H S z HS (cH 2 )l N

S

I V-4 1IV-5 I V-6 -88- In addition, the asymmetric ring carbons bearing the thiol fragment, -SH and the alkyl fragment (CH 2 )n nR 2 may independently have the R or S stereochemical assignment. The nature of R 0

R

1 R 2 R 3 R 15 1 Z and n are as defined hereinbefore.

-89- SCHEME I 0 11 O1"(Onl4, (C H,) 1 CO0R 1 Wo* oo rv Step 1 i-Pr 2 NEt z

-(CH

2 )nR 2

COOR

1 Step 2 Pd/C

H")

z l:N /C2

R

COOR

3

I

Following the formation of the desired carbapenems of general formula II, the carboxyl protecting group of these intermediates may be optionally removed in Step 2 by conventional procedures such as solvolysis, chemical reduction or hydrogenation. Protecting groups such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzyl or benzhydryl can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation. Intermediates

II,

in a suitable solvent mixture such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydrofuran-diethyl ether-buffer, tetrahydrofuran-aqueous dipotassium hydrogen-phosphate-isopropanol or the like, may be treated under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in the presence of hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like, at a temperature from 200 to 40 C, for 0.2 to 4 hours. Protecting groups such as 2,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a mixture of a zero 20 valent palladium compound and triarylphosphine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional carboxyl protecting groups may be removed by methods known to those skilled in the art.

Thus, in Step 2, carbapenem esters of general formula II are deblocked according to the nature and chemical reactivity of their ester group to form the carbapenem of general formula I, wherein Ro, R 1

R

2

R

3 Z and n are as defined hereinbefore. The method of product isolation in Step 2 will vary on the method of deblocking used. But all methods used in the transformation follow conventional techniques in the art including chromatography and lyophilization.

It is usual to isolate carbapenems of general formula I as an alkali metal salt wherein

R

3 is a lithium, sodium or a potassium ion or as a water soluble zwitterionic species, whereby R 3 represents a -91proton or the cationic component of an internal salt pair dependent on the nature of the R 2 substituent.

Compounds of formula I wherein R 3 is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc., may be administered directly to the host without deblocking since these esters are hydrolyzed in vivo under physiological conditions.

A second method of producing carbapenems of formula I utilizes an acid mediated ring closure as the key step in the sequence outlined in Scheme II.

In Step 1 Scheme II, the 3-bromo-2-ketoester of formula V is contacted with the thiol IV in a suitable solvent and temperature range (as described in (U.S.

Patent 5,189,158). The product azetidinone of formula VI thus formed is a result of a nucleophilic displacement of the bromide of formula V by the conjugate base (thiolate species) of the thiol IV that is formed in situ, wherein Ro, R 1

R

2

R

15 Z and n are as defined hereinbefore. Suitable solvents are anhydrous and include tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide and methylene chloride.

The following bases are representative: triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide S 25 or 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene. The reaction temperature for transformation can range from -700 to +300C.

In Step 2 Scheme II, the preferred l-(tert-butyldimethyl)siloxyethyl group of R and the tert-butyldimethylsilyl protecting group for the azetidinone nitrogen of the compound of formula VI are hydrolyzed to the l-hydroxyethyl and N-H respectively via standard procedures in the art. A representative procedure entails contacting keto ester VI with hydrogen fluoride in acetonitrile-water solvent according to R.F.Newton et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1979), No. 41, pp 4381-82.

-92- Br -H S H R L,%j'jt 1

B

S

V

Step I

TEA

R,

a a

(CH

2 nR 2

R

0 a. a a a a.

:0 Step 2 HF/MeCN

\J-CH

2 nR2 Step 3 TiC1 4

/THF

COORIS

11 TBS t-butyldimethylsilyl continued -93- SCHEME II Sp4 P's Cf

H

2 Iz.(C J1 2 R 2

COOR

3

I

:025 -94- In Step 3 Scheme II, the compounds of formula VII are contacted with an appropriate acid in a suitable solvent at temperatures in the range of to +20 C. Suitable acids that can be employed for this step include, but are not limited to, titanium tetrachloride or hydrochloric acid. Suitable solvents and solvent combinations can be anhydrous or at least in part, aqueous ones. Tetrahydrofuran (THF), THF/water, dimethoxyethane (DME), DME/water, dioxane, acetonitrile, acetonitrile/water and dimethylforamide all serve as suitable solvents with THF being preferred. The product carbapenem II is isolated after a sequence of quenching the reaction with excess base such as aqueous sodium bicarbonate followed by 5 conventional techniques in the art including dissolution in an organic solvent, aqueous washing and chromatography.

Following formation of the carbapenem of formula II the carboxyl protecting group, R 15 of these 20 intermediates may be optionally removed in Step 4 by conventional procedures such as solvolysis, chemical reduction or hydrogenation. Protecting groups such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzyl, or benzhydryl can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation. In the catalytic hydrogenation procedure intermediates II, in a suitable solvent mixture such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydrofuran-diethyl ether-buffer, tetrahydrofuran-aqueous dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-isopropanol or the like are treated under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like, at a temperature from 20° to 40 C, for 0.2 to 4 hours. Protecting groups such as 2 ,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a mixture of a zero valent palladium compound and triarylphosphine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional carboxyl protecting groups may be removed by method known to those skilled in the art.

Thus, in Step 4, carbapenem esters of general formula II are deblocked according to the nature and chemical reactivity of their ester group to form the carbapenem of general formula I, wherein Ro, R 1

R

2

R

3 Z and n are as defined hereinbefore. The method of product isolation in Step 4 will vary on the method of deblocking used. But all methods used in the transformation follow conventional techniques in the art including chromatography and lyophilization.

S 1 5 It is usual to isolate carbapenem I as an alkali metal salt wherein R 3 is a 14 'um, sodium or potassium ion or as a water sc Ale zwitterionic species, whereby R 3 represents a proton or the cationic component of an internal salt pair dependent on the 20 nature of the R substituent.

Compounds of formula I wherein R is a 3 physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc., *:0O may be administered directly to the host without deblocking since such esters are hydrolyzed in vivo under physiological conditions.

A third method of producing carbapenems of formula I in this invention utilizes the synthetic route of Scheme III.

In Step 1 Scheme III, carbapenems of formula II are formed by the nucleophilic substitution of the silver thiolate carbapenem of formula VIII with the requisite halo-substituted heterocycle of formula IX.

In this transformation Ro, R1, R 2

R

1 5 Z and n are as defined hereinbefore and Y is chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate.

-96go SAg, .)0R 1 Step 1 o z Cl k), 1 1"Z: Ix D MFfbase/0'

VTII

fee.

00.

S..

Uj4, "I s z

(CHA

1

R

2

COOR

1 AgY S. S S S 5* Step 2. deblock

R,

go,, N/ z (C- 2

R

2

COOR

3 -97- It is understood that the halo-substituted heterocycle of formula IX is a representation of the regioisomeric possibilities IX-1 to IX-6 with IX-1 to IX-3 being the preferred entities for use as reactant in Step 1 Scheme III.

a a. a

Y

IX-4

(CH

2

),R

2 IX-2

(CH

2 )nR 2 IX-5

CH

2

R),

I X-3 Z1 (CH),R 1 y

S

1I 6 In addition, the asymmetric ring carbons bearing the halide Y, and the alkyl fragment, -(CH 2

)-R

2 may independently have the R or S stereochemical assignment.

The transformation in Step 1 Scheme III is usually conducted by contacting the carbapenem silver thiolate VIII with the halo-substituted heterocycle IX in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide or acetonitrile and an iodide source such as lithium iodide or equivalent metal iodide in a temperature range of 0 -60 C. The carbapenem product of formula II -98is isolated after a sequence of dissolution in an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate, washing with water and chromatography.

Following formation of the carbapenem of formula II the carboxyl protecting group, R 1 5 of these intermediates may be optionally removed in Step 2 by conventional procedures such as solvolysis, chemical reduction or hydrogenation. Protecting groups such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzyl, or benhydryl can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation. In this procedure intermediates II, in a suitable solvent such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydrofuran-diethyl ether-buffer, tetrahydrofuran-aqueous dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-isopropanol or the like, are treated 15 under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in the presence of hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like, at a temperature from 200 to for 0.2 to 4 hours. Protecting groups such as 20 2,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc 'reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a mixture of a zero valent palladium compound and triarylphosphine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional carboxyl protecting groups may be removed by methods known to those skilled in the art.

Thus, in Step 2, carbapenem esters of general formula II are deblocked according to the nature and chemical reactivity of their ester group to form the carbapenem of general formula I, wherein Ro, R1, R2,

R

3 Z and n are as defined hereinbefore. The method of product isolation in Step 2 will vary on the method of deblocking used. But all methods used in the transformation follow conventional techniques in the art including chromatography and lyophilization.

-99- It is usual to isolate carbapenems of formula I as an alkali metal salt wherein R 3 is a lithium, sodium or potassium ion or as a water soluble zwitterionic species, whereby R 3 represents a proton or the cationic component of an internal salt pair dependent on the nature of the R 2 substituent.

Compounds of formula I wherein R 3 is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc., may be administered directly to the host without deblocking since such esters are hydrolyzed in vivo under physiological conditions.

Several synthetic routes are employed to prepare the various isomeric thiol entities of general formula 15 IV and halo-substituted heterocycles of general formula IX which are utilized in Step 1 of Schemes I, II, and III. The following synthetic schemes demonstrate preferred synthesis of compounds IV and IX.

-100- BnOCH- 2 CH(OEt) 2 2N 12SQ 4 Reflux BnOCH 2

CHO

Ph oN<

OH-

00 -6 o mo 00 of Br2 CCI, Ph 0 ~~rrBr OH Br Vill

COD*

0.ee C2(010 2 Ca~r 2 F f,O/NicOJ I.'Rcflux OC Ph ee e C g C C Ce KSAcICI

I

3

CN

I- C P:"h I -OC l 2 1Ph 0 Br IKSAc/Cj 13CN rOCH Ph SAc X19 M MeSil SAc SAc )a SAc xI -101- In accordance with Scheme IV, benzyloxyacetaldehyde diethyl acetal is hydrolyzed with dilute sulfuric acid giving benzyloxyacetaldehyde, which is then reacted with allyl magnesium bromide to give l-phenylmethoxy-4-penten-2-ol. This alcohol, is brominated with bromine in carbon tetrachloride or dichloromethane at -20oC to OOC to give 4,5-dibromo-l-(phenylmethoxy)-2-pentanol. This dibromo alcohol, in aqueous methanol, is cyclized with calcium hydroxide in the presence of calcium bromide, to give a Joracemic mixture of trans and cis-4-bromo-2- [(phenylmethoxy)methyl]tetrahydrofuran, IX and X respectively, which is separated by flash column chromatography using silica gel. The trans bromide, IX, is reacted with potassium thioacetate, in a dipolar aprotic solvent, to give methyl]-3-tetrahydrofuranyl]ethanethioate, XI. The thioacetate, XI, is reacted with iodotrimethylsilane to give cis-[5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-tetrahydrofuranyl]ethanethioate, XIII. In the same manner, the cis bromide, X, is converted to the trans-[5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-tetrahydrofuranyl]ethanethioate, XIV.

In accordance with Scheme V, the cyclization of 1l-phenylmethoxy-4-penten-2-ol with iodine in the presence of sodium bicarbonate gives a racemic mixture of cis and trans-5-(iodomethyl)-3-tetrahydrofuranols, XV and XVI, which is separated by flash column chromatography using silica gel.

The optically active tetrahydrofuran derivatives are prepared according to Scheme V.

Benzyloxyacetaldehyde is reacted with optically active 2-allyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane-4,5-dicarboxylic acid ester, XVII, to give optically pure -1-phenylmethoxy-4-penten-2-ol, XVIII. Cyclization of alcohol, XVIII, with iodine in the presence of sodium bicarbonate gives a mixture of optically pure 2,5-anhydro-1,3-dideoxy-1-iodo-D-threopentitol,

XIX,

-102-

SCHEMEV

1 2 /NaHCO 3 Ph O 0 h*J 0OH dI-XV O H dI-XVI MgBr B n OCHI.' C" 0 0~

B

Ph 0 6H C0 2

R

C0 2

R

0l 1 2 /NaHCO 3 O Z-1 Uss

OH

OH

XVIII

-103and 2, 5-anhydro-1, 3-dideoxy-l-iodo-D-erythro-perntitol, XX, which is separated by flash chromatography using silica gel.

SCHEME

VI

OCH

2 pI Br X-trans Me 3 SiI 0J OH Br Joncs rcag.

Acctone, 0 0

-RT

0

OH

Br

XXII

KSAc cat I8-Crown.6 McCN HN N CO 2

CH

2 Ph 0 C1 1 2C1/DMF Pr 0 fl CN\-/N-C2h SAc

XXIV

-104- In accordance with Scheme VI, the bromide, X-trans, is reacted with iodotrimethylsilane to give -4-bromo-2-tetrahydrofuralmethanol, XXI, which is oxidized with Jones reagent to give 2,5-anhydro-4bromo-3,4-dideoxy-D-erythro-peltonic acid, XXII. The bromide, XXII, is reacted with phenylmethyl 1-piperazinecarboxylate, in the presence of 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiinide, to give phenylmethyl 4- 5-anhydro-4-bromo-3, 4-dideoxy-D-erythro-pentonoyl)-1-piperazinecarboxylic acid ester, XXIII, which is then reacted with potassium thioacetate, in a dipolar aprotic solvent, to give phenylmethyl 4- (4-S-acetyl-2, 5-anhydro-3 -deoxy-4 -thio-L-threo-pentonoyl)-l-piperazinecarboxylic acid ester, XXIV.

SCHEME VI 1. Uf 2

O

PhCH 2 O B r pyr/CH 2

CI

2 PhCH- 2 0"-OY Br OHJ Br 2. AcSH SAc Br iPr 2

ELN

THfF

XXV

NaOlkc (I cq)'r, S TOCH 2 Ph NicolI. 01 KSAc. aqt IR-C'r-6 CII13CN S OCH 2 Ph SAc XXV' XXV"1 TMS I

CHCI

3 0 0

C--

SAc SAc XXVrll XXVII xxIX -105- In accordance with Scheme VII, phenylmethoxy-2-pentanol is reacted with triflic anhydride, in the presence of pyridine, to give the desired triflate which is then reacted with thio acetic acid, in the presence of diisopropylethylamine, to give S-[3,4-dibromo--[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]butyl]ethanethioic acid ester, XXV. The dibromo thioacetate,

XXV,

is treated with one equivalent of sodium methoxide, in methyl alcohol, to give 4-bromotetrahydro-2-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]thiophene, XXVI, which is reacted with potassium thioacetate, in a dipolar aprotic solvent, to give tetrahydro-5-[[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]-3-thienyl]ethanethioic acid ester, XXVII. The thioacetate, 15 15 XXVII, is reacted with iodotrimethylsilane, in chloroform, to give a mixture of methyl)-3-thienyl ethanethioic acid ester, XXVIII, and tetrahydro-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-thienyl ethanethioic acid ester, XXIX, which is separated by flash column chromatography using silica gel.

In Scheme VIII, the thioacetate, XIII from Scheme IV, and the alcohol, XVI from Scheme V, are converted to the azido derivative, XXXIII.

-106- SCHEME

VIII

S Ac T fI 0 /fl or OTf SAc .0 nBU4NN3 -NaOMc/NlcOH SAc tKSAC/CH 3

CN

jN 3 OTf X~ool

OH

XAI

I. lIU 4 NN3 2. Tf 2 o/py -107- The thioacetate, XIII, is reacted with triflic anhydride, in the presence of pyridine, to give the desired triflate, XXX, which is then reacted with tetrabutylammonium azide to give methyl)-3-tetrahydrofuranyl]ethanethioic acid ester,

XXXI.

Alternatively, the alcohol, XVI, is reacted with tetrabutylammonium azide to give the desired azide 0 which is then reacted with triflic anhydride, in the presence of pyridine, to give the desired triflate, XXXII. The triflate, XXXII, is reacted with potassium thioacetate in acetonitrile to give the thioacetate, XXXI. The thioacetate, XXXI, is then reacted with S* sodium methoxide, in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran, to give cis-(+/-)-5-azidomethyl)-3tetrahydrofuranthiol,

XXXIII.

-108- SCHEME

IX

(0 Step i

DIBAL-H

)OCXIv .0 6) 4-O 2

NC

6

H

4

COI

7) HCI(gas)x o OH

R

2

(CH

2 )n i Steps 2-4 Steps 6-7 2)C 6

H

5

CH

2 S H/i4 3)CH 3

SO

2 CI/Et 3

N

J)BaCO3 /NaI/6 0 0

R

2

(CH

2 )n (U Cl

XXXVII

Steps 8-9 8) KSAc 9) NaOMe Step Br 2 /CC14

R

2

(CH

2 51

R

2 (CH2pn

XXXCVI

-109- Scheme IX outlines synthetic methods common in the art that ensure access to other thiol congeners with the general formula IV-1 to IV-3 and halo-substituted heterocycles of general formula IX-1 to IX-3.

The mono-substituted lactone, XXXIV, serves as the starting point for the above-mentioned compound classes. It will be appreciated that XXXIV is a representation of the following regioisomers: A 0 i(0,) oo 1 )*u 2 E,(CHz), XXXIV-1 XXXIV-2 XXXIV-3 In addition, the asymmetric ring carbon bearing the R* R2-(CH 2 n fragment may have the R or S stereochemistry, wherein n and R 2 are as defined hereinbefore. The preparation of lactones with general o .formula XXXIV utilizes basic synthetic techniques that 15 are common in the art.

In Step 1 Scheme IX, the lactone, XXXIV, is reduced via a standard diisobutylaluminum hydride or equivalent reduction in the art to the corresponding lactol, XXXV. This lactol, in turn can be treated with the sequence of reagents in Steps 2-4 as per the example of M.R.Dyson et al., Carbohydrate Research, Vol. 216, pp237-48 (1991) to form the dithioglycoside XXXVI. In Step 5, this dithioglycoside is converted to the 2-bromo-thioglycoside, XXXVII by bromine and carbon tetrachloride according to the method of M. R. Dyson et al, Med. Chem., Vol 34, pp2782-86 (1991). The 2 -bromo-thioglycoside, XXXVII, thus formed (representative of the halo-substituted heterocycles of general formula IX-1 to IX-3) can be utilized in the carbapenem synthesis outlined in Scheme III.

-110- In steps 6 and 7 of Scheme IX, the lactol of general formula XXXV is converted to the 2-chlorotetrahydrofuranyl derivative of formula XXXVIII by stepwise treatment with 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride and hydrogen chloride gas. Both procedures are common in the art and are described in detail by Baker and Fletcher in J.Ora.Chem., Vol. 24, 4605 (1961) and Stevens, Ness and Fletcher in J.Ora.Chem,, Vol 33, 1806-09 (1968) respectively. The 2 -chlorotetrahydrofuran of formula XXXVIII is sequentially treated with potassium thioacetate and then by sodium methoxide in steps 8 and 9. The tetrahydrofuran thiol product XXXIX, representative of 15 the thiols of general formula IV-1 to IV-3, can be utilized in the carbapenem synthesis outlined in Schemes I and II.

.:ee: -111-

MSO.

r. t.

LiN 3 (leq.)/DNIF 6MS

S..

S

S.

S

S

S

S

S

S

*55555

S

S

*SSe KS Ac/DMF/toluene 650 OMs

XUI

SAc

XLII

l,2-Dideoxy-D-ribose, XL, is prepared according to M. Takeshita et al, J.Biol.Chem. (1987), 262(21), 10171.

In accordance with Scheme X, 1, 2 -dideoxy-D-ribose is reacted with excess methanesulfonyj. chloride in pyridine to give dimesylate XLI, which is reacted with one equivalent of lithium azide in dimethy1formamide 'to give azido derivative XLII. The azido derivative

XLII

is then reacted with potassium thioacetate in a mixture of dimethylformamide, and toluene to give the desired thioacetate

XLIII.

-112- 0 2?

MCPBA/CH

2

CI

2 r. t.

MsCI/NEt 3 r-t 0 Et2AICN/toluene xuv o 4-MeOC 6

H

4

CH

2

SH/

NaH/THF r. t.

OMs

CN

S..

0@S@

S.

0O 0 5 0 0*S@ 5

S

500...

5 050 0 0

XLV

~XqV ~7B 2

H

6

/THF

CN 4 -McOC6 4

CH

2

S

ClCO 2 PNB/i-Pr 2 NEt/

THF

XLVII

XLVI

0 1.CF 3

CO

2 2 Hg/ 0 4 2. H 2

S

4 -MeOC 6

H

4

CH

2 S CH 2

NHCO

2 pNB HS CH 2

NHCO

2

PNB

XLLX

-113- In accordance with Scheme XI, 2,5-dihydrofuran is reacted with m-chloroperbenzoic acid in methylene chloride to give epoxide XLIV, which is then reacted with diethylaluminium cyanide in toluene to give the cyanoalcohol XLV. The cyanoalcohol XLV is mesylated with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine to give cyanomesylate XLVI, which is then reacted with 4-methoxybenzyl mercaptan and sodium hydride in tetrahydrofuran to give the cyanothioether XLVII. Reduction of the cyanothioether with diborane in tetrahydrofuran gives aminomethylthioether

XLVIII,

which is then reacted with 4-nitrobenzyl chloroformate :in the presence of diisopropylethylamine in tetrahydrofuran to give protected aminomethylthioether XLIX. Treatment of the protected aminomethylthioether XLIX with mercuric trifluoroacetate and anisole in aqueous acetic acid, followed by treatment with hydrogen sulfide gives the desired thiol L.

-114- SCHEM XII

R

2

(CH

2 )1 C4 r 0 xOoaIv "Step 3 Lawes~son' reagent Step I J.Med.Chem.,3 533(1992) sS

R

2

(CH

2 )n Li

R

2 (CH't 2 )n

Z~

ULlI tStep 4 LiEt 3

BH

R2(CH2)0 IStep 2

HCI

R

2

(CH

2 )n-y )Q0KM -115- As an alternate synthetic route to Scheme IX, Scheme XII outlines complimentary methods common in the art to access thiol congeners with general formula IV-1 to IV-3 and halo-substituted heterocycles of general formula IX-1 to IX-3. In step 1 of Scheme XII, the thiolactol LI is prepared from the lactone XXXIV using the synthetic sequence of J. A. Secrist et al. in J.

Med. Chem., Vol 35, pp 533-538 (1992). Treatment of the thiolactol LI with anhydrous hydrochloric acid in step 2 represents one way to access the requisite 2-chlorotetrahydrothiophene LII, representative of the halo-substituted heterocycles of general formula IX-1 to IX-3, which can, in turn, be utilized in the carbapenem synthesis outlined in Scheme III.

15 The lactone XXXIV can also be converted to the thiolactone LIII using Lawessons' reagent in step 3 of Scheme XII. The procedure found to be most useful in this step is that of S. Scheibye et al., Tetrahedron, Vol 35, pp 1339-43 (1979). In step 4 of Scheme XII, the thiolactone LIII is reduced with lithium triethylborohydride using the procedure of A. G. M.

Barrett et al, 3. Org. Chem., Vol 54, pp 2275-2277 (1989). The thiolactol LIV thus formed representative of the thiols of general formula IV-1 to 25 IV-3, can be utilized in the carbapenem syntheses outlined in Schemes I and II.

-116- 1~C i/DNI I TsO 0 rcrlux r. t.

0 o MC

A

0 OMe LiEL 3

BH/THF

Tso__ *OMc O IC owcx resin H

LVII

LVII

OH

0 fOH

OH

Ux -117- In accordance with Scheme XIII, 1,2-O-isopropylidene-D-xylofuranose LV is reacted with excess p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a catalytic amount of 4-dimethylaminopyridine in pyridine to give ditosylate LVI, which is treated with 3% hydrochloric acid in methanol under reflux to give p-toluenesulfonyl dimethyl acetal LVII. The p-toluenesulfonyl dimethyl acetal LVII is reduced with equivalent of lithium triethylborohydride in tetrahydrofuran to give dimethyl acetal LVIII, which is hydrolyzed with Dowex resin in water to give aldehyde hydrate LIX.

i: In the foregoing word description of the above schematic reaction diagrams for the synthesis of S 15 3 -tetrahydrofuranyl)carbapenem and (3-tetrahydrothienyl)carbapenem antibacterials, it is understood that there is latitude in selection of precise reaction .parameters. Suggestion of this latitude and its breadth is generally indicated by the enumeration of equivalent solvent systems, temperature ranges, protecting groups, bases (organic and inorganic), and range of identities of involved reagents.

-118- Example 1 (Phenvlmethoxv)acetaldehvde A stirring mixture of 100 g of benzyloxyacetaldehyde diethyl acetal, 500 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 400 ml of 2N sulfuric acid is heated at reflux temperature for 45 minutes. The resulting solution is cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo to 400 ml volume and diluted with 1000 ml of chloroform. The organic layer is washed with water, cold saturated sodium bicarbonate, O saturated sodium chloride and dried. The filtrate is evaporated in vacuo to give the product as an oil. The crude oil is purified by Kugelrohr distillation (bath temperature 100 C) to give 59.0 g of the desired S. 15 product as a colorless oil.

.H NMR(CDC1) :6 9.73(t,lH); 7.36(m,5H); 4.63(s,2H); 4.11(d,2H).

-l IR(neat): 1736 cm-1 Example 2 1- (Phenvlmethoxy)-4-penten-2-ol To a stirring 0°C solution of 59.0 g of product from Example 1 in 375 ml of diethyl ether is added, dropwise, 432.24 ml of 1M allylmagnesium bromide in ether. The reaction is stirred at 0°C for 1 hour, 25 followed by overnight stirring at room temperature.

The reaction is cooled to 0°C, hydrolyzed with saturated ammonium chloride, and the layers are separated. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as an oil. The crude oil is purified by Kugelrohr distillation (bath temperature 100°C) to give 61.5 g of the desired product as a colorless oil.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 7.34(m,5H); 5.82(m,lH); 5.08(m,2H); 4.56(s,2H); 3.88(m,1H); 3.44(ABq,2H); 2.27(t,2H); 1.7(bs,lH).

-119- Example 3 4. 5-Dibromo-l- (nhenvlmethoxv) -2-D~entanol Using anhydrous conditions, 28.0 g of product from Example 2 in 40 ml of carbon tetrachloride, is cooled to -20 0 C. A solution of 7.88 ml of bromine in ml of carbon tetrachloride is added, dropwise, over minutes while maintaining the temperature at -20 0

C.

Vigorous stirring is required through out the addition to avoid local overheating of the reaction mixture. At the end of the addition, the reaction mixture turns red and the reaction is complete. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo, to give an oily residue. The oil is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 10% ethyl acetate/hexane to 20 ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 31 g of the desired product as a light yellow oil, which is a mixture of 2 isomers.

H NMR(CDCl 3 Isomer 1: 6 7. 3 5(m, 5H) 4. 55 2H); 4.5(m,1H); 4.1(m,lH); 3.88(dd,lH); 3.65(dd,lH); 3.5(dd,1H); 3.38(dd,lH); 2.6(bs,1H, OH); 2.25(m,1H); 1.7(m,1H); Isomer 11: 6 7. 4(m, 5H) 4. 52 2. 5H) 4. 26 0. 4.05(m,1H); 3.7(m,2H); 3.5(dd,1H); 3.38(dd,lH); 2.75(s,1H,OH); 2.22(m,lH); 2.l(m,lH).

Example 4 Trans- -4 -Bromotetrahydro, 2- r (PhenylmethoXy) methyll1furan and cis- -4-Bromotetrahvdro-2- r (phenvlmethoxv) methyl 1 furan A solution of 10.0 g of product from Example 3 in 25 ml of methyl alcohol is diluted with 50 ml of distilled water. To this heterogeneous mixture is added 1.6 g of calcium hydroxide followed by 16.95 g of calcium bromide. The reaction is stirred vigorously -120while heating in an oil bath, at 100 0 C, for 24 hours.

The internal temperature is maintained at 85 0 C. The reaction is cooled, extracted with methylene chloride, filtered thru diatomaceous earth and the layers partitioned. The organic layer is washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated ivacuo to give 7.18 g of an oil. The oil is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 5 ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 2.82 g of the trans-isomer and 2.89 g of the cis-isomer.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 trans-Isomer:6 7.35(s,5H) 4.6(s,2H) 4.48(m,2H); 4.3(dd,lH); 4.04-4.1(dd,lH); :3.6-3.65(dd,1H); 3.5-3.57(dd,1H); 2.3(m,2H); cis-Isomer:6 7.36(m,5H) 4.6(d,2H) 4 3 -4.42 (m,1H) 4 .12-4.25(m,lH); 4.O-4.12(m,2H); 3 .55-3.7(ma,2H); 2.55-2.7(m,1H); 2.08-2.2(m,1H).- Example Ethanethioic acid trans- -s-rtetrahvdro-5-r (nhenylmethoxv) methyl 1- 3-furanyl lester To an argon purged solution of 2.17 g of the cis-isomer from Example 4 in 25 ml of dry acetonitrile is added 0.96 g of potassium thioacetate. The reaction is heated at reflux temperature for 16 hours, cooled, filtered and diluted with ethyl acetate. The solution is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in~ vacuo to give 2.16 g of a yellow oil.

The crude oil is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 5-10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.72 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.35(s,5H); 4.6(s,2H); 4.28-4.32(dd1H); 4 .l 8 -4.25(m,lH); 3 9

B-

4 .08(m,lH); 3 .6-3.68(dd,lH); 3.52(m,3H); 2.32(s,3H,Ac); 2 .l 6 -2.27(m,lH); 1.B 9 -l.98(m,1H).

-121- Example 6 Ethanethioic acid rtetrahvdro-5-(hvdroxvmethvl -3-furany11ester Using anhydrous conditions and under an argon flush, 0.80 g of product from Example 5 is dissolved in 11 ml of chloroform. The reaction mixture is cooled to 2 C and 0.47 ml of iodotrimethylsilane is added, via syringe. The reaction is stirred overnight at 2°C.

Upon completion of the reaction, 0.49 ml of methyl O alcohol is added, the reaction is stirred for minutes longer and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 20-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.406 g of the desired product 15 as a colorless oil.

SH NMR(CDCl 3 4.26-4.31(dd,lH); 4.15(m,lH); 3.7-3.78(dd,lH); 3.6-3.68(dd,1H); 3.5-3.58(dd,lH); 2.32(s,3H,Ac); 2.19-2.29(m,lH); 1.86-1.96(m,lH); 1.75(bs,lH,OH).

Example 7 Ethanethioic acid -S-r5-r f (aminocarbonvl) oxYmethyl tetrahdro-3-furanvl ]ester "P To a -20 C solution, under argon, of 0.406 g of product from Example 6 in 30 ml of methylene chloride is added 0.3 ml of trichloroacetyl isocyanate.

The reaction is followed by thin layer chromatography (tlc). When reaction is complete, 1.16 ml of acetic acid, 0.54 ml of water and 9.84 ml of M tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight followed by concentration in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.430 g of the desired product.

-122- 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.8(bs,2H,NH 2 4.2-4.32(m,3H); 4.05(m,2H); 3.62(dd,lH); 2.32(s,3H,Ac); 2.25(m,lH); Ref.: Journal of Labelled Compounds and Radiopharmaceuticals, Vol. XXIV, No. 1, p. 41, 1987.

IR(KBR); 1686 cm- 1 (broad).

Examp~le 8 Ethanethioic acid -S-tetrahydro-5-r (phenylmethoxv)methyll-3furanyllester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 5 using 2.17 g of trans-isomer product from Example 4, 0.96 g of potassium thioacetate and ml of acetonitrile to give 1.86 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR (CDCl 3 7. 3 8(s, 5H) 4,6 2H) 4.15 2H); 4.0(m,1H); 3.74(dd,lH); 3.53(d,2H), 2.45(m,lH); 2.32(s,3H,Ac) 1.65(m,lH).

Example 9 Ethanethioic acid -S-rtetrahvdro-5-(hdroxmethl)-3-furanl.

ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 6 using 0.600 g of product from Example 8, 0.35 g of iodotrimethylsilane, 8 ml of chloroform and 0.37 ml of methyl alcohol to give 0.310 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(CDCl 3 4.13-4.2(dd,lH); 3 .98-4.12(m,2H); 3.7-3.8(in,2H); 3.52-3.61(dd,lH); 2 3 8-2.48(m,lH); 2.38(s,3H,Ac); l.9(bs,lH,OH); 1.

6 5-1.78(in,lH).

-123- Example Ethanethioic acid cis- -sS- -r r(aminocarbonvl) oxvlmethvll1tetrahydro- 3-furanvi ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 7 using 0.28 g of product from Example 9 in 20 ml of methylene chloride, 0.208 ml of trichioroacetyl i socyanate, 0.80 ml of acetic acid, 6.79 ml of IM tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran and 0.37 ml of water to give 0.320 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.6-4.85(bs,2H,NH 2 4 .12-4.28(M,3H); 3.98-4.l(ma,2H); 3.7-3.8(dd,lH); 2.43-2.56(m,lH); 2.32(s,3H,Ac); 1.55-1.7(m,1H).

Ref.: Journal of Labelled Compounds and Radiopharmaceuticals, Vol. XXIV, No. 1, p. 41, 1987.

Example 11 r2R-r2alpha(R*) .3beta(R*) 11-3-ri-Fr (1.1-Dimethylethyl)dimethvlsilyll1oxyl ethyll1-Qamma-methyl-beta, 4-dioxo-2azetidinebutanoic acid (4-nitrophenyl)methyl ester see**:Nine grams of [2S-[2alpha(S *),3beta(S*f)]3- (l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl)oxy~ethyl.alpha.

methyl-4-oxo-2-azetidineacetic acid is suspended at room temperature, under argon flush, in 266 ml of dry acetonitrile. To this suspension is added 5.79 g of carbonyldiimidazole and the resulting clear solution is stirred for 30 minutes. Twenty-eight grams of p-nitrobenzylmalonate magnesium salt (dried in vacua over P 2 0 5 for 1 week) is added and the reaction is heated at 650C for 3 hours. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo, diluted with methylene chloride and filtered. The filtrate is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in~ vaU to give 9.7 g of a yellow oil. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 25-45% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5.2 g of a crystalline solid.

INMR indicates 35% in the enol form.

-124lH NMR(CDCl 3 11.93(d,minor isomer); 8.24(d,2H); 7.53(d,2H); 5.97(d,1H); 5.27(s,2H); 3.7-4.25(m,2H); 3.64(s,ca. 2H major isomer); 2.95(m,1H); 1.13-1.28(m,6H); 0.87(d,9H); 0.06(m,6H).

Example 12 r2R-r2alpha .3betafR* 11 -3-(1-Hvdroxvethvl-ammamethvl-beta.4-dioxo-2-azetidinebutanoic acid (4-nitrophenvl)methyl ester To a stirring 0

O

C solution, under argon, of 3.7 g of product from Example 11 in 40 ml of methyl alcohol is added 2.5 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid. The reaction is stirred for 3 hours as the temperature rises to room temperature. The mixture is concentrated to 1/3 volume, diluted with ethyl acetate, poured into cold saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 2.61 g of a sticky solid. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: ethyl acetate) 20 to give 1.91 g of the desired product as a colorless oil which solidifies on standing.

1H NMR(CDC 3 :6 8.25(d,2H); 7.55(d,2H); 5.88(bs,lH); 5.28(s,2H); 4.15(m,lH); 3.81(m,lH); 3.65(d,2H); 2.90(m,2H); 1.31(d,3H); 1.26(d,3H).

25 Example 13 4-Dodecylbenzenesulfonyl azide To a stirring solution of 0.38 g of 4-docecylbenzenesulfonyl chloride in 1.9 ml of acetone is added 0.09 g of sodium azide. The resulting suspension is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, followed by carefully concentrating the mixture in vacuo. The resulting orange oil is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: hexane-20% methylene chloride/hexane) to give 0.22 g of pure product as a colorless oil.

Ref.: Synthetic Comm., 11(12), 947 (1981).

-125- 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.87(d,2H); 7.56(d,2H); 0. 6-1.7 IR(neat): 2125 cm-1 Exam~le 14 [2R-r2alpha(R*1.3beta (R*1 1-al~ha-Diazo-3-(l-hvdroxvethyl)~-gamma-methvl-beta. 4-dioxo-2-azetidinebutanoic acid (4-nitrophenvlinethyl ester To -a stirring room temperature solution, under argon, of 0.270 g of product from Example 12 in 3.2 ml of dry acetonitrile is added 0.327 g of triethylamine and 0.427 g of product from Example 13.

The reaction is stirred for 45 minutes, diluted with *oo* ethyl acetate, washed with water, saturated sodium :chloride, dried and filtered to give an oil. The oil 15i is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 5-10% acetne/hloofom) t gie 0230g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8o26(d,2H); 7.55(d,2H); 5.95(bs,1H); 5.37(s,2H); 4.14(m,1H); 3.55-3.9(m,2H); 2.91(m,1H); 2.45(bs,1H); 1.31(d,3H); l.22(d,3H).

Example r4R-r4alPha.5beta.6beta(R )11-3- (Dinhenoxvyhosphinyl) oxyl (hvdroxvethyl) 4-methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclor3.2. Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxLcyic acid (4-nitropheny~methyl ester For 10 minutes, argon is bubbled through a suspension of 0. 10 g of product from Example 14, 6 ml of dry cyclohexane and a catalytic amount of rhodium diacetate. The reaction is then heated at 80 0 C, under argon for 30 minutes, 1 ml of ethyl acetate is added and the heating continued for an additional hour. The suspension is cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is concentrated in -126vacuo and the residue is dissolved in 1 ml of dry acetonitrile and is called intermediate 15A. The solution (15A), under argon, is cooled to 0 0Cand 51 microliter of diphenylphosphoric chloride and 43 microliter of N,N-diisopropylethylanine, herein after called Hunig's base, is added. The reaction is stirred at 0 0 C for 1 hour and then concentrated in vacuo to give 0.185 g of the product as an orange oil. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 5-10% acetone/chloroform) to give 0.045 g of the desired product as a white solid.

1 H NMR (CDCl 3 8.18(d,2H); 7.58(d,2H); 7.29(m,10H); 5.2 and 5.35(q,2H); 4.l-4.4(m,2H); C 3.3(m,lH); 1.34(d,3H); l.24(d,3H).

Exampl1e 16 too.cis- -Tetrahvdro-4-mercap~to-2-furanmethanol 2-carbamate see. Under anhydrous conditions, 0.109 g of product from Example 10 dissolved in 1.75 ml of tetrahydrofuran, cooled iAn an ice-bath, is treated, via syringe, with 120 microliter of sodium methoxide/methanol wt% in methanol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by thin layer chromatography. After minutes, 280 microliter of 1.86N hydrochloric acid/isopropyl alcohol is added and the reaction is stirred for 5 minutes. The reaction is concentrated in vacua to give the desired product as a white solid which is used as is in the following reaction.

Examp~le 17 r4R-r3(-3R*,5R* and 3S*.5S 4alnha,5beta.6beta(R*)I1- 3-rr 5 rr(Aiinocarbonvl) oxvlmethylltetrahydro-3-furanvll thiol-6- (l-hydroxyethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-1-azpbicvclof.2. 01heyt-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrophenvl) methyl ester To a -200C solution, under argon, of 0.297 g of product from Example 15 in 2.5 ml of acetonitrile, is added 61 microliter of Hunig's base, and 0.089 g of -127product from Example 16 suspended in 2.5 ml of acetonitrile. The reaction is stirred overnight and allowed to warm to room temperature. The mixture is concentrated in~ vacuo and purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 80% ethyl acetate/acetone) to give 0.135 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl.3):6 8.3(d,2H); 7.7(d,2H); 5.5(d,1H); 5.25(d,lH); 5.l(bs,2H,NH 2 4.0-4.5(m,7H); 3.8(m,2H); 3.3(m,lH); 2.5(m,lH); 2.4(bs,1lH,OH); l.7(m,0.5H); l.38(d,3H,Me); 1.25(d,3H,He).

Example 18 r4R-r3(3R .5R and 3S 5S 14a pha.5beta.6beta(R 11- 3-F F5-[rF(Aminocarbonvl) oxylmethvlltetrahvdro-3- %:furanvll1thiol (l-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methyl-7-oxo- I-azabicyclor3. 2. Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt A mixture of 0.181 g of product from Example 17, 0.032 g of sodium bicarbonate, 2 ml of water, 11 ml of dioxane and 0.100 g of 10 palladium/carbon is reduced in a Parr apparatus at 42 psi of hydrogen for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth, washed with water and concentrated to 1/2 volume. The solution is extracted :9 with ethyl acetate and the aqueous layer is -:425 freeze-dried. The product is purified using C 18 reverse phase chromatography (95/5 water/ethyl alcohol) to give 0.095 g of the desired product as a yellow solid.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 3.45-4.15(m,9H); 3.2-3.3(m,2H); 2.32-2.48(m,lH); l.57-l.64(m,0.5H); l.4-l.5(m,0.5H); l.l(d,3H,Me); l.03(dd,3H,Me).

IR(KBr): 1729 and 1606 cm- 1 -128trans -Tetrahvdro-4 -mercapto- 2-furanmethanol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.109 g of product from Example 7, 120 microliter of 25% methoxide/methyl alcohol, 1.75 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 280 microliter of 1.86N hydrochloric acid/isopropyl alcohol to give the desired product as a white solid.

Example r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S*.5R*)4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 3-F [5-r(Aminocarbonvll oxvlmethvlltetrahvdro-3f uranv 1th io I-6 (I-hvdroxethvl) 4-methy 1-7 -oxo Iazabicvclor3.2. olhent-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid 15 (4 -nitrophenylimethyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.089 g of product from Example 19 in 2.5 ml of acetonitrile, 0.297 g of product from Example 15 in 2.5 ml of acetonitrile, and 61 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.126 g o f tCh e desired product as a white solid.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.3(d,2H); 7.7(d,2H); 3. 3(m,l1H) 2.5 (m,l1H) 2. 4(bs, IH, OH) 1. 8(m, 0. 1.7(m,0.5H); 1.38(d,3H,Me); 1.25(d,3H,Me).

Example 21 r4R-r3 3R .5S and 3S* .5R )4alDha, 5beta. 6beta 11 3-F r 5-Frr (Aininocarbonyl) oxylmethvlltetrahvdro-3furanyl 1 thiol (1-hvdroxyethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo- 1-azabicyclor 3.2. Olhept-2-ene-2-carbo xlic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.126 g of product from Example 20, 0.0223 g of sodium bicarbonate, 1.4 ml of water, 7.8 ml of dioxane, and 0.070 g of pall adium/ carbon to give 0.055 g'of the desired product as a yellow solid.

-129- 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 3.9-4.2(m,6H); 3.6-3.8(mM2); 3.25(m,2H); 2.35-2.49(m,lH); l.59-1.69(m,0.5H); 1.42-1.52(=,0.5H); l.12(d,3HMe); 1.04(dd,3H,Me).

ExaMle 22 acid trans -S-rtetrahvdro-5-Fr rr(trifluoromethyl) sulfonvll1oxvlinethyll1-3-furanvi lester To a 0 0 C solution of 0.535 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in 3.75 ml of methylene chloride is added, via a syringe, a 00 solution of 0.529 g of product from Example 6 in 0.75 ml of methylene chloride and 0.243 ml of pyridine. The reaction is stirred in an ice bath for 45 minutes; during which time the progress of reaction is checked by thin layer chromatography. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo, slurried with ethyl acetate and filtered. The filtrate is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.799 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.54-4.6l(dd,lH); 4.41-4.49(dd,lH); 4.32-4.4(m,lH); 4.26-4.31(dd,lH); 4.0-4.l(m,lH); 3.67-3.75(dd,lH); 2.35(s,3H); 2.l8-2.32(m,1H); 2. 03-2.12 1H).

Example 23 Ethanethioic acid -S-rtetrahydro-5-(Phenoxymethyl) 3 -furanvi 1-ester To a 0 C solution of 0.326 g of phenol, 1.8 mal of Hunig's base, and 2.5 ml of methylene chloride is added, via syringe, 1.07 g of product from Example 22 in 0.50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction is stirred in an ice bath for 50 minutes; during which time the progress of reaction is checked by thin layer chromatography. The mixture is concentrated inl vacuo, dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer is dried, concentrated in vauo and purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: -130ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.532 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.25(m,2H); 6.9(m,3H); 4.4(m,lH); 4.35(dd,lH); 4.l(m,1H); 3.95(dd,2H); 3.7(dd,1H); 2.33(s,3H,Ac); 2.25(m,lH); 2.0(m,1H).

Examiple 24 trans- -Tetrahvdro-5- (phenoyM~ethvl) -3-furanthiol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.532 g of product from Example 23, 506 microliter of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol, 7.5 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 1.18 ml of 1.86N hydrochloric acid/isopropyl alcohol to give 0.311 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.25(m,2H) 6.9(m,3H) 4.2(dd,1H); 3.95(m,2H); 3.6(dd,lH); 3.5(m,1H); 2.3(m,lH); l.95(m,1H); l.75(d,1H,SH).

Example r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S .5R )4al1ha,5beta.6beta(R* fli 6-(1-Hvdroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3-F (phenoxethl)-3-furanvllthiol---azabicvclo3201hert-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrophenvl)methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.311 g of product from Example 24 in 7.5 ml of acetonitrile, 0.879 g of product from Example 15 in 7.5 ml of acetonitrile and 0.18 ml of Hunig's base to give 0.349 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC 3 8.23(d,2H); 7.65(d,2H); 7.3(m,2H); 6.92(m,3H); 5.5(d,lH); 5.26(d,lH); 4.3(m,3H); 4.06(m,2H); 3.9(m,lH); 3.72(m,1H); 3.4(m,lH); 3.3(dd,3lH); 2.38(m,lH); 2.09(m,lH); 1.32 (d,3H,Me) 1.29(t,3H,Me).

-131- Example 26 r4R-r3f3R S5S and 3S*.5R*)4alIDha,5beta.6betafR

III-

6- (l-Hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3-r[ (1henoxvmethvl) -3-furanvllthiol-l-azabicyclor3 .2.01 heyt-2-ene-2-carboxvylic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.320 g of product from Example 25, 0.054 g of sodium bicarbonate, 3.5 ml of water, 8.3 ml of dioxane and 0.166 g of palladium/carbon to give 0.052 g of the desired product.

IH NMR (CDCl 3 :6 7. 39 2H) 7. 07 3H) 4. 6(m, 2H); 4.25(m,4H); 4.20(m,lH); 4.0(m,1H); 3.8(m,lH); 3.43(m,lH); 2.25(m,lH); 2.1B(m,lH); l.3(d,3H,Me); 1.23(in, 3H,He).

ExaMple 27 cis- -4-Bromotetrahvdro-2-furamethanol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 6 using 5.42 g of product from Example 4, 3.13 ml of iodotrimethylsilane, 117 ml of chloroform and 5.3 ml of methyl alcohol to give 3.17 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(CDCl 4.3-4.5(in,l); 4.0-4.2(m,3H); 3.6-3.8(m,2H); 2.1-2.2(m,lH); 1.94(br s,111).

Example 28 Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid cis- (4-bromotetrahvdro-2-furanvl)methj. ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 22 using 3.1 g of product from Example 27 in 4.5 ml of methylene chloride, 3.05 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in 21.5 ml of methylene chloride, and 1.38 ml of pyridine to give 4.76 g of the desired product.

~11 NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.55-4.7(ma,2H) 4.35-4.46(m.2H); 2.1-2.2(m,lH).

-132- -4-Bromo-2-Ir (4-fluoro~henvlthiolmethlltetrahydrofuran The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 23 using 4.7 g of product from Example 28 in 15 ml of =ethylene chloride, 1.61 ml of 4-fluorothiophenol in 15 ml of methylene chloride, and 2.61 ml of+ Hunig's base to give 3.96 g of the desired product as a light yellow oil.

11H NMR(CDCl 3 7.35-7.48(m,2H); 6.9-7.1(m,2H); 4.32-4.5(m,1H); 4.O-4.15(m,3H); 3.2-3.32(m,lH); 3 .05-3.15(m,1H); 2.62-2.78(m,lH); 2.l-2.25(m,lH).

Example cis- -4-Bromo-2- r r (4-f luorophenyl) sul fonyl Imethyll1tetrahydrofuran A mixture of 3.3 g of product from Example 29, 174 ml of glacial acetic acid and 46.5 ml of hydrogen peroxide is heated at 1000C for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture is concentrated Ln vacuo and purified by cromtogrphy(Silica Gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3.4 g of the desired product as a white solid.

1 NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.93-8.0(m,2H); 7 .21-7.28(m,2H); 4 .42-4.56(m,lH); 4.37-4 .41(m,lH); 3 .97-4.05(m;,2H); 3 .64-3.71(dd,1H); 3.41-3.47(dd,lH); 2 75 -2.85(m,1H); 2 .20-2.3(m,lH).

Example 31 Ethanethioic acid -S-F5-F F(4-fluorophenyl) sulfonyllmethylltetrahvdro-3-furanyl lester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 5 using 0.969 g of product from Example 0.360 g of potassium thioacetate, and 9 ml of acetonitrile to give 0.533 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CcC1 3 :6 7o93-8.O(m,2H); 7 .2-7.3(m,2H); 4 3 8 -4.5(m,lH) 4.13-4.21(dd,lH); 3 .9-4.0l(m,1H); 3 5 -3.56(dd,1H); 3.4-3.48(dd,lH); 3.2-3.3(dd,lH); -133- 2.33(S,3H); 2.16-2.22(m,2H).

Example 3 -5-rrF(4-Fluorophenvli sulfonyllmethylltetrahvdro-3 -furanthiol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.955 g of product from Example 31, 0.72 ml of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol and 10 ml1 of tetrahydrofuran to give 0.523 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.0(m,2H); 7.4(m,2H); 4.3-4.6(m,lH); 3.9-4. 2(m, 1H); 3. 2-3. 6(m, 4H) 2.6 0. 5H) 2. 2(m, 1H) .75(d,1H,SH); l.65(m,0.5H).

Examip1e 33 r4R-r3(3R*.5S and 3S* .5R )4aliha,5beta.6beta(R~f1 3-F iS-rrF(4-Fluorophenyji sulfonvllmethylitetrahvdro-3furanyllthiol (l-hvdroxye-thvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-1azabicyclor3 .2 .Olheipt-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-n itrophenvllnethyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.523 g of product from Example 32 in 12 ml of acetonitrile, 1.13 g of product from Example 15 in 12 ml of acetonitrile and 0.23 ml of Hunig's base to give 0.726 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.23(m,2H); 7.95(m,2H); 7.65(m,2H); 7.25(ma,2H); 5.48-5.53(m,lH); 5.2-5.28(m,lH); 3.2-4.5(m,lOH); 2.58(m,lH); 2.2(m,0.5H); l.9(ma,0.5H); 1.37(in, 3H,Me) 1.27(m,3H,Me).

Example 34 F4R-F3(3R* .5S and 3S .5R )4alpha.5beta.6beta(R fl11.

3-F iS-Fr (4-Fluorophenvi) sulfonvllmaethvlltetrahvdro-3furanylithiol (1-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-lazabicvclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxyljc acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.821 g of product from Example 33, 0.124 g of sodium bicarbonate, 8 ml of water, 20 ml of dioxane, and 0.380 g of -134palladium/carbon to give 0.135 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR (D 2 0):6 7.96-8.06(m,2H); 7 3 7-7.47(m,2H); 3 2 -4.65(m,lIH); 2.55(m,lH); 2.1(m,O.5H); l.

6 l.25(d,3H,Me); 1.15(t,3HMe).

MS(FAB):=/z 530(MiNa) and 508(M+H).

acid tran-(±- _-r5( 4 -fluoro henoxv~meth litetrabysdro- 3-furanyil ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 23 using 1.49 g of product from Example 22 in 1 ml of =ethylene chloride, 0.'542 g of 4 -fluorophenol, 2.5 ml of Hunig's base and 3 ml of methylene chloride to give 0.963 g of the desired compound.

1H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 6.74-7.0(m,41); 4 o 2 6 -4.47-(m,2H); 4 .OS-4.13(m,lH); 3 .96-4.Oo(dd,2H); 3 6 7 -3.72(m,lH); 2 3 5(S,3H,Ac); 2 .0-2.l(m,lH).

20 Example 36 0-0 4 F u r h n x e h 1 1 e r h d o f The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.943 g of product from Example 35, 0.86 ml of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol and 12 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 0.417 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDC 3 6 7 5 -7.05(m,4H); 4.3(dd,lH); 3.95(m,2H); 3.6(dd,lH); 3 2.3(m,1H); 2.O5(m,lH); -135- Exam~le 37 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S*.5R A4aDDha,5beta.6betafR

III-

53-r r5- r r(4-Fluoro~henoXvl methyll1tetrahvdro-3furanyllthiol (l-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-l- ,azabicvclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid (4-nitro~henvimethyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of.Example 17 using 0.417 g of product from Example 36 in 9 ml of acetonitrile, 1.09 g of product from Example 15 in 9 ml of acetonitrile, and 220 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.473 g of the :desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.22(d,2H); 7.65(d,2H); 6.95(m,2H); 6.85(m,2H); 5.5(d,lH); 5.25(d,lH); 4.48(m,1H); 4.2-4.4(m,3H); 3.8-4.08(m,3H); 3.72(m,lH); 3.4(m,lH); 3.3(m,lH); 2.3-2.43(m,1H); 2.0-2.20(m,lH); 1.37(d,3H,Me); 1.31(t,3H,Me).

Examiple 38 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S .5R )4alrpha.5beta.6beta R )11- 3-F F5-rrF(4-Fl-uoroihenoxv)methylltetrahvdro-3.

furanyllthiol-6- (l-hydroxvethl)-4-methyl-7-oxo-l.

azabicyclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.450 g of product from Example 37, 0.074 g of sodium bicarbonate, 5 ml of water, 12 ml of dioxane and 0.226 g of palladium/carbon to give 0.147 g of the desired compound.

1 H NMR(D 2 O0):6 7.0-7.l(m,4H); 4.6(m,2H); 4.l0-4.3(m,3.5H); 3.9-4.1(m,2H); 3.78(m,lH); 3.3-3.43(m,l.5H); 2.22-2.39(m,lH); 2.O5-2.2(m,lH); l.29-l.3l(d,3H,He) l.20-l.23(dd,3H,He).

-136- Exm1le Ethanethioic acid trans- -S-r5-r r(4-fluorophenv1lthiolmethv11tetrahvdro-3-furanv~l 1ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 23 using 0.308 g of product from Example 22 in 1 ml of methylene chloride, 107 microliter of 4-fluorothiophenol, and 174 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.236 g of the desired product.

1 NMR(CDCl 3 7.4(m,2H); 7.0(m,2H); 4.3(dd,1H); 4.l-4.2(zi,1); 3.98-4.08(m,1H); 3.6-3.65(dd,1H) 3.08-3.15(m,1H); 2.98-3.05(dd,1H); 2.32(s,3H,Ac); 2.1-2.23(m,lH); l.98-2.08(m,1H).

Example r4-(Fluorophenvl)thiolimethvltetrahydro-3 -furanethiol The title compound is--prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.206 g of product from Example 39, 173 microliter of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol, 2.5 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 403 microliter of 1.86N hydrochloric acid/isopropyl alcohol to give 0.0405 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.4(m,2H); 7.O(m,2H); 4.3(m,2H); .3.55(m,lH); 3.48(m,1H); 3.l(m,lH); 2.9(m,1H); 2 5 2. 2(m, 1H) 2. 0(m, 1H) 1. 7 8(d,1IH, SH) Example 41 f4R-r3(3R*,5S* and 3S*,5R*)5beta,6beta(R*)11- 3-r r5-rrF(4-Fluorophenyji thiolmethyl ltetrahvdro-3furanvllthiol (l-hvdroxvethv1l -4-mnethvl-7-oxo-lazabicyclor 3.2. Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-n itrophenyl ~methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.110 g of product from Example 40 in 2 ml of acetonitrile, 0.268 g of product from Example 15 in 2 ml of acetonitrile and microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.230 g of the desired product.

-137- 1NNR(CDCl 3 8.3(d,2H); 7.7(d,2H); 7.4(m,2H); 7.0(m,2H); 5.5(d,lH); 5.25(d,lH); 4.3(m,4H); 3.85(m,lH); 3.7(m,1H); 3.4(m,lH); 3.3(d,lH); 3.1(M,2H); 2.4(bs,1H,OH); 2.2(m,2H); l.4(d,3H,Me); l.3(m,3H,Me).

Exan~le 42 r4R-r3(3R*,5S* and 3S*.5R*)5beta.6beta(R*Il- 3 r r 5 r L (4 -Fluorophenyl) th io Imethyl I tetrahydro- 3 furanyl 1 th ol 1- 6- (Il-hvdroxyethvl 1-4 -methyl 7-oxo Iazabicyclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboXvlic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by th e procedure of Example 18 using 0.230 g of product from Example 41, 0.118 g of 10% palladium/ carbon, 0.038 g of sodium bicarbonate, 2.5 =l of water and 6.0 m1 of dioxane to give 0.062 g of the desired product.

H i NN:R(D 2 0):6 7.25(bs,2H); 6.8(bs,2H); 2.35-4.4(m,lo 2.88(m,2H); 1.1(bs,3H,Me);o-.96(bs,3H,Me).

Ethanethioic acid trans- r5- (azidomethvl) tetrahvdro-3-furanvll Jester To a 0 0C solution of 5.768 g of product from Example 22 in 16 ml of methylene chloride, under argon, added, via syringe, a 0 0C solution of 5.86 g of tetrabutylammonium azide in 16 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction is stirred in an ice bath for minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 50% ethyl acetate/ hexane) to give 3.418 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.28-4.33(dd,lH, CH2 0); 4 .15-4.17(m,1H,CHO): 4.0-4.12(m,lH,CHs); 3.63-3.38(dd,lH,CHN); 3.4-3.49(dd,lH,CH); 3.24-3.68(dd,lH,CH 2 O0); 2.34'(s,3H,Ac); 2.16-2.26(m,lH); 1.

93 -2.0l(m,1H).

IR.(neat): 2101 and 1693 cm- 1 -138- Example 44 5-(Azidomethylltetrahvdro-3-furanthiol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 3.35 g of product from- Example 43, 3.8 ml of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol and 59 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 1.995 g of the desired product.

IH NMR(CDCl 3 4.3-4.4(m,lH); 4.2-4.26(m,lH); 3.8-3.86(M,0.5H); 3.56-3.65(m,1H); 3.43-3.52(m,1.5H); 3.2-3.3(m,1H); 2.14-2.31(m,lH); 1.9-1.98(m,lH); l.78(d,lH,SH).

IR(neat): 2099 cm- Example F4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S*,5R*)4aljha.5beta.6beta(R*fl- 3-F F5-(Azidomethvl)tetrahvdro-3-furanvllthiol 6- (1-hvdroxyethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-lazabicyclor3 .2 .Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrophenvl) methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 1.995 g of product from Example 44 in 35 ml of acetonitrile, 7.45 g of product from Example 15, and 1.7 ml of Hunig's base to give 2.83 g of the desired product.

0 00H NMR(CDCl): 8.3(d,2H); 7.7(d,2H); 5.25(d,lH); 4.35(m,4H); 3.8(m,lH); 3.7(m,lH); 3.5(m,1H); 3.4(m,lH); 3.3(m,2H); 2.3(m,lH); l.98(m,1H); 1.4(d,3H,Me); l.3(m,3H,Me).

IR(neat): 2101 and 1769 cm-1 Example 46 r4R-r3(3R .5S- and 3S .5R )4alpha.5beta.6beta(R )11_ 3-F rr5- (Aminomethl) tetrahdro-3-furanl thiol..

6- 1-hvdroxcvethyl) -4-Methvl-7-oxo-lazabicyclor3.2. Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 2.8 g of product from Example 45, 0.60 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 27 ml of sodium phosphate buf fer (pH 7) and 82 ml of dioxane to give -139- 0.562 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.4(m,lH); 4.2(m,2.5H); 3.95(m,lH); 3.75(m,l.5H); 3.4(m,2H); 3.2(m,lH); 3.1(m,lH); 2.2(m,2H); l.35(d,3H,Me); l.30(d,3H,Me).

Example 47 r4R-r3t(3R *.5S *and 3S*.5R*)4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 6- (l-Hvdroxvethyl) rrtetrahv-dro-5- (iminomethyil amino imethyll1-3-furanyll1thiol -4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3 .2 *01 -hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid Five ml of phosphate buffer (pH 7) is cooled to 0 0 C and the pH is adjusted with iN sodium hydroxide :to pH 8.5. This solution is added to 0.052 g of product from Example 46, followed by the addition of 15 0.0832 g of ethyl methanimidate hydrochloride. The pH is maintained at pH 8.5 and the temperature at 0 0

C

during the reaction. After 35 minutes, the pH is adjusted to pH 7 with 5% hydrochloric acid and the mixture is concentrated inl vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (C is reverse phase plates: 5% aqueous ethyl alcohol) to give 0.038 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(D 2 0):6 7.68(t,1H,CH=N); 4.27(m,lH); 4.05(m,3H); 3.79(m,lH); 3.6(m,lH); 3.38(m,lH); 3.28(m,3H); l.97(m,2H); l.12(d,3H,He); l.03(d,3HMe).

Reference: The Journal of Antibiotics, 36, No. 8, p1034, 1983.

Example 48 r4R *3 5S* and 3S*.5 )lh.5eh.bt 6- (l-Hvdroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3- r tetrahvdro- (l-iminoethyl)aminolmethyll-3-furanyl~thioll-azabicvclor3 01-hept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 47 using 0.052 g of product from Example 46, 5 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7) adjusted to pH 8.5 and 0.097 g of ethyl acetimidate hydrochloride to give 0.045 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.24(m,1H); 4.04(M,3H); 3.8(m,1H); -140- 3.58(m,1H); 3.25(m,4H); 1.96(d,3H,He-C--); 1.93(m,2H); 1.11(d,3H,Me); l.02(d,3HHe).

49 14R-[3(2R*4S* and 2S*.4R*)4aliDha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 4- r 2-Carboxv-6- (1-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3azabicvclor3 01he1~t-2-en-3-vllthioltetrahvdro-N.N.Ntrimethyl-2-furanmethanaminium hydroxide. inner salt The title-compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 47 using 0.0514 g of product from Example 46, 3 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 8.6), 0.26 ml of dimethyl sulfate, 1.5 ml of acetonitrile and 1.9 ml of dioxane to give 0.0073 g of the desired .product.

15 1 H NMR(D 0):6 4.08 3H) 3.6-3.89 3H); 3.2-3.4(m,4H); 3.02(s,9H,3-Me); 2.05(m,lH); 1.96(m,1H); l.12(d,3H,Me) l.04(d,3H,He).

2ee Examp~le 20.5-Dioxo-4-oxazolidinepentanoic acid A suspension of 1.752 g of DL-2-aminopimelic acid, 55 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 16 ml of 1.93M phosgene in toluene is heated, in an oil bath, at 50 C for 1 hour. Argon is bubbled through the reaction to 25 remove the excess phosgene and the solvents are removed under house vacuum. The resulting oil is dissolved in 've 14 ml of ethyl alcohol, diluted with 14 ml of petroleum ether and the solution stored overnight at room temperature. The formed crystals are collected and dried to give 1.6 g of the desired product.

mp 102-1040C 1 H NMR (DMSO-d )6 12.l1(bs,l1H) 9. 14 (s,lIH) 4. 4 4(t, 1H); 6 2.21(t,2H); l.68(m,2H); l.5(m,2H); l.34(m,2H).

Reference: J. Med. Chem., (1986), 2,89-95.

-141r4R-E3(3R*.5S* and 3S*.5R )4alipha. 5beta. 6b-e-ta-(R II- 3-r r5-rrf 2-Amino-6-carbox--l-oxohexvll aminolmethyll tetrahydro-3-furanvll1thioj (l-hvdroxyethyl-4-methvl- 7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3 Olhe~t-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt (A) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 47 using 0.0514 g of product from Example 46 in 1.5 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 0.0302 g of product from Example 50 in 0.5 ml of M9 dioxane, adjusting reaction pH to 9, to give 0.0173 g 9 the desired product.

4H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.06(m,3H); 3.78(m,2H); 3.57(m,lH); 15 3.25(m,4H); 2.02(t,3H); l.92(m,2H); 1.68(m,2H); 1.42(m,2H); 1.20(m,2H); 1.12(d,3H,Me); 1.03(d,3H,Me).

MS(FAB): m/z 544(M+Na), 522(M+H).

[4R-[3(3R*,5S* and 3S*,5R*)4alpha,Sbeta,6beta(R*)JJ- (2-Amino-6-carboxy-1-oxohexyl) amino])-6carboxy-l-oxohexyl ]amino] methyl tetrahydro-3 -furanyl thio-6- (l-hydroxyethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo- [3 .2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid disodium salt (B) (0.0263 g) is also isolated from the reaction as a by-product.

1 25 H NMR(D 0):6 3.2-4.25(10 H in 4 multiplets); 22 side chain in 2 doublets and many multiplets).

MS(FAB): m/z 723(M+Na), 701(M+H).

Example 52 r4R-F3(3R .5S and 3S .5R )4alpha.5beta.6betaCR fli- 6-C l-Hvdroxvethyl I-4-methyl-7-oxo-3- r rr (methylamino) acetvllaminolmethll-3-furanllthiol- 1-azabicyclor3 Olhet-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 47 using 0.068 g of product from Example 46 in 2.0 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH and 0.029 g of 3-methyl-2,5-oxazolidinedione, prepared by the procedure described in ii. Org. Chem., -142- 2A, No. 1, 243(1969), in 1 ml of dioxane to give 0.036 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(D 2 0) :8 3. 1-4. 2(12H in multiplet); 2.58(s,3H,Me); 1.82(m,2H); 1.12(d,3H,Me); 1.05(dd,3H,Me).

4- (Chloromethvl) -2 The title compound is prepared by the proce dure of Example 50 using 1.24 g of 2-chloro-L-alanine, 16 ml Of 1.93M phosgene in toluene and 55 ml of 94 tetrahydrofuran to give 0.150 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(DMSO-d 6 9.26(br s,1H,NH); 4.97(t,lH,CH); 153.99(dd,lH,CH 3.87(dd,1H,CH 2 Examnle 54 r4R-r3(3R*.5S* and 3S*.5R 4 h5bt6beta(R 1 3-r r5-r r(2-Amino-3-chloro-l-OXOpropyl)pmjnolmnethylltetrahvdro-3-furanvl ithiol (-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methyl- 20 7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3 01hert-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 47 using 0.0685 g of product from Example 46 in 1.5 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 85) and 0.0299 g of product from Example 53 to give 0.0347 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):S 2.8-4.4(13H in multiplets); l.96(m,2H); l.12(d,3H,Me); l.04(d,3H,Me).

[4R-[3(2R*,4S* and 2S*,4R *)4alpha,Sbeta,6beta(R 3-chloro-L-alaiyl-N-( (2-carboxy-6- (l-hydroxyethyl) 4-methyl-7-oxo-1-zazbicyclo[3.2.0)hept-2-en-3-yl~thio]tetrahydro-2-furanyl )methyl-3-chloro-L-alaninamide (B) (0.0152 g) is isolated as a by-product.

I H NMR(D 2 0) :6 3.2-4.7 (16H in multiplets) 1.93 2H); 1.12 (d,3H,Me); 1.05(d,3H,Me).

-143trans- -Tetrahydro-4 -mercabto-2 -furarmethanoi The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 1.06 g of product from Example 6, 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 1.43 ml of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol, and 3.35 ml of 1.86N hydrochloric acid/isopropanol to give 0.687 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.25(m,lH); 4.2(dd,lH); 3.74(dd,l{); 3.4-3.6(m,3H); 2.98(s,lH,OH); 2.2(m,1H); l.9(m,1H); *0 1.78 Cd, lH,SH).

r4R~r33R* *Example 56* r4Rrl.3R.5S* and 3S*.5R*)4alpha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 6- (l-Hydroxvethvl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-3-[ (hvdroxymethyl) -3-furanvllthiol-1-azabicvclor3 .2.01hept-2-ene-2-carboxvylic acid (4-nitrophenyl ~methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 3.55 g of product from Example 15 in 25 ml of acetonitrile, 0.687 g of product from Example 55 in 25 ml of acetonitrile and 0.625 g of Hunig's base to give 1.66 g of the desired product.

1 Hi NMR(CDCl 3 B.22(d,2H); 7.67(d,2H); 5.5(d,1H); 5.22(d,1H); 4.28(m,4H); 3.8(m,2H); 3.7(m,lH); 3.55(m,1H); 3.32-4.l(m,lH); 2.3(m,lH); 2.18(bs,2H,OH); l.98(m,lH); l.36(d,3H,Me); 1. 28 3H,Me) Example 57 -f4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S *5R )4alpha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 6- (l-Hvdroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3-[ r(methylsulfonvl)oxvmethyll3furanl~to...l-.

azabicvclor3 Olheipt-2-ene-2-cprboxylic acid (4-n itrophenvl ~methyl ester To a 0 0C solution, under argon, of 0.821 g of product from Example 56 and 3.4 ml of pyridine is added 148 microliter of methanesulfonyl chloride. The reaction is stirred at 0o C for 2 hours, diluted with -144water and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated JX vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel; 80% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.632 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.22(d,2H); 7.64(d,2H); 5.53(d,lH); 5.25(d,lH); 4.2-4.45(m,6H); 3.78-3.88(m,lH); 3.72(dd,lH); 3.32-3.48(m,lH); 3.3(m,lRH); 3.07(s,3H,Me); 2.28(m,lH); 2.08(m,1H); l.7(bs,lH,OH); l.38(d,3H,Me); l.29(m,3H,Me).

~Example *r4R-r3(3R*.5S* and 3S*.5R *)4alhha,5beta,6beta(R *,11- (iodomethyl) -3-furanvllthiol-l-azabicyclor3 Olhept-2ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrop~henvl)methvl ester A mixture of 0.80 g of product from Example 57, 0.431 g of sodium iodide and 20 ml of acetone is heated at reflux temperature for 5 days. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography (silica Gel: 80% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.472 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 8. 2 2(d, 2H) 7. 68 2H) 5o4 9 (d,l1H); 5.25(d,1H); 3.28-4.4(m,1OH); 2.14(m,2H); l.38(m,3H,Me), 1. 2 6 (mi, 3H, Me).

Example 59 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S*.5R )4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 6- (1-Hvdroxvethvl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-3-r methvl-3-furanvl) thiol -1-azabicyclor3 Olhept-2ene-2-carboxvylic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.450 g of product from Example 58, 0.230 g of 10% pal lad ium/ carbon, 0.161 g of sodium bicarbonate, 5 ml of water, and 12 ml of dioxane to give 0. 0967 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 3.3-4.6(m,8H); 2.0(m,2H); 1.2(M,9H,3xMe).

-145-- Example Ethanethioic acid rtetrahvdro-5-r r r(tri fluoromethyl) sulfonyll oxvlmethvll-3-furanyll ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 22 using 0.529 g of product from Example 9 in 0. 75 ml of methylene chloride, 0. 54 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in 3.75 ml of methylene chloride, and 0.243 ml of pyridine to give 0.560 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 4. 5 5(m, 2H) 4. 35 (m,l1H) 4. 2(dd,lIH); 4.05(m,1H); 3.75(dd,lH); 2.65(m,1H); 2.35(s,3H,Me); 1.7(m,lH).

Examnle 61 Ethanethioic acid r5- (Azidomethfl tetrahydro-3-.furanyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 43 using 0.560 g of product from Example 60 in 2 ml of methylene chloride, 0.569 g of tetrabutylammonium azide in 2 ml of methylene chloride to. give 0.321 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 4.15(m,2H); 4.05(m,lH); 3.75(dd,lH); 3 3.45(dd,lH); 3.3(dd,lH); 2.49(m,lH); 2.34(s,3H,Me): 1.7(m,lH).

IR(NEAT): 2100 and 1692 cm.

Example 62 cis-(-I) (Azidomethyl) tetrahvdro-3-f uranthiol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.310 g of product from Example 61 in 4.5 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 0.30 ml of sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol to give 0.159 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR (CDCl 3 4. 2(m, 2H) 7(m,l1H); 3. 3 5(m, 3H) 1.8(d,lH,SH); l.7(m,lH).

IR(neat): 2099 cm-1 -146r4R-r3 OR .5S and 3S*.5R*)4alipha.5beta.6beta(R ~,11- 3-F r5- (Azidomethyli tetrahvdro-3-furanylithiol-6- (1-hvdroxyethvji -4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3 .2.01hept-2 -ene-2 -carboxyl ic acid (4 -nitrophenyll~methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0. 159 g of product from Example 62 in 3.5 ml of acetonitrile, 0.693 g of product from Example 15 in 3.5 ml of acetonitrile and 134 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.340 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.23(d,2H); 7.66(d,2H); 5.24(d,lH); 4.1-4.3(m,4H); 3.82(m,2H); 3.28-3.38(m,4H); 2.5(m,lH); l.85(m,lH); l.73(bs,lH,OH); 1.37(d,3H,Me); 1.29(m,3H,Me).

Example '64 1 4R-r3(3R*.5S* and 3S*.5R *)4al~ha,5beta,6beta(R* 11- 3-r r5-(Aminoxnethvfltetrahvdro-3-furanylithiol-6- (1-hvdroxvethvl)-4-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3.2.01hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.320 g of product from 2-Example 63, 0.220 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 12 ml of 0-05M sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7) and 32 ml of dioxane to give 0.112 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(D 2 0):6 4.2(m,4H); 3.8(m,3H); 3.4(m,3H); 3.2(m,2H); 2.78(m,lH); l.8(m,0.5H); l.6(m,0.5H); 1.25(d,3H,Me) l.20(m,3H,Me).

Example [4R-r3(3R*.5SS and 3S*.5R*)4alipha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 6- (1-Hvdroxyethvl) r r 5- (iminomethy I amino Imethyl 1 tetrahvdro-3-furanvll1thiol -4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicvclo- 01-hept-2-ene-2-cprboxvlic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 47 using 0.0615*g of product from Example 64, 0.0984 g of ethyl methanimidate -147hydrochloride, and 4 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7) to give 0.0379 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):S 7.8(m,lH,CH=); 4.25(m,3H); 3.B(m,2H); 3.6(m,2H); 3.4(m,2H); 2.l(m,lH); l.7(m,0.5H); 1.52(m,0.5H); 1.3(d,3H,Me); l.2(d,3H,Me).

Exam~le 66 Ethanethioic acid trans -S r tetrahvdro-5 r (2 -naphtha lenvl oxv) methyl 1 3-furanyi 1ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 23 using 0.813 g of product from Example 22 in 2 ml of methylene chloride, 0.380 g of 2-phtho in 2 ml of methylene chloride, and 1.38 ml of Hunig's base to give 0.673 g of the desired product.

1 15 H NI4R(CDCl 3 :6 7.05-7.75(m,7H); 4.35-4.45(m,lH); 4.28-4.35(dd,1H); 4.05-4.15(m,lH); 4.02(m,2H); 3.65-3.75(dd,lH); 2.28(s,3H,Me)'; 2.24-2.34(m,lH); l. 95-2 .05 lH).

Examp~le 67 -Tetrahyvdro-5-F (2-naphthalenvloxyvinethvll- 3-furanthiol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.673 g of product from Example 66, 0.53 ml of 25% sodiumn methoxide/methyl alcohol and 8 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 0.099 g of the desired product.

1 H NIMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.05-7 .75(m,7H); 4.55(m,lH); 4.25(dd,lH); 4.02(m,2H); 3.6(dd,lH); 2.35(m,lH); 2.0(m,lH); l.78(d,lH,SH).

Exain~le 68 r4R-r3(3R 5S and 3S .5R j4alp3ha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 6- (1-Hvdroxvyethvl)-4-methvl-7-oxo-3- r (2-na~hthalenvloxv)inethyll 3-furanvlith-iol-lazabicvclof3.2 Olhe1nt-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrophenvyj methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.099 g of the product from -148- Example 67 in 2 ml of acetonitrile, 0.226 g of product from Example 15 in 2 ml of acetonitrile and 93 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.158 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC 3 7.05-8.2(4m and 2d,11H); 5.5(d,1H); 5.2(d,lH); 3.3-4.6(8m,10 2.5(m,1H); 2.2(m,1H); l.4(d,3H,Me); l.3(d,3H,Me).

Exam~le 69 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S .5R )4alvha.5beta.6beta(R )11 6- (1-Hvdroxvethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-3- r (2--naphthalenvlox)methvl3-furanllthiolazabicvclor3.2.0. lhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.158 g of product from Example 68, 0.075 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 0.025 g of sodium bicarbonate, 1.5 ml of water, and 3.8 ml of dioxane to give 0.0307 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 6.4-7.4 (m,7H) 3.0-4.5(m,lOH); 2.0(m,2H); l.4(m,3H,Me); 1.l(m,31i,Me).

Example (Phenylmethoxvl carbamic acid 2.2. 2-trichloroethyl ester Under anhydrous conditions, 50 g of :925 O-benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride is suspended in 783 ml of acetonitrile. To the suspension is added 50.6 ml of pyridine followed by dropwise addition of 43.15 ml trichioroethyl chloroformate in 235 ml of acetonitrile.

The reaction is allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The mixture is concentrated-i~n vacuo and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with 0.5M citric acid, water, saturated sodium bicarbonate, saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Kugelrohr distillation (bp 150 0 C at 0.5 mmHg.) to give g of the desired product.

-149- 1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.52(s,1H); 7.4(m,5H); 4.93(s,2H); 4.80 (s,2H).

CI-MS:m/z 315(M+NH 4 Exam~le 71 Ethanethioic acid -S-rtetrahydro-5-r r (Phenylmethoxy) r[(2.2.2trichloroethoxv) carbonillaminolmethvl 1-3-furanvi1 ester To a 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 1. 0 g of product from Example 6, 1.69 g of product from Example 70, 1.49 g of triphenyiphosphine and 5.4 ml of .0 tetrahydrofuran is added 0.988 g of diethyl azodicarboxylate in 1.4 ml of tetrahydrofuran. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 48 hours, filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuc to give 5.18 g of thick oil. The oil is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 15-25% ethyl acetate/ hexane) to give 0.805 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7. 4(m, 5H) 4.8-5. 05 4H) 4. 29 2H); 4.03(m,lH); 3.5-3.75(m,3H); 2.32(s,3H); 2.1(m,1H); 1.95(m,H).

IR(neat): 1719 and 1693 cm- Examiple 72 I Ethanethioic acid **trans-W+-) r5- r r Acetyl (ihenvlmethgxv) amino 1methyll tetrahvdro-3-furanyll ester To a room temperature solution, under argon, of 0.188 g of product from Example 71 in 2.3 ml of glacial acetic acid is added 0.269 g of zinc dust. The reaction is stirred 10 minutes and 155 microliter of acetic-anhydride is added. The reaction is stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated inl vacuo to give 0.110 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.39(s,5H); 4.89(d,2H); 4.31(m,2H); 4.05(m,lH); 3.78(m,lH); 3.64(m,1H); 2.32(s,3H); 2.13(s,3H); 2.1(m,1H); IR(neat): 1684 and 1667 cm 1 -150- CI-S: m/z 324(MH+), 341(N+NH 4 Exa nle 73 -N-r (Tetrahdro-4-mercapto-2-furany11 methyl 1-N- (Dhenvlmethoxvl acetamide The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.390 g of product from Example 72, 0.580 ml of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol, 0.850 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 1.26 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid/isopropyl alcohol to give 0.205 g of the desired product.

IH NMR(CDCl 3 7.38(s,5H); 4.88(s,2H); 4.42(m,1H); 4.2(m,1H); 3.74(m,2H); 3.58(m,1H); 3.48(m,1H); 2.11(m,4H); 1.98(m,1H); 1.73(d,1H).

-1 IR(neat): 1664 cm Is CI-MS:m/z 282(MH Example 7.4 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S .5R 14alpha.5beta.6beta(R 11- (Dhenylmethoxv)aminolmethvlltetrahvdro- 3-furanyllthiol-6- (-hdroxyethvl)-4-methvl-7-oxo- 1-azabicvclor3.2.olhept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid (4-nitrophenvl methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.190 g of product from Example 73, 0.401 g of product from Example 15, 5 ml of acetonitrile and 117.6 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.286 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 )6 8.22(d,2H); 7.65(d,2H); 7.38(s,5H) 5.22(m,lH); 4.87(d,2H); 4.2-4.45(m,4H); 3.62-3.88(m,5H); 3.28(m,2H); 1.95-2.15(m,5H); l.37(m,3H); l.26(d,3H).

IR(KBr): 3444, 1769 and 1706 cm-1 -151- Examnle r4R-r3(3R* .5S and 3S* .5R )4alha.5beta.6beta(R (Rhenylmethoxv aminolethvl 1tetrahydro- 3-furanvllthiol-6-(1-hdroyethvl -4-methvl-7-oxol-azabicvclo[3.2. Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.272 g of product from Example 74, 0.0402 g of sodium bicarbonate, 2 ml of water, 11.3 ml of dioxane, and 0.110 g of .0M palladium/carbon to give 0.059 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 7.34(d,5H); 4.85(m,2H); 4.15-3.3(m,2H); 3.35-3.83(m,10 2.95-3.25(m,3H); 1.72-1.92(m,6H); Is 1.04(d,3H); O.9(d,3H).

Example 76 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S*.5R*)4alrha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 3-F 5-F(Acetvlhvdroxvamino)methyl1tetrahvdro- 3-furanvllthiol-6-(l-hdroxvethl)-4-methyl-7-oxo- I-azabicyclor3.2. olhept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid monosodium salt A mixture of 0.010 g of product from Example 0.014 g of 10% palladium/carbon, and 1 ml of deuterium oxide is reduced in a Parr apparatus for 2 hours at 30 psi. The reaction solution is filtered and lyophilyzed to give 0.007 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.0-4.2(m,3H); 3.08-3.84(m,13H); l.9-2.04(m,6H); l.07(d,3H); l.02(d,3H).

Example 77 cis-(+/-)-Tetrahdro-4-mercapto-2-furamethanol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.370 g of product from Example 9, 505 microliter of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol, 850 microliter of tetrahydrofuran and 1.1 ml of.2N hydrochloric acid/ isopropanol to give 0.209 g of the desired product.

-152- 1 H NI4R(CDCl 3 :6 3.55-4.1(m,5H); 3.23(m,lH); 2.23(m,1H); 1.64(m,1H); 1.3(m,1H); 0.9(d,1H).

*7 r4R-r3(3R 5R and 3S .5S )4al~ha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 6- (l-Hydroxvethyll -4-methvl-7-oxo-3- (hvdroxmethyl) -3-furanvi 1thiol -1-azabicyclo r3.2.01 hept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid (4-nitrophenv1lmethyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.080 g of the product from :A0 Example 77, 0.355 g of product from Example 15, 5 ml of acetonitrile and 7.3 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.180 g of'the desired product.

Hi NMR(CDCl 3 8.23(d,2H); 7.66(d,2H); 5.51(d,1H); 5.24(d,2H); 4.37(m,2H); 4.13(m,2H); 3.75(m,3H); 3.6(m,2H); 3.29(m,2H); 2.44(m,2H); 2.17(m,lH); 1.26-1.4(=,6H).

0 Example 79 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S .5R )4alpha,5beta,6beta(R*)11- 6- (1-Hvdroxvethyll -4-methivl-7-oxo-3-r (hvdroxvmethyl)-3-furanyllthiol-l-azabicyclor3.2.0) heipt-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the proce- 1: 04dure of Example 18 using 0.170 g of product from Example 78, 0.0328 g of sodium bicarbonate, 2 ml of water, 11.3 ml of dioxane, and 0.070 g of palladium/carbon to give 0.060 g of the desired compound.

1 HNMR(D 2 0):6 3.3-4.0(m,llH); 3.18(m,1H); 2.25(m,1H); 1.22-1.5(m,1H); 0.94(m,6H).

Exampnle cis (1)-Tetrahvdro-5- r (phenylmethoxy) methyl- 3-furanthiol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 1.89 g of product of Example 8, 0.392 g of sodium methoxide, '38.7 ml of methyl -153alcohol, and 38.7 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 1.03 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.28(m,5H); 4.55(m,2H); 4.12(m,1H); 4.02(n,lH); 3.59(m,1H); 3.51(d,2H); 3.31(m,1H); 1.74(d,1H); 1.59(m,1H).

IR(neat): 2859, 1496 and 1452 cm Exaple 81 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S5 R 4aliha, 5beta. 6beta 11- 6- (1-Hydroxvyethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3- r 4110 r (Dhenylmethoxv~methvl1 -3-furanvllthiol-1-azabicvclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitroiphenvi) methyl ester *8*wThe title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.921 g of product from Example 15, 0.347 g of product from Example 80, 271 microliter of Hunig's base and 200 microliter of 0.00 acetonitrile to give 0.340 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 8.2(m,2H); 7.62(d,2H); 7.25(m,5H); 5.2-5.5(m,2H); 2.58(m,2H); 4.2(m,4H); 3.84(s,lH); 3.78(m,2H); 3.55(m,2H); 3.24-3.42(m,2H); 2.62(s,1H); 2.43-2.58(m,2H); 1.6-l.85(m,2H); 1.26(m,6H).

Examnle 82 :0r4R-r3(3R .5S and 35 .5R )4al1Pha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 41. 6- (l-Hydroxvethvfl)-4-methvl-7-oxo-3-r r (rhenvlmethoxyhnethv11-3-furanvllthiol-1-azabicvclor3 .2.01hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0. 170 g of product f rom Example 81, 0.0277 g of sodium bicarbonate, 1.2 ml of water, 6.8 ml of dioxane, and 0.055 g of palladium/carbon to give 0.045 g of desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 7.28(m,5H); 4.95(s,2H); 3.49-4.15(m,7H); 3.45(m,2H); 1.4-1.55(m,lH); l.1(m,6H).

-154- Example 83 1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-2-methvl-3-thioxo-.1 2 4-triazine- 5,6-dione Under anhydrous condition, 35 g of diethyloxalate is added, dropwise, to a vigorously stirred solution of 21 g of 2-methyl-3-thiosemicarbazide, 32.4 g of fresh sodium methoxide, and 750 ml of methyl alcohol. The resulting suspension is heated at 60 0

C

for 4 hours, stirred overnight at room teperature, and heated at 70°C for 15 hours. The white suspension is cooled to room temperature, 200 ml of ice water is added and the reaction concentrated in vacuo. The residue is cooled to 0C and made acidic with 2N hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture is 15 concentrated, ethyl alcohol is added and the suspension is heated to boiling. The white precipitate is collected, washed with hexane and dried to give 11 g of the crude product. Eight grams of the crude product is heated in methylene chloride and filtered while hot.

20 The collected solid is resuspended in methyl alcohol and a solution of 4N potassium-2-ethyl hexanoate is added. The mixture is cooled to 0 C and the precipitate collected. The solid is dissolvd in water, *W filtered, and 2N hydrochloric acid is added to the clear 0°C solution. The resulting precipitate is collected and dried to give 4.1 g of the pure product.

13 C NMR(CDC1 3 44.145, 150.115, 152.559, 169.786.

1H NMR(CDC13):6 13.11(s,1H); 12.5(br s,1H); 3.66(s,3H).

CI-MS:m/z 160(MH+).

Example 84 Ethanethioic acid r (hexahvdro-2-methyl-5.6-dioxo-1.2.4triazin-3-vl) thiolmethyltetrahydro-3-furanyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 23 using 0.551 g of product from Example 83 in 1 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 1.07 g of -155product from Example 22 in 1 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 3 ml of dimethylformamide, and 605 microliter of Hunig's base to give 0.357 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 13.17(s,1H); 3.98-4.33(m,8H); 3.69(s,3H); 3.55(m,lH); 2.33(s,3H); 2.22(m,lH); 1.96 (t,1H).

IR(KBr): 1721 and 1672 cm-1 Exampl~e trans- -Tetrahvdro-2-methyl-3 rr(tetrahydro-4inercapto-2-furanyl) methyllthiol 4-triazine- 5.6-dione The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.357 g of product from :Example 84, 281 microliter of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol and 500 microliter of tetrahydrofuran to give 0.148 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 9.37(bs,1H); 4.55(s,11); 4.26(m,3H); 3.83(s,311); 3.6(m,2H); 2.34(m,2H); 2.06(m,2H); 1.76(d,1H).

IR(KBr): 1722 and 1604 cm Example 86 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S .5R )4alpha,5beta,6beta(R fli- 3-F r (Hexahvdro-2-methl-5.6-dioxo-1.2.4-triazin- 3-vl~ thiolmethvlltetrahvdro-3-furanvl ithia) -6- 25 (1-hvdroxyethvl)-4-methvl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclor3.2.01hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4 -nitrophenvl ~methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.207 g of product from Example 85, 0.0965 g of product from Example 15, 0.045 g of Hunig's base and 500 microliter of dimethylformamide to give 0.109 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 10.3(bs,lH); 8.21(d,2H); 7.65(d,2H); 5.36(dd,2H); 4.47(m,lH); 4.2-4.4(m,4H); 4.15(m,lH); 3.99(m,lH); 3.81(s,311); 3.71(m,1H); 3.48(m,1H); 3.35(m,1H); 2.6(bs,lH); 2.38(m,lH); 2.13(m,1H); 1.3(m,7H); 0.86(m,lH).

-156r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S*.5g j4a1Dha.5beta,6beta(R fli- 3-r r5-r r(Hexahvdro-2-methyl-5.6-dioxo-l.2 .4-triazin- 3-yl) thiolImethyl 1 tetrahvdro-3-furanvl 1 thiol -6- 5(1-hvdroxtvethvl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicvclo13 .2.01 hent-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Examiple 18 using 0.10 g of product from Example 86, 0.0135 g of sodium bicarbonate, 2 ml of wate r, S ml of dioxane, and 0.030 g of 10% palladium/carbon to give 0.038 g of the desired product.

1H NR(D 0) :6 3.85-4.5(m,8H) 3.75(m,1H) 3.6(s,3H); 3.2(m,2H); 1.B-2.2(m,3H); 1.0(m,7H).

15 Example 88 r4R-14alPha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 6- (1-Hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3-1 (hvdroxvmethvl) -3-furanvllthiol-l-azabicvclor3 .2.01hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodiumi salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.050 g of product from *...*Example 56, 0.0096 g of sodium bicarbonate, 600 microliter of water, 3.4 ml of dioxane, and 0.030 g of palladium/ carbon to give 0.028 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 3.3-4.3(m,12H); 2.ll(m,2H); l.24(d,3H); 1.16 (d,3H).

Example 89 Ethanethioic acid (3R-cis) -S-F 5-1r 1 (2-bromoethoxyjhydroxy~hosphinvlioxv1jmethyll1tetrahvdro-3-furanyl lester A 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.520 g of product from Example 9, 0.53 ml of triethylamine, arnd ml of carbon tetrachloride is treated with 0.50 ml of 2-bromoethyiphosphorodichioridate. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 1. hour, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is slurried in -157sodium acetate and tetrahydrofuran at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo, the aqueous layer is acidified and extracted with 30% isopropyl alcohol and chloroform. The organic layers are comibined, dried, concentrated ini vacuo, and chromatographed (Silica Gel: ethyl acetate, 5-30% methyl alcohol/ chloroform) to give 0.*617 g of the desired product..

1 H NMR(HeOH-d 4 :6 4.26(m,H); 4.21-3.96(m,6H); 3.67(dd,lH,J=5.BHz); 3.61(t,2H,J=5.8Hz); 2.51(m,1H); 2.31(s,3H,COCH 3 l.72(m,lH).

HS(FAB): m/z 363(M+), 321(M+H-COCH 3 15Example (2R-cis)-2-r r r r (4-Acetylthio)tetrahvdro-2-furanylVmethoxvl hvdroxvp-hosphill oxyl N. N-trimethvlethanaminium hydroxide' inner salt To a 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.508 g of product Example 89 in 15 ml of acetonitrile and 15 ml of chloroform is added 20 ml of anhydrous trimethylamine. The mixture is warmed at 70 C for 2.5 hours, under dry ice/acetone condenser, concentrated inl vacuo, slurried in 20 ml of methyl alcohol and 2.0 g of Anberlyst A-21 for 0.5 hour. The suspension is filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 15-80% methyl alcohol/chloroform; 7:3:1 to 2:8:2 chloroform:methyl alcohol:water) to give 0.260 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(MeOH-d 4):6 4. 28 (br s, 2H); 4. 12 2H); 4.O00-3. 8(m, 3H) 3. 6 5(m, 3H) 3. 22 9H, CH 2 N(CH 3 3 2.46(m,lH); 2.3(s,3H,COCH 3 1.7(m,lH).

MS(FAB):m/z 364(M+Na-H), 342(14+), 332(M+Na-HCOCH 3 -158- Ex=Rle 91 r4R-r3(2R .4R *4alpha.5beta.6betaR 111- 2-(rHvdroxvrr4-rr6-(l-hvdroxvethl -4-methvl-2rr(4-nitrophenvllmethoxvlcarbonll-7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3.2.Olhept-2-en-3-vlltioltetrahvdro-2-furanyl_ methoxvl hoshinvl1oxy-N.N.N-trimethvlethanamini hydroxide. inner salt A solution of 0.190 g of Example 90 dissolved in 1.8 ml of anhydrous methyl alcohol at 0 0 C is treated with 130 microliters of 4.37M solution of sodium methoxide. The reaction is stirred at 0 0 C for 1 hour and then concentrated i vacuo to give the crude thiol which is used in the next step.

The crude thiol is mixed at -30 0 C with 0.393 g of product from Example 15A, dissolved in a 1:1 mixture of acetonitrile:dimethylformamide, and Imicroliters of Hunig's base. The resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction solution is diluted with ethyl acetate to provide a foamy precipitate which is collected after trituration with ethyl acetate to give 0.387 g of the product mixture. A portion is purified to analytical purity using C 18 reverse-phase chromatography.

1 H NMR(MeOH-d 8.21(d,2H); 7.70(d,2H); 5.40(d,1H,J=13.9Hz) ;5.28(d,lH,J=13.9Hz); 4.4-3.6(m,15H); 3.21(s,9H,N(CH 3 3 2.54(m,lH); l.90-l.65(m,lH); 1.30(m,6H).

Example 92 r4R-r3(2R .4R )4alvha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 2-rrr r4-r r2-Carboxv-6-(1-hydroXyethvl-4-methvl- 7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3.2.0]heDt-2-en-3-vllthioltetrahvdro-2-furanvllmethoxvlhvdroxvphosphinvl1oxvl-N.N.Ntrimethvlethanaminium. hydroxide inner salt monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.387 g of product from Example 91, 0.046 g of sodium bicarbonate, 4 ml of -159water, 19 ml of dioxane, and 0. 050 g of palladium/carbon to give 0.031 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0) :6 4. 35-3. 75 13H); 3. 63 (br s, 2H); 3.39(m,lH); 3.19(d,9H,N(CH 3

Y

3 2.52(mMl); l.8-l.52(m,lH); l.25(d,3H,CH 3 1.18(t,3H,CH 3 MS(FAB):m/z 553(M+Na), 531(M+H).

Examiple 93 Ethanethioic acid 13 S-trans I r5- r r r (2 -bromoethoxv) hdrovthosphinvl I oxvlmethyl 1 -tetrahvdro-3-furanyl Ilester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 89 using 1.0 g of product from Example 19 ml of carbon tetrachloride, 1.03 ml of triethylamine, and 0.97 ml of 2-bromoethylphosphorodichloridate to give.O.896 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 4.35(m,4H); 4.2-4.O(m,4H); 3.7(m,lH); 3.58(m,2H); 2.35(s,3H,COCH 3 2.28(m,lH); 2.O(m,1H).

MS (FAB) z 3 6 3(M) Examiple 94 (2R-trans) -l-F2-F r I- (Acetlthio)tetrahvdro-2furanyl 1 methoxyl hvdroxvmhosphinvl 1 oxyl ethyl 1 pvridiniun hydroxide inner salt *o The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 90 using 0.50 g of product from Example 0 0 93, 3 ml of pyridine, 4 g of Amberlyst-21, and 10 ml of methyl alcohol to give 0.233 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(DMSO-d 6 8.18(dd,2H,J=6.7 arnd 1.2Hz); 7.80(tt,lH,J=6.7 and 1.2Hz); 7.31(t,2H,J=6.7Hz); 3.78(br s,2H); 3.5(m,2H); 3.38(dd,lH,J=9.l and 6.2Hz); 3.30(m,lH); 3.17(m,lH); 2.93(m,2H); 2.74(dd,1H,J=9.l and 6.2Hz); l.5(s,3H,COCH 3 l.40(m,lH); 1.lO(m,lH).

MS (FAB) 3 6 2(M+H) o -160- Examp~le r4R-r3 (2R* .4S*4alha.5beta.6beta(R*) I I I-r2-r [HvdroXyr rtetrahydro-4-r r6-(l-hvdroxvethvl)- 4-methyl-2- r C (4-nitro~henyll methoxyl carbonyl 1 -7-oxo-i azabicyclo r 2. 01 he]2t-2-en-3-yl 1 thiol -2-furanylmethoxyl1phosiphinyl 1 oXyl ethyl 1 pvridinium hydroxide inner salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 91 using 0.209 g of product from Example 94, 130 microliter of 4.37M4 sodium methoxide, 2.06 =l of methyl alcohol, 0.406 g of product from Example 15A, 0.10 ml of Hunig's base to give 0.150 g of the desired product.

~1 1 H NMR(HeOH-d): 9.0(d,2H); 8.60(t,1H); 8.24(d,2H); *6 8.11(t,2H); 7.69(d,2H); 5.38(q,2H,CH Ar); 4.30(br 2 s,3H); 4.18(m,3H); 3.92(m,lH); 3.8-3.6(m,6H); 3.20(m,lH); 2.95(m,1H); 2.18(m,lH); l.19(d,3H); 1.12 (m,3H).

Example 96 r4R-r3(2R A4S )4alPha.Sbeta.6beta(R*)11l-r2-rfrr4-F F2-Carboxv-6-(l-hydroxvethyl) -4-methyl-7oxo-l-azabicyclor3 .2 .Olhept-2-en-3-llthioltetrahvdro- 2 -furanyl 1 methoxcylhydroxyphosrihinyl 1 oxgyl ethyl 1 25 rvridinium hydroxide inner salt monosodium salt The title compound is prepared by the *procedure of Example 18 using 0. 150 g of product f rom Example 95, 0.025 g of sodium bicarbonate, 3 ml'of water, 9 ml of dioxane and 0.030 g of pall adium/ carbon to give 0.0786 g of the desired product.

1 H NM'R(D 2 0):S 8.98(d,2H,J=5.6Hz); 8.69(m,lh); 8.2(t,2H,J=6.5Hz); 4.42(br s,2H);'4.37-4.22(m,5H); 4.O0(m,1H); 3.82-3.7(m,4H); 3.53(brm,lH); 3.45(t,lH), 2.19(m,lH); 2.05(m,lH), l.38(d,3H); 1.29 (d,3H).

MS(FAB): 551(4-iH).

-161- (DimethoxyThosphinyl~ hvdroxvacetic Acid (4 -nitro~henyl Imethyl ester To a mixture of 4.32 g of p-nitrobenzyl glyoxalate and 2.0 ml of dimethyiphosphite in 25 ml of benzene is added a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid. The reaction is heated at reflux temperature for 1.5 hours. The formed water is removed using a Dean-Stark trap. After cooling, the solvent is removed in vau and the resulting crystals are slurried in ethyl acetate and collected to give 3.48 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8. 3(d, 2H) 7.o73 2H) 5.o42 (AB q, 2H); 4.91(d,lH); 3.75(dd,6H).

Ref.: E. Nakamura, Tet. Let., vol. 22. p 663 (1981).

Example 98 (Dimethoxy~hosphinvll rr (l.1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilylioxvl acetic acid (4-nitrophenvl~methyj.

ester 20 To a mixture of 3.48 g of product from Example 97 and 12 ml of dimethylformainide is added 1.86 g of t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride and 1.86 g of imidazole. After stirring the reaction at room temperature for 2 hours, the mixture is diluted with 25 50% ethyl acetate/diethyl ether, washed 5 times with once with saturated sodium bicarbonate and once with saturated sodium chloride. The organic layer is dried, filtered and concentrated in vacup to give 3.90 g of the desired silylated product.

1H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 8o2 3 2H) 7.o59 2H) 5. 3 q,2H);4.7l(d,lH); 3.84(d,3H); 3.61(d,3H); Oo91(s,9H); 0.ll(s,3H); O.09(s,3H).

-162- Example 99 r2S-r2a(S )138(S 11-1-ffO- I-Dizethyle9thYl)Idimethylsilvl r (1,1-dimethylethYl IdimethYlsilv11oxY1 ethylVl-a-methvl-4-oxo-2-azetidineacetic acid Ten grams of (3S,4S)-3[(R)-1-(t-butyldimethylsilyloxy)ethyl] (R)-1-carboxyethyl]-2-azetidinone is dissolved, under argon, in 100 ml of anhydrous dimethylacetamide and treated with 10.46 g of t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride and 14.14 g of triethylamine. The reaction is stirred overnight at room temperature followed by dilution with hexane. The 0 organic layer is washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue .is treated with 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 100 ml of be 15 saturated sodium bicarbonate. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours, diluted with 200 ml of diethyl ether and the layers separated. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 19 g of product as a 20 yellow oil.

H NMR(CDCl):6 6.62(bs,lH); 4.0(m,lH); 3.54(t,1H); 3.27(dd,1H); 2.83(m,1H); 1.18(d,3H); 1.14(d,3H); o.85(m,18H); 0.09(m,12H).

Example 100 3S-r3a(S ),40(S 11-11-Dimethyleth )dimethyl- .silyll-3-rl-r f (.l1-dimethylethvyl)dimethylsilvlloxvl ethyl 1-4-( 2 -Hdrox-1-metethethyl) 2 -azetidinone To a 0 C solution, under argon, of 25 g of product from Example 99 dissolved in 150 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is added 6.31 ml of borane-methyl sulfide complex. The reaction mixture is heated at reflux temperature for 1 hour, cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 20.45 g of the desired product as a colorless oil.

-163- 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 3.05(m,1H); 3.75(m,1H); 3.55(2n,1H); 3.46(m,lH); 3.06(dd,1H); l.99(m,lH); 1.85(m,lH); 1.27(d,3H); 0.95(d,3H); O.88(m,1BH); 0.097(m,12H).

Examnle 101 r2R-r2a(R .38 11 r 1-Diimethlethyl)dimethylsilVll-3-rl-rrF(1. 1-dimethvlethvl)dimethvlsilvlloxvi ethyll1-c-methl-4-oxo-2-azetidineacetaldehyde A mixture of 14.3 g of product from Example 100 dissolved in 75 ml of methylene chloride is treated with 8.47 g of pyridiniun chlorochromate, 3.5 g of sodium acetate and 5 g of diatomaceous earth. The reaction is heated at reflux for 30 minutes, diluted with 400 ml of diethyl ether and filtered through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The solid residue is 15 triturated with diethyl ether and diethyl ether passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The combined filtrates are concentrated in vacua, the fee*.:residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: to 25% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 8.95 g of the 20 desired product as a tan solid.

1H NR(CDCl 3 :6 9. 8 8(s,l1H) 4. 09 (m,l1H) 3. 8 2(t,l1H),; 2.96(m,lH); 2.79(m,1H); l.25(d,3H); 1.14(d,3H); O.91(s,9H); 0.89(s,9H); O.09(d,12H).

Example 102 O 25 r2S-r2aS -E).38(S )11- 4-ri-F (1.l-Dimethvlethyldimethlsilll-3-ri-rr (1.1dixnethylethvl) dimethylsilvlloxvlethvll-4-oxo-2azetidinyll-r r 1-dimethylethvl)dimethvlsilvjlloxvl-2pentenoic acid (4-nitroiphenvl)methyl ester and [2S-r2cr(S 3,6(S 11 4-rl-F (I1-Dimethylethvlldimethvlsilvll-3-rl-rrF(1.1dimethylethyl) dimethvls.ilvlloxVlethyll-4-oxo-2azetidinvll-rrF(1l-dimethlethvl)dimethlsilvloxl.2..

ipentenoic acid (4-nitrophenyllmethyl ester A mixture of 4.76 g of product from Example 98 in 30 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran, cooled to -400C -164under argon, is treated with 12 ml of 1M solution of lithium bis(trizmethylsilyl)amide. After 5 minutes, 4.08 g of product from Example 101 in 5 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise and the temperature of the cooling bath is allowed to warm gradually minutes) to 0o C. The reaction is diluted with diethyl ether and quenched with water. The organic layer is washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in~ Xa3uo. The residue is purified by filtration through silica gel eluting with 10% ethyl acetate/hexane to give 3.97 g of the product as a 88:12 S mixture of E:Z isomers.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :E isomer 6 8.2 (d,2H) 7.6(d,2H); 5.27(s,2H); 4.07(m,lH); 3.64(m,lH); 3.52(m,1H); 2.88(m,) .7d3) 1.06(d,3H); 0.92(s,9H); 0.91(s,9H); 0.89(s,9H);*0.21(s,3H); O.1(s,311); 0.09(s,3H); O.087(s,3H); O.07(s,3H); S 0.06(s,3H).

Z isomer 6 B.2(d,2H); 7.49(d,2H); 6.07(d,lH); 5.28(4,2H); 4.09(m,1H); 3.56(m,1H); 3.18(ma,1H); 2.93(dd,lH); 2.5(d,3H); l.08(d,3H); O.95(s,9H); 0.92(s,9H); 0.89(s,9H); 0.17(s,3H): O.165(s,3H); O.16(s,3H); 0.14(s,3H); 0.09(s,3H); O.06(s,3H).

[2S-r2ars (R Iand S (S )138(S)11- B-Bromo-l-r (1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsilvll.

3 r I- r F 1-dimethylethv1) dimethylsilyll oylethyl 1 cQamma-methyl-a. 4 -dioxo-2-azetidinebutanoic acid 14-nitrophenyll~methyl ester To a cooled solution, under argon, of 0.0381 g of product from Example 102 in 0.5 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 0.004 ml of bromine. The reaction is stirred for 15 minutes, quenched with sodium thiosulf ate and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in~ vao -The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel: 20% ethyl -165acetate/hexane). The pure bromide, as a mixture of diastereomers, 4:1, is obtained in quantitative yield.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 8.26(d,2H); 7.59(d,2H); 5.48-5.36(AB q and d,3H); 5.05(d, minor isomer); 4.12-4.02(m,1H); 3.67(t,lH); 3.43(m,1H); 2.87(m, minor isomer); 2.58(m,1H); 1.25(d,3H); 1.18(d,3H); 1.08(d, minor isomer); 0.98(s, minor isomer); 0.91(s,9H); 0.89(s,9H); 0.88(s, minor isomer); 0.33, 0.26, 0.07(3s, minor isomer); 0.21(s,3H); 0.13(s,3H); 0.1(s,3H); 0.06(s,3H).

Example 104 (also Example 56) i F4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S* 5R *)4a,.5.6f(R )11- 6-(1-Hvdroxvethvl)-4-methvl-7-oxo-3-r (hydroxvmethvl)-3-furanvllthiol-1-azabicvclo 3.2.01 S. 15 hept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid (4-nitrophenvl)methyl ester A solution, under argon, of 0.5 g of product from Example 103, 0.119 g of product from Example *and 7 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is treated with 0.124 ml of triethylamine. The reaction is stirred for minutes, quenched and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in 5 ml of acetonitrile and treated with 25 10 ml of 10% aqueous hydrofluoric acid. After minutes, the reaction is quenched by pouring into rapidly stirring saturated sodium bicarbonate/ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude deprotected f-lactam, which is used in the cyclization step without further purification.

The crude P-lactam, under argon, is dissolved in 5 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran amd treated with 4.46 ml of 1M solution in methylene chloride of titanium tetrachloride. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and poured into rapidly stirring saturated sodium bicarbonate/ethyl acetate.

-166- The organic layers is washed once with water and twice with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated ini vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.142 g of the desired product as a white solid.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.22(d,2H); 7.67(d,2H); 5.22(d,lH); 4.28(m,4H); 3.8(m,2H); 3.55(m,lH); 3.32-4.l(m,lH); 3.3(m,lH); 2.3(m,lH); 2.18(bs,2H); l.98(m,lH); l.36(d,3H); l.28(d,3H).

Example 105 (also Example 78) r4R-r3('3R .5R and 3S*.5S*)4cr.5B.6B8(R Ill- 6- (l-Hydroxvethvl) -4-methyl -7-oxo-3 -r r (hvdroxvmethyl) -3-furanyllthiol-l-azabicyclor3 01 1 5 hept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid (4 -nitrophenvl) methyl -ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 104 using 0.166 g of product from 0.39 of product from Example 77, 2.3 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran and 0.0413 ml of triethylaieto obtain the crude fl-1actam. The subsequent cyclization uses the above product, 1.48 ml of IM solution in methylene chloride of titanium tetrachloride and 1.6 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran to give 0.053 g of the desired product as a white solid.

1 H NIMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.23(d,2H); 7.66(d,2H); 5.51(d,1H); 5.24(d,lH); 4.37(m,2H); 4.13(m,2H); 3.75(m,3H); 3.6(m,2H); 3.29(m,2H); 2.44(m,2H); 2.17(m,lH); 1. 2-1. 4(m, 6H).

Example 106 (4R-trans) (2-Propenyl) 3 .2-dioxoaborolane-4 dicarboxylic acid bis (l-methylethvl) ester To 400 ml of diethyl ether, under anhydrous conditions at -78 0 C, is added simultaneously, with vigorous stirring, 475 ml of IM4 in diethyl ether allylmagnesium bromide and 60 ml of triethyl borate in 400 ml of diethyl ether. The reaction is stirred at -167- -78 C for 3 hours; followed by the removal of the cooling bath and dropwise addition (over 2.5 hours) of 450 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted 4 times with a mixture of diethyl ether:methylene chloride The organic layers are combined, dried and concentrated in vacuo to approximately 100 ml. The residue is redissolved in 400 ml of diethyl ether, treated with 77.8 g of (-)-diisopropyl L-tartrate, and stirred overnight at room temperature under argon. Ten grams of magnesium sulfate is added and the mixture stirred for 20 minutes. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo to give 90 g of crude product. The residue is purified by Kugelrohr distillation (100°C to 110°C) to 15 give 39.35 g of product.

*I

H NMR(CDCl 3 5.82-5.96(m,lH); 4 9 7 5 .16(m,4H); 4.78(s,2H); 1.92(d,2H); 1.3(d,12H).

Example 107 (S)-l-Phenvlmethoxv-4-penten-2-ol To a mixture of 40.0 g of product from Example 106 in 560 ml of dry methylene chloride with g of 4A O molecular sieves, under anhydrous conditions at -78 C, is added 11.2 g of product from Example 1 in 9.6 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction is stirred vigorously while maintaining the temperature at -78°C for 16 hours. The reaction is filtered, the molecular sieves are washed with methylene chloride and the aqueous layer is extracted with methylene chloride.

The combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in 400 ml of diethyl ether.

The diethyl ether layer is stirred for 24 hours with 600 ml of 1M potassium hydroxide. The aqueous layer is extracted with diethyl ether. The combined organic layers are washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue is purified by Kugelrohr distillation (100C. to 110 0 C) to give 13.4 g of the desired product.

-168- 4.55(s,2H); 3.85(m,lH); 3.48(dd,1H); 3.35(dd,1H); 2.68(bs,lH); 2.25(t,2H).

Exampule 108 2. 5-Anhydro-1,.3-dideoxv-l-iodo-D-threo-Dentitol and 2 .5-Anhydro-1. 3-dideoxy-l-iodo-D-erythro-nentitoI To a 3 OC vigorously stirring solution of 13.4 g of product from Example 107 dissolved in 262 ral of diethyl ether and 89 ml of water is added, in one portion, 8.73 g of sodium bicarbonate followed by 26.21 g of iodine. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Saturated sodium sulfite is added slowly with vigorous stirring. The layers are separated and the organic layer is dried and concentrated in~ vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 20.to 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.3 g of the cis-isomer(A) and 4.7.g of the trans-isomer(B).

20 1 H NMR(CDC1 3 cis-isomer 6 4.51-4.55(m,1H); 9 4 .04-4.13(m,1H); 3.91-3.96(dd,1H); 3.78-3.83(dd,1H); 3 .33-3.43(m,2H); 3.05(bs,1H,OH); 2.3-2.39(m,1H); 1.89(m,0.5H); 1.79(m,0.5H).

1~ H NMR(CDC 3 trans-isomer 6 4.54-4.o57 (m,l1H); .9 25 4.17-4.26(m,1H); 4.04-4.08(m,1H); 3.80-3.85(m,1H); 3.27-3.31(m,2H); 2.68(bs,1H,OH); 2.21-2.2(m,1H); 1. 74-1. 84(in,M1).

Example 109 2. 5-Anhvdro-l-az ida-i. 3-dideoxv-D-threo-pDentitoI Ta a mixture of 1.25 g of product from Example 108(cis-isomer) in 5 ml of dry dimethylformamide is added 0.537 g of lithium azide. The reaction is heated at 70 0Cfaor 2 hours and then concentrated in~ vacua. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: diethyl ether) to give 0.642 g of the desired product.

IR(neat): 2100 cm 1 -169- 3.73-3.91(m,3H); 3.45(M,2H); 2.23-2.36(m,1H); l.7l-1.76(m,0.5H); l.66-l.7(m,0.5H).

Examvle 110 2. 5-Anhvdro-i-azido-1 3-dideoxv-D-threo-Rntitol 4- (trifluoromethanesulfonate) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 22 using 0. 642 g of product f rom Example 109, 0.8 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride and 0.38 ml of pyridine to give 0.890 g of pure product after chromatography (silica gel: diethyl ether).

IR(neat): 2104 cm 1 NMR (CDCl 3 5. 5(m,l1H) 4. 3(m, 2H) 3. 9(m, 1H); 3.4(m,2H); 2.6(m,1H) 2.2(m,1H).

Example 111 1,.4 -Anhvdro- 5 -a z ido- 3. 5 -dideoxy 2-th io- D- e rythro..

Pentitol 2-acetate To an argon purged solution, cooled to 0 C., 20 of 0.89 g of product from Example 110 dissolved in ml of acetonitrile is added, in one portion, 0.406 g of potassium thioacetate. The reaction is. stirred at

C

for 10 minutes and then allowed to warm to room temperature, slowly over 1.5 hours. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography (silica gel: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.422 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.25-4.35(dd,1H); 4 3 5 -4.25(m,lH); 4 .O-4.07(m,lH); 3.6-3.69(dd,lH); 3 4 7 -3.40(dd,1H); 3 .30-3.22(dd,lH); 2.34(s,3H,Me); 2 2 5 -2.15(m,1H); 2 .l-1.92(m,H).

IR (neat) 2100 (N 3 and 1692(SAc)cm-1 Example. 112 1.4 -Anhvdro-5-az ido-3 -dideoxv-2-thioD-e hropenito The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.420 g of product from -170- Example 111, 0.48 ml of 25 wt sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol to give 0.216 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 4.25-4.4(m,1H); 4.18-4.24(dd,1H); 3.78-3.86(dd,o.5H); 3.54-3.66(m,1H); 3.4-3.54(m,1.5H); 3.1B-3.29(m,lH); 2.15-2.25(m,1H); 1.88-1.98(m,lH); 1.78 1H,SH).

Example 113 r4R- r 4a. 5B6. 6(R *)11- 1 4 -Anhydro-5-az ido-3. 5-dideoxv-2 r6- (1-hvdroXyethyl)I-4-methvl-2- rr (4-nitrophenyl methoxvl carbonyl 1- 7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3 .2 .O1-hept-2-en-3-v11l-2-thjo- D-erythro-pentitol 15 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.215 g of product from Example 112, 0.883 g of product from Example 15 and 198 microliter of Hunig'~s base to give 0.288 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: ethyl acetate/hexane).

IR(neat): 2101, 1769 and 1709 cm 1 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.25(d,2H); 7.7(d,2H); 5.5(d,1H); 5.3(d,lH); 4.15-4.3(m,4H); 3.7-3.85(m,1H); 25 3.57-3.66(m,1H); 3.26-3.5(m,2H); 3.15-3.26(m,2H); 2.57(bs,lH,OH); 2.08-2.25(m,1H); 1.85-2.05(m,lH); 1 .28(d,3H,Me); l.21(d,3H,Me).

Example 114 2 r4R- r4a.58,68 (RIU- 4 -anhvdro-2-S- (2 -carboxv-6- (1-hydroMvethyl) 4 -methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicclor 3.2 -Ohet2en-3..l) dideoxvY-2 -thio-D-erthro-pentito.

The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.288 g of product from Example 113, 0.198 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 12 ml of ~phosphate buffer (p H and 35 ml of dioxane to give 0.070 g of the desired product after chromatography 18 isrverse phase silica gel plates: 95/5 water/ethyl alcohol).

-171- 1NMR (D 2 0):6 4.45-4.59(m,1IH); 4.22-4.38(m,3H); 3.98-4.11(m,lH); 3.82-3.9(m,lB); 3.4-3.58(m,2H); 3.2-3.3(m,1H); 3.OB-3.18(m,1H); 2.12-2.35(m,2H); l.36(d,3H,Me); 1.27(d,3H,Me).

Example 115 -Anhydro- 1-az ido- 1.3 -dideoxv-D-erythro-Dent ito 1 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example *109 using 2.3 g of product from Example 108 (trans-isomer), 0.988 g of lithium azide and 4 ml of dimethylformamide to give 1.42 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: diethyl ether).

IR(rieat): 2100 cm 1 1 H NNR (CDCl 3 4. 56 (m,1H) 4.3 5-4. 4 5(m, 1H) 3.98-4.12(dd,lH); 3.78-3.87(dd,lH); 3.47-3.55(dd,lH); 3.2-3.3(dd,lH); 2.65(bs,lH,OH); l.95-2.05(m,1H); 1.83-l.95(m,lH).

Example 116 2. 5-Anhvdro-l-az ido-1. 3-dideoxvy-D-erythro-pentitol 4- (trifluoromethanesulfonate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 22 using 1.42 g of product from Example 115, 1.8 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride and 0.85 mal of pyridine to give 2.22 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane).

IR(neat): 2104 cm- 1 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 5.58(m,1H); 4.38-4.48(m,1H); 4.1-4.27(m,2H); 3.58-3.68(dd,lH); 3.22-3.32(dd,1H); 2.3-2.4(m,1H); 2.16-2.26(m,2H).

Example 117 2. 5-Anhvdro-l-azido-1. 3-dideoxv-4-thio-L-threo-.pentitoI The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 111 using 2.22 g of product from Example 116, 1.01 g of potassium thioacetate and 25 ml of acetonitrile to give 0.90 g of the desired product -172after chromatography (silica gel: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane).

IR(neat): 2100 arnd 1692 cm- 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.1-4.2(m,2H); 3 .95-4.O8(m,1H); 3 7 -3.78(dd,lH); 3.4-3.50(dd,lH); 3.25-3.35(dd,lH); 2 4 2 2.34(s,3H,HMe); l.

6 3-1.74(m,lH).

2.ZAA nhvdro-I-azido-1. 3 -dideoxy-4-thio-Lthreo-.pentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.90 g of product from Example 117, 1.1 ml of 25 wt. sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol and 15 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 0.441 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 15.ethyl acetate/hexane).

IR(neat): 2570 and 2099 cm 1 1 H M(Dl3)64042(,H 3 5 7-3.67(m,lH); 3 25 2.4-2.55(m,1H); l.82(d,1H,SH); l.

6 -1.75(m,lH).

Example 119 2 [4R- r4a.5,6.68 111- 2. Anhydro-i-a zido-1. 3 -dideoxy-4-S- r 6-(1-hvdroxcv.

ethyl) -4 -methyl rFr 4 -nitrophenyl)methoy Icarbonyl 1- 7 -o ol-azabicclor32.Olhept-.2.en3 v 4 thoLs 25 threo-pentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.441 g of product from Example 118 in 10 ml of acetonitrile, 1.8 g of product from Example 15 in 10 ml of acetonitrile and 0.41 ml of Hunig's base to give 0.747 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane).

IR(KBr): 2101, 1769 and 1708 cm 1 ~1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.25(d,2H);, 7.7(d,2H); 5.55(d,lH); 5.28 (d,lIH) 4 .12-4.4 4H) 3 .8-3.95 2H) 3 3 2-3.58(m,4H); 3 .03(bs,-lH,OH); 2 4 B-2.65(m,lH); l.85-l.96(m,0.5H); l.

6 8 -l.78(m,0.5H); l.42(d,3H,Me); l.35(m,3H,Me).

-173- 2-rAR-r4a.58.6BeR* 111- 51-Am ino-2. 5-anhvdro-4 -carboxv-6- (1-hvdroxvethvl) dideoxv-4 -thio-L-threo-rnentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure Of Example 18 using 0.747 g of product from Example 119, 0.513 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 30 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7) arnd 90 ml of dioxane to give 0.153 g of the desired product after *chromatography

(C

18 s reverse phase silica gel plates: aqueous ethyl alcohol).

1 H NR( 0 4 .02-4.35 4H) 3 7 2 -3.94 2H); 3 26 -3.43(m,2H); 3.05-3.94(m,2H); 2 .5-2.7(m,1H); l.

7 -l.8(ma,o.5H); l.5-l.6(m,o.5H); l.

2 -1.25(d,3H,Me); l.1O-l.17(q,3H,Me).

Example 121 cis and Tetrahvdro-5-(iodomethvl) -3-furanol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 108 using 19.2 g of product from Example 2 in 385 ml of diethyl ether and 128 ml of water, 12.52 g of sodium bicarbonate and 37.56 g of iodine to give 13.16 g of the product as a mixture of isomers.

Example 122 cis- -Tetrahvdro-5- (iodomethyl) -3-furanol trans- -Tetrahvdro5- (iodomethyl) -3-furanol A 1. 6 g portion of the mixed isomer product of Example 121 is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.341 g of Isomer A and 0.994 g of Isomer B.

Isomer A(cis) CI-ItS: m/z 246 (M+NH 4 Isomer B(trans) CI-MS: m/z 246 (H+NH 4 -174- Examp~le 123 trans- -5-r-(Ethvlaminol methyl 1tetrahvdro-3-furanol A solution of 4. 0 g of product from Example 121, Isomer B, and 20 ml of 70% aqueous ethylainine is stirred at room temperature, in a pressure bottle, for hours. The reaction is concentrated in vau and the residue purified by chromatography (silica gel: methyl al cohol/chl oro form) to give 3.2 g of the desired product.

1 NMR(CDCl 3 :6 5. 1(bs, H 2 0,NH+OH); 4 .58-4.75(m,2H); 4 .2-4.26(dd,lH); 3.39-3.99(m,lH); 3 .l-3.5(m,4H); 2 2 5 -2.35(m,lH); 2.O-2.l(m,lH); l.55(3H,Me).

CI-MS: m/z 146 (MH Example 124 trans- Ethyl r (tetrahvdro-4-hdrox..2-.furanvl) methylicarbamic acid 4 -nitrophenv)methyl ester Under anhydrous conditions with an argon purge, a solution of 3.2 g of product from Example 123 in 10 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran and 2.7 ml of Huning's base is cooled to -50C. The mixture is treated with 4.75 g of 4-nitrobenzyl chloroformate in 20 ml of methylene chloride while maintaining the temperature at 0C. The reaction is stirred at -50C for 2 hours; followed by concentration ina vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 2.63 g of the desired product.

1 H M(Dl3)S8.2(d,2H); 7.6(d,2H); 5.3(s,2H); 4.6(m,lH); 4 .28-4.42(m,lH); 3.92-4.02(dd,1H); 3.7-3.78(d,lH); 3.5-3.6(dd,lH); 3 3 B8-3.49(m,2H); 3.2-3.3(dd,lH); 2.08(bs,lH,OH); l.

9 2 -2.05(m,lH); l.6-l.77(m,lH); 1.16(t,3H).

-175trans- -Llethanesulfonic acid 5-I [Ethyl I[r(4-nitro- Rhenvl) methoxv 1carbonvi 1amino 1methyll1tetrahydro-3 furanvi ester To a -5 0C solution, under argon, of 2.63 g of product from Example 124, 1.7 ml of triethylamine and 18 ml of methylene chloride is added, dropwise, 0.94 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride. The reaction is stirred at -50 C for one hour, washed successively with saturated sodium chloride, 5% sodium bicarbonate and :AP saturated sodiumi chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography .(silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3.18 g of the desired product.

'H NMR(CDCl 3 8.2(d,2H); 7.6(d,2H); 5.3(m,lH); 5.25(s,2H); 4.23-4.40(m,1H); 4 .08-4.19(m,lH); 3 3 4-4.02(m,lH); 3.22-3.62(m,4H); 3. 05 3H,HMe); 2 .28-2.38(dd,lH); .519(,H;.6t3,M) Example'126 -Ethanethioic acid S- r5- r r ethyl r r 4ntohnl ehX1croy mn methyl 1 tetrahvdro-3-furanvll 1 eter A solution of 3.18 g of product from Example 125 in 10 ml of toluene and 10 ml of dimethylformamide is purged with argon. To this solution is added 1.36 g of potassium thioacetate and the reaction mixture is heated overnight at 65 0C in an oil bath with continuous stirring. The reaction mixture is cooled and diluted with 70 ml of water and 80 ml of toluene. The organic Phase is washed wit~h water, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give a dark yellow oil. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 2.283 g of the desired product.

IR(neat): 1698 cm- 1 1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.2(d,2H); 7.6(d,2H); 5.25(s,2H); 4

.O

2 -4.18(m,2H); 3 3 6 5 -3.75(m,lH); 3 .5-3.6(dd,1H); 3 3 8-3.5(m,4H); 3 2 -3.3(dd,1H); -176- 2. 37-2. 52 1H) 2. 32 3H,Me) 1. 45-l. 6(m, 1H); 1. 16 3H, Me) Examnle 127 cis- f+U-1 -Ethyl r (tetrahvdro-4-maercanto-2-furanyl 1methyllcarbamic acid (4-nitrophenyllmethvl ester A 0-5 0C solution, purged with argon, of 0.737 g of product from Example 126 in 5 ml of methyl alcohol is treated with 0.525 ml of 4N sodium hydroxide. The reaction is stirred for 10 minutes, acidified with 2.17 ml of 0.968N hydrochloric acid and diluted with 20 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic layer :0 is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by *a chromatography (silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) 600, 15 to give 0.483 g of the desired product.

ease*:H NMR( CDC1 3 8.2(d,2H); 7.6(d,2H); 5.3(s,2H); 4

.O

2 -4.23(m,2H); 3.25-3.65(m,6H); 2 .4-2.55(m,lH); l.45-1.6(m,1H); .6t3) Example 128 r4R-r3(3R*,5R* and 3S .5S ),4i.58,686(R 11- 0 3 fr 5'-F rEtyl' r (4-nitrophenl) methoxlcarbonl amino I..

Dosmethyl ltetrahdro-3-furanyllthiol.6.(l-hydroxyethyl) 4 -methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3 .2 Olhept-2-ene-carboxyrlic acid (4-nitrophenvl)methyl ester 25 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.483 g of product from Example 127 in 5 ml of acetonitrile, 0.923 g of product from Example 15 in 5 ml of acetonitrile and 0.21 ml of Hunig's base to give 0.63 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 75% to 80% ethyl acetate/hexane).

IH NMR(CDC 3 8.2(d,4H); 7.68(d,2H); 7.52(dd,2H); 5.3(dd+s,3H); 4.0-4.35(m,4H); 3 .7-3.85(m,2H); 3 2 .5-3.65(m,6H); 2 4 -2.55(m,lH); l.5-l.8(m,lH+l OH); 1.37(d,3H,Me); l.

2 7(t,3H,Me); l.6(t,3H,Me of Et).

-177- Examiple 129 r4R-[3(3R*.5R_ and 3S*.5Sl A.4rz58.68(R )11- 3-r (5-r rEthylamino~methylltetrahvdro-3-furanyllthiol -6- (1-hydroxvethvfl)-4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azpbjcvclor3 .2.01hent-2-ene-carboxylic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.755 g of product from Example 128, 0.345 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 11 ml of sodium phosphate buf fer (pH 7) and 33 ml of dioxarie to give 0.118 g of the desired product after chromatography (C 18reverse phase silica gel plates: acetonitrile/water).

1 H NM:R(D 4. 3-6.O0(m, 4H) 4. 0-4. 2(m, 2H); 3.3-3.7(m,6H); 2.8-2.95(m,lH); l.95-2.05(ma,0.5H); l.75-l.85(m,0.5H); l.4-l.6(m,9H,3Me).

MS(FAB): m/z 371 393 741 (2M+H).

Example 130 r (Ethyl amino) methyl 1 ttrahvdro-3 -f uranol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 123 using 5.0 g of product from Example 122 Isomer A and 25 ml of 70% aqueous ethylamine to give 4.6 g of the product after chromatography (silica gel: 30% methyl alcohol/chloroform).

Example 131 c is -Ethyl-Fr (tetrahydro-4 -hvdrox- 2 furanyl I methyll carbamic acid (4-nitrophenvl)methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 124 using 4.6 g of product from Example 130, 4.73 g of 4-nitrobenzyl chloroformate, 2.7 ml of Hunig's base, 25 ml of methylene chloride and 7 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 2.035 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane).

-178- -Ethyl r rTetrahvdro-4-r (methylsulfonyl) oXyj-2_ furanyl 1 methyl carbamic acid (4-nitro~henvl ~methyl e ster The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 125 using 2.035 g of product from Example 131, 1.31 g of triethylamine, 0.73 g of methanesulfonyl chloride and 14 ml of methylenie chloride to give 3.18 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane) ExamRle 133 trans- -Ethanethioic acid S-r 5-r rethyir r (4-nitrophenyl)methox carbonyl 1 amino.I..

methyl-tetrahydro-3-furanyl 1 ester 15 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 126 using 3.1 g of product from Example 132, 1.05 g of potassium thioacetate, 10 ml of dimethylformamide and 10 ml of toluene to give 1.9 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1H NMR(CDC 3 8.23(d,2H); 7.52(d,2H); 5.25(s,2H); 4 .l-4.32(m,2H); 3.92-4.02(m,lH); 3 .l8-3.65(m,5H); 2 .32(s,3H,Me); l.0-2.12(m,2H); 1.18(t,3H,Me).

Example 134 trans- f+l1-) -Ethyl r (tetrahvdro-4-mercapto-2-furanvl) methylicarbamic acid (4-nitrophenyl)methvl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 127 using 0.573 g of product from Example 133, 0.39 ml of 4N sodium hydroxide, 1.52 ml of 0.968N hydrochloric acid and 3.75 ml of methyl alcohol to give 0.382 g of the desired product a-fter chromatography (silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1 NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.2(d,2H);-7.49(d,2H); 5.2(s,2H); 4 .l8-4.30(m,lH); 4 .02-4.l5(m,lH); 3.1-3.5(m,6H), l.92-2.l(m,lH); l.75-l.9(m,1H); 1.69(d,lH,SH); 1.08 3H,Me).

-179- Examtde 135 r4R- r3 OR S5S and 3S*.5R k-4z.5B.68(R )11- 3-f r5- r rEthyl r (4-nitrophenl Imethoxl carbonl amino 1 mnethyll1tetrahvdro-3-furanvll1thiol (l-hvdroxyethvl) 4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3 Olheipt-2-ene-2carboxylic acid (4-nitrophenyl)methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.382 g of product from Example 134 in 4 ml of acetonitrile, 0.723 g of product from Example 15 in 4 ml of acetonitrile and 170 microliters of Hunig's base to give 0.527 g of the 0 desired product after chromatography (silica gel: ethyl acetate/hexane).

*H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.2(dd,4H); 7.65(d,2H); 7.52(d,2H); 5.52(d,2H); 5.23(s,4H); 5.22(d,2H); 4.2-4.35(m,4H); 3.2-3.85(m,8H); l.7-2.2(m,2H+OH); 1.37(dd,3H,Me); l.27(dd,3H,Me); l.15(t,3H,Me of Et).

Examvle 136 r4R-r3(3R.5R* and 3S*.5S ).4cr.5fl,6f(R V111 3- r (5-F r Ethvlamino) meth 1 ttrahvdo-3furanl (1-hvdroxvethyl)I -4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclo r 3. 2.01 hept-2-ene-carboxylic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.510 g of product from Example 135, 0.239 g of 10% pall adium/ carbon, 7.5 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7) and 22 ml of dioxane to give 0.040 g of the desired product after chromatography (C 18 reverse phase silica gel plates: acetonitrile/water).

-180- Example 137 Ethanethioic Acid S-f3.4-dibromo-l-r rhenvlmethoxvmethvllbutvllester To a 0°C solution, under argon, of 1.44 ml of triflic anhydride in 20 ml of methylene chloride is added, sequentially, 0.69 ml of pyridine and 2.51 g of product from Example 3 in 5 ml of methylene chloride.

The reaction is stirred for 15 minutes, followed by dilution with diethyl ether. The mixture is filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired triflate.

To the triflate, at 0°C, is added, sequentially, 0.8657 g of thiolacetic acid and 0.61 ml of triethylamine. The reaction is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 6 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and extracted with diethyl ether. The diethyl ether extract is washed with sodium bicarbonate, water, dried and concentrated in vacuo.

The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 50 100% methylene chloride/hexane) to give 0.638 g of the desired product.

SH NMR(CDCl 3 7.35(m,10H); 4.56(m,5H); 4 .34-3.82(m,6H); 3.72-3.51(m,5H).

IR(neat): 2920, 1693, 699 and 629 cm 1 CI-MS: m/z 411(M++H).

25 Example 138 4-Bromotetrahvdro-2-(r(henvlmethoxv)methyl1thiophene diastereomers A 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.638 g of product from Example 137 in 16 ml of dry methyl alcohol is treated with 0.39 ml of 4.37M sodium methoxide. The reaction is stirred for 2 hours at 0°C followed by 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0 20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.413 g of the product as a mixture of diastereomers.

-181- H1 NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.34(m,1OH); 4.55(m,5H); 4.22(m,lH); 3.79(m,1H); 3.5(M,6H); 3.35(m,lH); 3.21(m,lH); 2.34(m,2H); 1.90(m,1H).

IR(neat): 2930 cm- 1 CI-MS: m/z 287(M+H) and 207(M+H-PhCH 2 Example 139 Ethanethioic acid S r tetrahvdro- r (*phenvlmethoxv) methyl 1 3-th ienyl 1 ester diastereomers A mixture, under argon, of 0.384 g of product from Example 138, 0.353 g of 1B-crown-6, 0.183 g of 0 potassium thioacetate and 2 ml of acetonitrile is heated under reflux temperature for 1.5 hours and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacua. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 5 ethyl acetate/hexane) togie083goftepdu.

HNMRID~l :67.33(m,5H); 4.55(s,2H); 4.lO(m,lH); 3-6(mH);3.5(mH);3.22(m,lH); 2'.75(m,lH); 2.30(s,3H); 2.20(m,lH); 2.05(m,1H).

IR(neat): 2924, 1692 and 1028 cm 1 CI-MS: m/z 283(M H).

Example 140 Ethanethioic acid S- r tetrahydro-5- (iodomethvl) -3 -thienvi 1 ester A 0 0C mixture, under argon, of 0.44 g of product from Example 139 in 5 ml of dry chloroform is treated with 0.55ml of trimethylsilyl iodide. The reaction is stirred, in the dark, for 2 hours. The reaction is quenched with 100 ml of saturated sodium sulfite, extracted with methylene chloride and the layers separated. The organic layer is dried, filtered and concentra -te-d in3 vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0 -100% methylene chloride/ hexane) to give 0.31 g of the product.

-182- 1 H NM:R(CDC 3 4.64(m,1H); 4.1O(m,2H); 3.78(m,lH); 3.40(M,1H); 3.30-3.0(m,6H); 2.85(m,1H); 2.75(m,1H); 2.60-2.40(m,2H); 2.6(s,2SH); 2.21(m,1H).

IR(neat): 2916 and 1687 cm- 1 CI-HS: m/z 303(14 and 175 (Pt-I, base).

Examiple 141 Ethanethioic acid s-F 5- (azidomethyl ~tetrahvdro-3-thienvl lester A solution, under argon, of 0. 183' g of product from Example 140 in 1.0 ml of dry methylene chloride is treated with 0.689 g of tetra-n-butylammonium azide. The reaction mixture is stirred 9. vigorously overnight at room temperature. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0 10% diethyl ether/hexane) to give 0.061 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.35-4.10(m,3H); 3.85(m,1H); 3.6(m,1H); 3.34(d,2H,J=6.7Hz); 3.32(dd,lH,J=ll.o and 2.94(dd,1H,J=ll.0 and 6.04Hz); 2.80(m,2H); 2.6(m,2H).

IR(neat): 2099 and 1690 cm CI-MS: m/z 188(M Example 142 (Az idomethyl) tetrahvdro-3-thiophenethiol A 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.279 g of product from Example 141 in 3 ml of dry methyl alcohol is treated with 0.35 ml of 4.35M sodium methoxide.

After 2 hours, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0 5% diethyl ether/hexane) to give 0.0465 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.05(m,lH); 3.45-3.40(m,4H); 3.27(m,1H); 3.0-2.78(m,4H); 2.60(m,2H); 2.2-2.0(m,3H); l.93(d,lH,J=2.5Hz,SH); l.85(m,1H).

IR'(neat): 2917 and 2104 cm- 1 CI-MS: m/z 176(M -183- 4-r4R-r4a,58Tq68(R*) 1 1-1-Azido-1.2.3.5-tetradeoxv-2 epithio-4-s-r6-(1-hdro~jethvl1 -4-methyl-2-r r(4-nitro- Dhenvl methoxv-l carbonvi 1-7-oxo--azabicvclo r3.2 01 herit-2-en-3-yll1-4-thio-D-erythro-Dentitoi A mixture of 0.070 g of product from Example 142, 0.237 g of product from Example 15 and 1.3 ml of acetonitrile is treated, at 0 0 C, with 69.6 microliter of Hunig's base. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight; followed by concentration in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0 60% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.034 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 1 8.23(d,2H,J=3Hz); 7.66(d,2H,J=3Hz); 5.51(d,1H,J=13.7Hz); 52(,HJ1.H) .0m2) 4.19(m,1H); 3.65(m,lH); 3.45(m,1H); 3.32(dd,lH); 2.92(dd,1H); 2.70(m,3H); 2.20(dt,lH); 1.99(br s,1H,OH); 1.72(td,1H); 1.37(d,3H); l.30(d,3H).

IR(neat): 3468, 2104, 1769 and 1709 cm-1 MS(FAB): m/z 520(M Example 144 4- r 4R-r 4 a.5$T 6 8(R 1 1-A z ido -4 S-r 2 -c ao, 1 hydroxvethy1l -4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3 .2.01het2e--l-...-erdoy25eiho4 thio-D-erythro-pentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.030 g of product from Example 143, 0.013 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 10 ml of dioxane and 5 ml of potassium phosphate buffer (pH to give 0.012 g of the desired product after chromatography (C 1 8 reverse phase silica gel plates: ethyl alcohol/water).

IH NMR(CDCl 3 4.18(m,3H); 3.50(m,2H); 3.40(m,2H); 2.94(dd,lH); 2.70(m,2H); 2.12(dt,1H); l.73(dd,1H); 1.23(d,3H); l.16(d,3H).

IR(neat): 3535, 3410, 2104 and 1745 cm- 1 MS(FAB): m/z 359(M -184- Ethanethioic acid S- rtetrahvdro-5- (hvdroxM~ethvl) -3-thienyl lester A 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.123 g of product from Example 139 in 1.0 ml of dry chloroform is treated with 51.1 microliter of boron trifluoride etherate and 0.193 g of tetra n-butylamnonium iodide.

the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0 100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.079 g of the desired product.

S 1

HNMRCD~

3 4.15 tm,lH) 3.95 (m,l1H); 3.80-3.60(m,4H); 3.30(m,lH); 3.19(m,lH); 2.77(t,lH); 2.48(m,lH); 2.34(s,3H,SAc); 2.27(m,lH); 2.08(m,lH); l.3(eo) Example 146 S Tetrahvdro-4-mercapto-2 -thiophenemethanol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 138 using 0.079 g of product from Example 146, 0.11 ml of 4.37M sodium methoxide and 1 ml of methyl alcohol to give 0.040 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 20 -30% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1 HNMR(CDCl 3 :6 3.83(m,lH); 3.60(m,4H); 3.35(m,lH); 3.l0(m,lH); 2.79(m,lH); 2.50-2.20(m,2H); 1.65(m,lH).

Example 147 r4R- r 4a 5B. 6B(R 11 (-ivdroxvethl) -4-meth..7oxo- 3-r Ftetrahydro-5-(hvdroxM~ethyl) -3-thienvllthiol-lazabicyclor3.2.Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid (4-nitrophenyl) methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 143 using 0.040 g of product from Example 146, 0.154 g of product from Example 15, 46.4 microliter of Hunig's base and 1 ml of acetonitrile to give 0. 071 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 20 100% ethyl -185acetate/kiexane).

I H N~M(CDC1 3 :6 8.25(d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 7.66 Cd, 2H,J=8.BHz); 5.52(d,1H,J=13.7Hz); 5.22(d,1H,J=13.7Hz); 4.28(m,2H); 3.80-3.6(m,3H); 3.45(m,1H); 3.3(m,1H); 2.87(t,1H,J=6.7Hz); 2.5(m,1H); s,1H,OH); 1.78(m,1H).

IR(neat): 3412, 1767 and 1708.cm 14S(FAB): m/z 495 (M Exam~le 148 r4R- r 4a 5B. 6B (R 111-4-S- r 2-carboxv-6- (1-hdro,,ethyl) 0 2.2-3. 5-trideoxv-2 -e?~ithio-4-thio-D-ervthro-.ientitol monosodium salt (A) :and r 4R- F4a. 58, 6,6(R l- 2 -S-2-carbox-6-(hydroxethl),.

4 -methvl-7-oxo-1-azabicvclor3 Olhept-2-en-3-vll- 1. 3 .4-trideoxv-1. 4 -enithio-2-thio-L-threo-pentitol monosodium salt (B) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.0715 g of product from Example 147, 0.0125 g of sodium bicarbonate, 0.021 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 11.5 ml of 8:2 dioxane:water to U..give 0. 012 g of the trans isomer and 0. 016 g of the cis isomer after chromatography (Preparative thin layer silica gel plate: 5% ethyl alcohol) Isomer B (cis) 1H NMR(CDCl3) :6 4.19 2H); 3 7 5-3.36(m,6H); 3.15(m,lH); 2.80(m,lH); 2.50(m,1H); l.60(m,1H); 1.25(d,3H),l.15(d,3H).

IR(neat): 3405 and 1742 cm-1 MS(FAB): m/z 404(M+Na) and 383(M+H).

-186- Example 149 trans- -4-Bromotetrahvdro-2-furanmethanol Under anhydrous conditions at -5 C, with an argon flush, 1.05 g of product from Example 4 in 32 ml of dry chloroform is treated, dropwise, with 200.1 ml of trimethylsilyl iodide. The reaction mixture is stirred at -50C for 2.5 hours and then stored in a chill room overnight. The reaction is cooled to and 630 ml of methyl alcohol is added. The mixture is stirred for 10 minutes and concentrated in vacuo.

The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: S200 ml aliquots of 15%, 25%, 35% and 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.559 g of the desired product.

Calculated for C 5 H BrO 2 Theory C 33.17, H 5.01, Br 44.14 Found C 33.07, H 5.13, Br 43.80 CI-MS: m/z 278(MH+).

Example 150 2,5-Anhvdro-4-bromo-3.4-dideoxv-D-erythro-pentonic acid A 0 C solution of 6.05 g of product from Example 149 in 120 ml of acetone is treated, dropwise, with 37.5 ml of 0.9M Jones reagent in 50 ml of acetone.

The reaction is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 45 additional minutes. The reaction is quenched i 25 with isopropyl alcohol and acetone, filtered through diatomaceous earth and concentrated in vacuo to 200 ml volume. The concentrate is mixed with 200 ml of saturated sodium chloride and and reconcentrated in vacuo. The aqueous layer is extracted with isopropyl alcohol/chloroform, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.6 of the acid as a light brown oil.

IH NMR(CDC1 3 4.84(t,1H,J=7.9Hz); 4.55(br s,1H); 4.38(dd,lH,J=6.0 and 4.4Hz); 4.19(dd,1H,J=8.7 and 1.6Hz); 2.73(m,1H); 2.57(m,lH).

IR(neat): 3084 and 1737 cm-1.

CI-MS: m/z 197(M+H).

-187- 4- 5-Anhvdro-4-bromo-.3 .4-dideoxv-D-ervthro.pentonovl1 -l-Rin~erazinecarboXy~lic acid Rhenvimethyl ester A mixture of 0. 941 g of product from Example 150, 0.652 g of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1.17 g of l-benzyloxycarbonyl piperazine, 1. 39 g of dicyclohexylcarbodjimide and 8 ml of dry methylene chloride is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.

Five ml of dimethylformamide is added and the stirring continued overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer is dried, concentrated to in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography 15 (silica gel: 10 80% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.1 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR (CDCl 9 7. 3.6 5H, Ph) 5.16 2H, PhCH 2 4 9 2(t,lH,J=7.2Hz); 4.58(m,1H); 4.23(dd,lH,J=l0.4 and 4.3Hz); 4.14(dd,1H,J=2.l and 0.5Hz); 3.76(m,2H); 3.64(m,2H); 3.44(M,4H); 3.OO(m,lH); 2.40(m,iH).

IR(neat): 1702 cm1.

.CI-MS: /z398(M+H).

a....Exam le 152 4- (4-S-Acetvl.-2. -anhdro-3-deoxy-4thio-IL..threo-.

25 Rentonoyl) -l-Dierazinecarboxylic acid phenylmethyl.

ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 139 using 1.14 g of product from Example 151, 0.393 g of potassium thioacetate, 0.1517 g of 18-crown-6 and'10 ml of acetonitrile to give 0.928 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 10 60% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1 H M(Dl3 6 7 .36(s,5H,Ph); 5.15(s,2H,PhCH 4 6 4(t,lH,J=6.9Hz); 4.22(t,1H,J=6.8Hz); 4.03(m,1H); 3 7 4 -3.61(m,5H); 3 6 0-3.40(m,4H); 2.5(m,2H); 2.32 (s,3H).

IR(neat): 1698 and 1653 cm-1.

-188- MS (FAB): M/z 393 Example 153 4- S-Anhvdro--3-deox-4-thio-Lthreo..nentonovl Pi~erazjnecarboxylic acid phenvlmethyl ester A 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.20 g of product from Example 152 in 1.5 ml of dry methyl alcohol is treated with 0.25 ml of 4N sodium hydroxide.

The reaction is monitored by thin layer chromatography.

After 1 hour an additional 0.17 ml of 4N sodium hydroxide is added and the reaction stirred 1 hour.

The reaction mixture is quenched with 1.86N S hydrochloric acid/isopropyl alcohol, concentrated in S...vacua and chromatographed (silica gel: 20 80% ethyl toC t acette/exae) t gie 0116g of the desired product.

**of 15 1 NMR (CDCl 3 7. 3 6(s, 5H, Ph) 5. 5(s, 2H, PhCH 2 4.13(dd,lH,J=8.6 and 6.9Hz); 3.8-3.6(m,5H); 3.5-3.3(m,4H); 2.55(m,lH); 2.40(m,lH); 1.82 (d,1H,J=8.4Hz

SH).

Example 154 r 4R- r4a, 5B6. 68(R *)l1-4-r2,-Anhr-3deo-3-deo4....S-.

r6-(l-hvdroxethvl) -4-methvl-2-r r(4-nitrophenvl) 4: methoxylcarbonvill-7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3. 2. Olhept-2-en-3vii 4-thio-L-threo-pentonovl -l-Diperazinecarb Lxylic acid henvlmethvl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 143 using 0.112 g of product from Example 153, 0.190 g of product from Example 15, 55.7 microliter of Hunigs base and 1.1 ml of acetonitrile to give 0.189 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 10 100% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1 H NI4R(CDCl 3 :6 8.22(dd,2H,J=8.8 and 1.8Hz); 7 .65(d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 7.36(s,5H,Ph); 5.48(d,lH,J=13.8HZ); 5.23 (d,lH,J=13.8Hz); 5.15(s,2H,PhCH 2 4.63(m,1H); 4.27(m,2H); 4.15(m,lH); 3 .8-3.60(m,5H); 3 .5O-3.35(m,4H); 3.27(dd,lH,J=6.g and 2.6Hz); -189- 2.53(m,2H); 1.37(dd,3H,J=6.3 and 1.3Hz); 1. 28 3H,J=8 Hz).

IR(neat): 1771 and 1702 cm-1 MS(FAB): m/z 717(MINa) and 695(M-H).

Exam~le 155 r4R--r4a.5P.6fl(R 11-4-r2.5-Anhvdro-4-Sr 2-carboxv-6- (1-hvdroxyethvll -4-methvl-7-oxo-lazabicvclor3 01hepRt-2-en-3-l-3-deo~-4thio.Lthreo-lpentonoyll -l-viperazinecarboxvlic acid phenvimethyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.170 g of product from Example 154, 0.034 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 15 ml of dioxane and 10 ml of potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.0)+to give after chromatography

(C

1 reverse phase **.*silica gel plates: 5% ethyl alcohol/water) 0.067 g of the desired product.

0 0 1 H NMR(D 2 0) :6 7. 4 0(s, 5H) 5. 16 2H, PhCH 2 4.44(m,lH); 4.3(m,2H); 4.l0(m,lH); 3.7-3.38(m,6H); 20 3 .5-3.30(m,5H); 3.29(m,lH); 2.50(m,2H); l.28(d,31); l.18(d,3H).

MS(FAB): m/z 581(M +Na).

Example 156 l-4-S-Acetvl-2 -anhvdro-3-deox-4-thio-Lthreo- 25 pentonovi)vTiperazine The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 140 using 0.766 g of product from Example 152, 0.430 g of trimethylsily. iodide and 4 ml of chloroform to give 0.504 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 15 20% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1 H M(eHd4)S4.94(t,lH,J=7.4Iz); 4.24(dd,lH,J=8.6 and 6.9Hz); 4.lo-3.70(m,5H); 3.40-3.20(m,4H); 2.76(m,lH); 2.34(s,3H,SAc); 2.10(m,lH).

-190- 4- (4 -S-Acetvl-2 .5-anhvdro-3 -deoxv-4 -thio-L,-threo-.

pentonov1) -l-Diperazinecarboxvlic acid (4-nitronphenyl) methyl ester A 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.300 g of product from Example 156 in 2.3 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is treated with 0.150 g of Hunigs base and 0.250 g of nitrobenzyl chioroformate. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0O and allowed to warm to room temperature (6 hours) The reaction is diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with 'saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.251 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 0- 100% ethyl acetate/hexane).

1 H.M(eH- 8. 23 2H, J=8. 8Hz) 7. 52 2H, J=8 .8Hz); ;.5s2HP 4 6 4 (t,lIH, J=7.4Hz) 4. 2 2(dd,l1H, J=8. 96 and 6.8SHz); 4.02 1H) 3 9 0-3. 60 6H) 3 50-3.40 4H); 2 .48(m,2H); 2 .33(s,3H,SAc).

IR(neat): 1702 cm 1 CI-MS: m/z 438(M+H).

Examnle 158 4 5-Ahdro-3 -deox4.thio-L-threo- etonoy1) 25 l=piperazinecarboxylic acid 4 -itrphenyl)methvl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 153 using 0.230 g of product from Example 157, 0.29 ml of 4N sodium hydroxide and 1.7 ml of methyl alcohol to give 0.086 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 10 -100% ethyl acetate/hexane).

I H NMR(MeOH-d 4 :6 8. 24 2H, J=8. 8Hz); 7 5 2(d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 5.24(s 2H,PhCH 2 4 64 (t,l1H, J=7. 3Hz); 4. 13 (dd, 1H,J=8. 6 and 6. 9Hz); 3 9 O-3o30(m,lOH); 2.55(m,lH); 2.42(m,lH); l.B 2 (d,lH,J=8,3Hz,SH).

-191- Exampnle 159 r 6- (l-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-2- rr (4-nitrophenvli methloxvlcarbonl7-.oxo-....azabivclor 3 .2.Olhent-2-en- 3-vi l 4 -th-io-L-threo-nentonovl1 l-ninerazinecarbovl ic acid -(4-nitrophenv1lmethvl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 143 using 0.085 g of product from Example 158m 0.128 g of product from Example 15, 37.4 microliter of Hmiigs; base and 1.0 ml of acetonitrile to give 0.135 g of the desired product after chromatography (silica gel: 20, 40, 80 and 100% ethyl acetate/hexane followed by 2-4% methyl alcohol/ethyl acetate).

1 H NMR(CHCl 3 8.24 (d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 8.23(d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 7.65(d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 7 .52(d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 5. 49 1H, J=13 .8Hz)

S.

2 2(d,1H,J=13.8Hz); 5.25(s,2H); 4.64(m,lh); 4.25(m,2H); 3 .84-3.83(m,6H); 3 5 2 -3.32(m,4H); 3.27 (in,1H) 2.54(in,2H) 1.37(d,3H,ZJ=6.3Hz); 1.26 (d,3H,J=6.4Hz).

IR(neat): 1772 and 1705 cm- Exampnle 160 r4R-rLA .5,668(R 2 -Anvdro4-S-.r2-.carboxy 6 (1-hydroxvyethl)..4..methl...7...xl-azabilo 3 0 hept-2 -en-3 -vl 1-3 -de:ox-4 -thio-threo-pentonovl 1piperazine phenlmethyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.120 g of product from Example 159, 0.030 g of 10% palladium/carbon, 5 ml of dioxane and 1.5 ml of potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7) to give 0. 053 g of the desired product after chromatography (preparative silica gel plate: 5% ethyl alcohol/water).

1H NIER(CHC1 3 4.90(m,1H); 4 3

O-

4 .l0(m,3H); 4

.O-

3 .60(m,8H); 3.40(m,1H); 3.3(m,3H); 2.80(m,1H); 2.0(m,1H); 1.28(d,3H); l.20(t,3H).

-192- IR(KBr): 3545, 3408, 1770 and 1622 cm-1 HS(FAB): m/z 426(Mw!+H).

Example 161 r4R-r3(3R S5S and 3S 5SR ).4ct.5B.68(R

III

3-r r5-r rr[(Dimethvlaminolmethvlenelaminolmethylltetrahvdro-3-furanvl i-thiol (l-hydroxvethyl) -4-methyl- 7 -oxo-I1-azabjcyclor3.2. 01hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid Three ml of sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7, is cooled to 0 0C and 0.052 g of product from Example 46 is added. To this cooled solution is added, dropwise, 0 159 p1 of N,N-dimethylformamide diisopropyl acetal, while maintaining the pH below 8.5. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 35 minutes, pH adjusted to 7.0 and freeze-dried. The residue is purified by chromato- graphy (c 18 reverse phase tlc plates: aqueous ethyl alcohol) to give 0.031 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR (D 0) :6 7. 8(s, 1H) 4. 3(m, 1H) 4.19 3H); 3.94(m,1H); 3.75(m,1H); 3.54(m,lH); 3.42(m,3H); 3 .21(s,2H,N-Me); 3.Ol(s,3H,N-Me); 2.08(m,2H,SCH.CC); 1.26(d,2H,Me); 1.18(d,3H,Me).

Example 162 2-r4R-r4a.5fl.68(R )1-2.5-Anhdro-1.didx,..1- (d imethyl amino) 4 r 2-carboxv- 6 -hydroxvethvl) 4 -methvyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3.2.O1het.2_en-.

3 -vI 1 4 -th io-L--threo-ventitol A mixture of 0.0342 g of product from Example 120, 80 p1 of 37% aqueous formaldehyde, 4 ml of water and 0.030 g of platinum oxide is reduced in a Parr apparatus under 40 psi of hydrogen for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth, washed with a small volume of water and concentrated to a small volume (pH of the filtrate The residue is. purified by chromatography

(C

8 reverse phase tlc plate: 95% aqueous ethyl alcohol) to give 0.015 g of the desired product.

-193- IH NMR(D 2 0):6 4.4(m,lH); 4.00-4.25(m,3H); 3.95-3.80(m,2H); 3.5-3.2(m,4H); 2.88(d,6H,2N-Me); 2.70-2.55(m,1H); 1.8-1.7(m,0.5H); 1.6-1.5(m,0.5H(m,0.5H); 1.25(d,3H,Me); 1.18(d,3H,Me).

Example 163 2.4-Difluoro-alpha-2-Dropenvlbenzenemethanol Under anhydrous condition at 0°C, a mixture of 18.0 g of freshly distilled 2,4-difluorobenzaldehyde and 120 ml of diethyl ether is treated, dropwise, with 139 ml of 1M allyl magnesium bromide. The reaction is stirred at 0°C for 1 hour then slowly allowed to warm 0 to room temperature. After 5 hours, thin layer chromatography indicates complete reaction. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and quenched by the dropwise S 15 addition of 100 ml of ice cold saturated ammonium chloride. Two hundred ml of diethyl ether is added and the layers are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layers are combined, washed twice with saturated sodium chloride, 0. 20 dried filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Kugelrohr distillation (100 0

C)

to give 19.9 g of the desired product as a mixture of isomers.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 7.45(m,lH); 6.88(m,lH); 6.78(m,lH); 25 5.82(m,lH); 5.16(dd,2H); 5.03(q,lH); 2.53(m,2H); 1. 89(bs,lH).

Example 164 alpha-(2.3-Dibromoprovl)-2,4-difluorobenzenemethanol Under anhydrous condition at 0°C, 3.0 g of product from Example 163 and 12 ml of anhydrous methylene chloride is treated, dropwise over minutes, with a solution of 2.5 g of bromine in 3 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction is quenched with cold saturated sodium sulfite solution and the layers separated. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography -194- (silica gel: 5-10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 4.7 g of the desired product as a mixture of isomers.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.53-7.41(m,lH); 6.95-6.77(m,2H); 5.28(m,lH); 4.61-3.63(m,3H); 2.69-l.95(m,3H).

Example 165 (cis and trans) -(+/-)-4-Bromo-2-(2.4-difluorojohenyl) tetrahydro furan A mixture of 4.*5 g of product from Example 164, 1.67 g of calcium hydroxide, 7.5 g of calcium bromide, 25 ml of water and 12 ml of methyl alcohol is stirred and heated at 85 0 C overnight. The reaction S mixture is cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through diatomaceous earth. The layers are separated and the organic layer is washed with 15 saturated sodium chloride, dried, filtered and ****concentrated in vacuc. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 3-5% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.96 g of the desired product as a mixture of isomers.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 7.65-7.57(=,lM); 7.46-7.38(m,lH); 6.93-6.74(m,4H); 5.43(q,1H); 5.16(t,lH); 4.59-4.57(m,lH); 4.53-4.47(m,2H); 4.25-4.21(m,3H); 3.05(m,lH); 2.89(q,1H); 2.36-2.18(m,2H).

Example 166 25 (cis and trans) -Ethanethioic acid S- r5- 4-dif luorophenvl Itetrahvdro-3-f uranl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 5 using 1.9 g of product from Example 165, 0.866 g of potassium thioacetate and 30 ml of acetonitrile to give, after chromatography (silica gel: ethyl acetate/hexane), 1.43 g of the desired product, as a mixture of isomers.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7. 44 2H) 6. 8 7(t, 2H) 6. 78 2H); 5.14(m,2H); 4.50(m,2H); 4.26(m,2H); 4.ll(m,2H); 3.90(q,1H); 3.77(q,lH); 3.04(m,lh); 2.87(m,1H); 2.35(s,3H); 2.32(s,31).

-195- ExaLm~le 167 4-Dif luorophenyll tetrahvdro-3-furanthiol stereoisomers The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.250 g of product from Example 166, 243 pl of 25% sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol, 4.5 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 530 p1 of 2N hydrochloric acid/isopropyl alcohol to give, after chromatography (silica gel: 5-10% ethyl acetate/hexane) 0. 180 g of the desired product, as a mixture of isomers.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.52(q,lH); 7.41(q,1H); 6.80(m,2H); 6.78(m,2H); 5.32(t,1H); 5.12(q,lH); 4.41(q,lH); 4.24(q,lH); 3.81(q,lH); 3.72(q,lH); 3.54(m,2H); 15 2.89(m,lH); 2.29(m,2H); l.79(d,lH); l.73(d,lH); 1.72(m,lH) Ea.1 6 r4R-r4a.58l6fl(R 11 r r5-(2, 4-Dif luorophenvl) tetrahvdro-3-furanyl 1thiol (l-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7 oxo-l-azabicvclor3.2.llhept-2-ene-2-carboylic acid (4-riitrophenvl) methyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.169 g of product from Example 167, 0.300 g of product from Example 15, 87 p1 of Hunig's base and 3 ml of acetonitrile to give, after chromatography (preparative silica gel plates: acetone/ chl orof om) 0.080 g of the desired product, as a mixture of isomers.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 8.23(d,2H); 7.68(d,2H); 7.41(q,lH); 6.83(m,2H); 5.53(d,lH); 5.25(d,lH); 4.47(m,lH); 4.27(m,2H); 3.94(m,lH); 3.8(d,lH); 3.48(m,lH); 3.38(d,lH); 2.44(m,1H); 2.24(m,1H); 2.17(d,lH); l.37(d,3H); l.29(d,3H).

-196r4R-4~.B.-(R 11 1-3-r U-(2.4-Difluorophenvlltetrahvdro-3-furanvl ithiol (1-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7oxo-l-azabicyclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt isomer 1 And r4R-r4a.5fi.6B(R )11-3-r r5-(2-4-Difluoro~henvl) tetrahvdro-3-furanvllthiol-6- (1-hvdroxyethvl) -4-methvl-7oxo-l-azabicyclor3 .2.olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monosodium salt isomer 2 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.80 g of product from Example 168, 0.0117 g of sodium bicarbonate, 2 ml of water, ml of dioxane and 0.030 g of palladium on carbon to 15 give, after chromatography (C 1 8 reverse phase plates: ethyl alcohol/water), 0.020 g of isomer 1 and 0.040 g of isomer 2.

Isomer 1: 1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 7.5(m,lH); 6.92(m,2i); 5.2(t,lH); 4.2(M,2H); 3.95(m,2H); 2.6(m,lH); 3.2(bs,2H); 2.83(m,lH); 2.35(m,1H); 2.0(m,lH); l.22(d,3H); 1.19 (d,3H).

Isomer 2: 1H NMR(D 2 o0):6 7.44(m,lH); 6.9(m,2H); 4.18(m,2H); 25 3.91(m,2H); 3.6(m,lH); 3.l8(m,2H); 2.8(m,lH); 2.37(m,lH); l.8(m,lH); l.22(d,3H); l.19(d,3H).

Example 170 1.2-0-C l-Methylethvlidene) -al~ha-D-xvlofuranose bis (4-methylbenzenesulfonatel Under anhydrous condition, 50.0 g of l,2-isopropylidene-D-xylofuranose, 250 ml of dry pyridine and 0.200 g of dimethylaminopyridine is cooled to 0 0 C. To this mixture is. added, in portions, 110 .26 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. The reaction mixture is'stirred and allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The mixture is cooled to 0 0 C, quenched with wae, extracted with ethyl acetate and the layers are -197separated. The organic layer is washed with water, saturated sodium chloride, dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is recrystallized from diethyl ether/hexane to give 116.6 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CHCl 3 7.79(m,4H); 7.33(m,4H); 5.86(d,lH); 4.72(q,2H); 4.33(m,1H); 4.0(m,2H); 2.48(s,3H); 2.45(s,3H); 1.42(s,3H); 1.27(s,3H).

Example 171 2,5-Anhvdro-D-xvlose dimethyl acetal 3-(4-methvlbenzenesulfonate) Under anhydrous condition at 0°C, hydrogen chloride gas is bubbled through 166 ml of dry methyl alcohol. Five g of product from Example 170 is added 5 and the reaction is stirred for 10 minutes at 0 C; followed by heating at reflux temperature for 15 hours.

The reaction mixture is cooled to 0 C and neutralized with solid sodium carbonate. The mixture is stirred for 15 minutes, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.

The residue is dissolved in 50 ml of acetone, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 40-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 2.89 g of the desired product as a white solid.

25 H NMR(CHC1 3 7.82(d,2H); 7.37(d,2H); 4.81(d,lH); 4.53(m,1H); 4.41(d,1H); 4.22(m,1H); 4.11(m,lH); 3.73(dd,lH); 3.38(s,3H); 3.11(s,3H); 2.46(s,3H); 2.37(bs,lH).

Example 172 2.5-Anhydro-4-deoxv-D-ervthro-pentose dimethyl acetal Under anhydrous conditions at room temperature, 0.90 g of product from Example 171 and 25 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is treated, via a syringe, with ml of 1M lithium triethylborohydride(Super-HydrideT).

The reaction is stirred overnight at room temperature.

The mixture is cooled to 0°C, quenched carefully with ice, diluted with 75 ml of ethyl acetate and the layers -198are separated. The organic layer is washed with water, saturated sodium chloride, dried, filtered and concentrated in~ vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 40-60% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.235 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CHCl 3 :6 4.34(m,lH); 4.26(m,lH); 3.97(m,2H); 3.76(m,2H); 3.44(m,6H); 2.72(m,lH); 2.15(m,lH); l.92(m,lH).

Example 173 trans -Tetrahydro- 3-hydroxv-2 -furanylmethaned iol A mixture of 9.25 g of product from Example 172, 15 ml of water and 1.5 g of DOWEX-50W-X8 (100-200 mesh, hydrogen form) is heated at 95 0 C for 4 hours.

to. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered and the residue washed with water.. The filtrate is treated with toluene and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.1 g of the desired product as a sticky yellow oil.

1 HNMR(D 2 0):6 4.75(d,lH); 4.27(m,1H); 3.91-3.76(m,2H); 2.0O(m,1H); l.78(m,lH).

Examr~le 174 r 4R- r4a. 5,8,6B6(R 11-1-Amino-4-S-r2-carboxv-6- (1-hydroxvyethyl -4 -methvl-7-oxo-1-azabicvclo r 2. 01 hept-2 -en-2 -yl 1-1, 2. 5-pentadeoxv-2 5-eipithio-4 th io-D-ervthro-pentitol To a solution of 0.024 g of product from Example 144 in 1 ml of acetonitrile: water is added 17 p1 of tributylphosphine. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours followed by concentration in vacuo. The residue is purified by chrmatgrphy(C18 reerse phase preparative plates: ethyl alcohol:water) to give 0.014 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.20(m,2H); 4.05(t,lH); 3.80(m,2H); 3.45-3.20(m,3H); 3.l0.(dd,lIH);.2.89(dd,lH); 2.26(m,lH); l.25(d,3H,J=6.2Hz); 1.15(d,3H,J=7.2Hz).

-1 IR(KBr): 3400 and 1765 cm- -199- MS (FAB) M,/Z 3 59 (H +11) 4-Bromotetrahvdro-2- F (Rhenvlmethoxy) methyll1thionhene 1.1-dioxide To a 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 5.65 g of product from Example 138 in 45 ml of dry methylene chloride is added, slowly, 7.8 g of m-chloroperbenzoic acid. The-reaction-is stirred at 0 0 C for 2 hours, diluted with 100 ml of water and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium b icarbonate, dried, filtered and concentrated in vacua. The residue is redissolved in =ethylene chloride, passed through a short column of silica gel, concentrated in vacua to give 5.87 g of the desired sulfone (60:40 mixture of isomers).

1 H NMR (CDCl 3 :6 7. 3 4(m, 5H, Ph) 4. 67 (m,l1H); 4.59 (t,2H,CH Ph) 4.36 1H) 3.77-3.58 (m,4H); 3.50(dd,1H); 3.30(dd,lH); 2.90(m,1H); 2.70(m,lH); 2.55(m,lH); 2.33(m,lH).

IR(neat): 2945,1320,1127,910 and 734 cm CI-MS: m/z 320(M H).

Example 176 4-Bromo-2-thjophenemethanol 1. 1-dioxide To a -78oC solution, under argon, of 4.23 g of product from Example 175 in 28 ml of dry methylene 0:...:chloride is added, dropwise, 17.2 ml of 1M boron trichloride. The reaction mixture is warmed to 0 0 C andstirred f or 1 hour. The reaction is quenched with methyl alcohol, concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed (silica gel: 0-30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 2.57 g of the desired product (1:1 mixture of isomers).

mp 56-57 0C(ethyl acetate and hexane).

1 H NDM(CDCl 3 :6 4.75(m,lH); 4.42(m,1H); 4.12(m,2H); 3.94(m,1H); 3.65(m,2H); 3.53(dd,1H); 3.45-3.25(m,2H); 2.98(br s,lH,OH); 2.90(m,lH); 2.70(m,2H); 2.43(m,1H).

IR(KBr): 3461, 1314, 1284 and 1123 cm 1 -200- Tetrahvdro4- r r f 4-mnethoxviphenyl) methyl I thio 1 -2 -thjo- Rhenemethanol-I.' 1-dioxide To a 0 C slurry, under argon, of 0. 502 g of sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion) in.9 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is ade, dropwise over 5 minutes, 1.69 ml of p-methoxy-a-toluenethiol in 9 mal of dry tetrahydrofuran. The reaction is warmed to room temperature for 30 minutes, recooled to 0 C and a solution of 2.31 g of product from Example 176 in 10 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture is diluted with 100 ml of water and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in~ vacuo to give an oil. The oil is purified by chromatography-~ (silica gel: 0-90% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3.0 g of the desired product (1:1 mixture of isomers).

1 ?fMR(CDCl 3 7. 23 (dd, 2H, J=1. 7 and 8. 6. 86 2H,J=8 .5Hz) 4.05(dt,lH); 3.81(s,3H,AroMe); 3 7 7(s,2H,CH 2 Ar); 3.45(m,lH); 3.24(m,2H); 2.96(dd,lH,J=8.74 and 13.34 Hz); 2.81(t,1H,J=14.6Hz); 2.58(brs,lH,OH); 2.45(m,2H); 2.22(dt,lH,J=8.78 and 25 13.82 Hz); l.97(dt,1H,J=l1.09 and 13.34 Hz).

IR(neat): 3503, 1610 and 1512 cm Example 178 Tetrahvdro-4-F r 4 -methoxviphenyl)methvllthiol.

2 -thiophenemethanol methane sul fonate 1.1-dioxide A 0 0C solution, under argon, of 2.53 g of product from Example 177 in 27 ml of dry methylene chloride is treated, sequezqtially, with 1.4 ml of triethylamine and 0.77 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride.

The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature over 1.5 hours. The mixture is diluted with diethyl ether, filtered through a short column of silica gel (diethyl ether and 50% methylene chloride/ethyl -201acetate) to give 3.087 g of the desired product (mixture of isomers).

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.22(d,2H,J=8.7 Hz); 6.87(d,2H,J=8.7 Hz); 4.45(m,2H); 3.81(s,3H,ArOMe); 3.77(s,2H,CH 2 Ar); 3 .50-3.20(m,4H); 3.10(s,3H,OSO 2 Me) 2. 8 5(m, 1H); 2.56(m,1H); 2.27(m,1H); 1.80(m,1H).

IR(neat) 2837, 2107, 1610 and 1584 cm-1 Example 179 2 (A z idomethyl) tetrahvdro- 4- r r (4 -methoxv~phenyl) methy 1thiolthiophene 1.1-dioxide A mixture, under argon, of 2.94 g of product from Example 178, 0.757 g of lithium azide and 8 ml of dry dimethylformamide is stirred vigorously at 65C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with 60 ml of water and extracted with diethyl ether and ethyl S...acetate.. The combined organic layers are washed with S S saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in 0~S vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography 'ease,(silica gel: 0-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.89 g of the desired product (mixture of isomers).

1H NMR(CDC 3 7. 2 2(dd, 2H, J=2. 05 and 8. 6Hz); S6. 87(d,2H1,J=8. 6) 3. 81(s, 3H, ArOMe) 3.77 2H, CH 2 Ar); 3.58(dd,lH,J=5.77 and 13. 19Hz) 3. 35-3. 2 0(m, 2H); 2.88(m,2H); 2.60(m,2H); 1.75(m,lH).

IR(neat): 2837, 2107, 1610 and 1584 cm-1 Example 180 Tetrahvdro-4-r r (4-methoxvphenyllmethvllthiol -2-thioiphenemethanamine 1.1I-dioxide (stereoisomers) A 0 0C solution, under argon, of 1.4 g of product from Example 179 in 14 ml of dry methylene chloride is treated with 1.19 ml of triethylamine.

Hydrogen sulfide gas is slowly bubbled through the cold solution for 20 minutes (the excess gas is trapped in a flask containing an aqueous solutin of 5.25% sodium hypochlorite). The mixture is stirred at 0O for 2 hours, the flask flushed for 20 minutes with argon and the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is -202purified by chromatography (silica gel: 10-100% ethyl acetate/hexane, 5% methyl alcohol/ethyl acetate) to give 0.757 g of the desired product (mixture of isomers).

1 NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.22(d,2H,J=8.5lHz); 6.85(d,2H,J=B.5OHz); 4.26(br s,1H); 3.82(s,3H,ArO~e); 3.77(s,2H,CH 2 Ar); 3.40(m,1H); 3.3-3.10(m,3H); 3.9(dd,lH); 2.50(m,1H); 2.35(br s,2H,NH 2 2.33(t,lH,J=7.l6Hz); 1.82(m,1H).

CI-MS: m/z 302 Example 181 cis (and trans rTetrahydro-4- rrF(4-methoxvphenvl) methyll1thiol -2--thienvi 1carbamic acid ~:(4-nitrorhenyl)methvl ester S.S-dioxide 15 A 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.757 g of *product from Example 180 in 8 ml of dry methylene chloride is treated with 0.812 g of p-nitrobenzyl chloroformate and -525 ju1 of triethylamine. The ,reaction is stirred overnight, diluted with water, .00 20 extracted with methylene chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 10-100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.756 g of the desired product (mixture of isomers).

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.21(d,2H,J=8.74Hz); 7.50(d,2H,J=8.74Hz); 7.20(d,2H,J=8.63Hz); 6.86(d,2H-,J=8.63Hz); 5.55(t,lH,NH); 5.19s,2,CH2 AO2 3.81(s,3H,ArOMe); 3.75(s,2H,CH 2ArOMe); 3.69(m,lH); 3.49(m,1H); 3.38-3.15(m,3H); 2.82(m,lH); 2.53(m,1H); 2.20(m,lH); 1.70 IR(KBr): 3389 and 1706 cm- 1 -203- Example 182 r (Tetrahvdro-4-merca~tO-2-thfienvl~methylicarbamic acid (4-nitrorhenvlimethvl ester thioDhene-1.-dioxide stereoisomers A solution of 0.756 g of product from Example 181 in 31 ml of 80% acetic acid/water is treated with 0.35 ml of anisole and 0.805 g of mercuric trifluoroacetate. 'The reaction is stirred for 2 hours, diluted with water and hydrogen sulfide gas is bubbled through the solution for 5 minutes. The mixture is filtered, washed with a minimum of water and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The black precipitate is washed with ethyl acetate and concentrated in vacuo. The two extracts (water and ethyl acetate) appear to be identical by thin layer chromatography. The extracts are combined and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 15-80% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.44 g of the desired product (3:2 mixture of isomers).

1 H NMR(CDC 3 8.23 (d,2H,J=8.7OHz); 7.50(d,2H,J=8.7oHz); 5.55(t,lH,NI); 5.21(s,2H, 2.94(dd,1H,Jl11.54 and 12.50Hz); 2.70(m,lH); 2.33 (m,l1H) 2.l10(d,l1H, J=7.2Hz, SH of minor isomer); l.98(d,lH,J=7.2Hz, SH of major isomer); l.78(m,lH).

CI-MS: m/z 361 (H Example 183 F 4R-Fr4a. 5B, 60(R 11-6-(-Hdrovethl)-4-methl-7-oxo-.

3 -F rrtetrahydro-5- r r rFr (4 -nitrophenvl) methoxy carbonyl 1 amino imethyll1-3-thienyll1thiol -l-azabicyclorF3.2.01 heat- 2-ene-2 -carboxyl ic acid -nitro~henyl ~methyl ester thiophene-S.S-dioxide The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 143 using 0.44 g of product from Example 182, 0.659 g of Example 15, 4 ml of dry acetonitrile and 0.143 g of Hunig's base to give, after chromatography (silica gel:l.o-loo% ethyl -204acetate/hexane), 0.*742 g of the desired product (mixture of isomers and trans isomer pure).

I H NMR(CDC1 3 8.22(d,2H,J=8.5Hz) 8.21(d,2H,J=8.sHz),* 7.64(d,2H,3=8.5Hz); 7.49(d,2H,J=8.5Hz); 5.66(brt,11{,NH); 5.49(d,1H,J=13.7Hz); 5.21(d,1H,J=13.7Hz); 5.2(d,2H,J=6.31Hz); 4.28(m,2H); 4.13(m,1H); 3.8-3.45(m,4H); 3.31(m,1H); 3.13(m,1H); 2.35(t,2H,J=6.sHz); 2.00(br s,1H); 1.35(d,3H,J=6.24Hz);o 1.26(d,3H,J=6.2Hz).

IR(KBr): 3419, 3079, 1772 and 1719 cm- 1 MS (FAB) M/ z 7 0 5 F4RF~c.5.68R*Examp~le 184 r4Rr~a5fl6fl 1 1-5-Amino-2-S-r2-carboxv-6- (1-hvdroxvethyl)-4-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3 .2.01 hept-2-en-3-yl 1-1.2, 3.4. 5-pentadeoxy-1 .4-epithio-2- 11thio-L-threo-pentitol S .S -dioxide (Cis) r4R-r4z. 58.,68 (R )11-1-Amino-4-S- F2-carboxv-6- (1-hydroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-1-azabicvclor3 .2.01 hept-2-en-3-vll-l.2,.3.4.5-pentadeoxv-2.5-epithjio- 4 -thio-D-erythro-pentitol S2 Sdioxide (trans) r 4R- r4a 66(R )11-3-r5-(Aminomethyl)tetrahvdro-3thienyl 1-6- -hvdroxyethvl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-1-azabjcvclor3.2.Olhept-2-ene-2-carbo,~,lic acid thiophene-S. dioxide (mixture) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.502 g of product from Example 183, 0.205 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 24 ml of dioxane: 0. jj phosphate buffer to give, after chromatography (C 18 reverse phase chromatography plates: 5% ethyl alcohol/water) 0. 014 g of the cis isomer, 0.013 g of-the trans isomer and 0.024 g of mixture of cis and trans isomers.

Cis Isomer: 1 H NMR(D 2 0) :6 4.18(m,2H), 3_95-3.50(m,6H); 3.48-3.20(ta,5H); 2.82(m,1H); 1.90(m,lH); 1.23(d,3H,J=6.2Hz); 1.16(d,3H,J=6.2Hz).

-205- IR(KBr): 3538, 3410, 1748 and 1622cm 1 Examnle 185 3-r r5- (Azidomethyl) tetrahydro-3-furanyll1thiol -4-methyl- 6-ri- r r(2-methv1Drolpoxvy carbonyi 1oxyl ethyll1-7-oxo-1azabicvclo[3 Olhe~t-2-ene-2-carboXylic acid -f4-nitrorhenyl~ methyl ester diatereomers Using anhydrous conditions, 1.25 g of product from Example 45 in 27 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, is cooled to -78 0 C under argon. 0.325 ml of isobutyl chioroformate is added, followed by 2.7 ml of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide. The reaction mixture is stirred at -78 0Cfor 1 hour, followed by stirring at -55 0C for another hour and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.22 g of the desired product.

11H NMR(CDCl 3 8.21(d,2H); 7.67(d,2H); 5.50(d,1H); 5.25(d,1H); 5.15(t,1H,HCOCO); 4.27-4.33(m,3H); 3.81-3.95( 3.68-3.73(m,1H); 3.31-3.55(m,3H); 3.22-3.31(m,lH); 2.2-2.3(m,1H,CH(CH 3 2 1. 41 3H,CH 3 1. 3 2(m, 3H, CH 3 0. 94 6H, (CH 3 2 IR(neat): 2101, 1777, 1741 and 1716 cm Examiple 186 3-F rr5- (Aminomethvl) tetrahydro-3-furanyl 1thiol -4methyl-6-r I- rr (2-methyliproox) carbonl oxl ethvl-7oxo-l-azabicyclo[3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboXylic acid diastereomers The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18, using 1.22 g of product from Example 185, 0.764 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 21 ml of 0.lM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.0) and 78 ml of dioxane to give 0.122 g of the desired product.

-206- 1.4 -Anhvdro-2 -deoxv-D-erythro-Rentitol dimethanesul fonate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 178 using 0.173 g of 1,2-dideoxy-Dribose prepared by the method of M. Takeshita et at., J.Bio.Chem., (1987), 262(21), 10171, 249 p1 of methariesulfonyl chloride and 3 ml of pyridine to give 0.310 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 5.18-5.15(m,1H); 4.4-4.31(m,2H); 4.3-4.25(m,1H): 4.15-4.06(m,1H); 4.O-4.9(m,1H); 3.1(s,3H,CH 3 3.09(s,3H,CH 3 2.3-2.2(m-,2H).

:Exam~le 188 1.4 -Anhvdro-5-az ido-2 3 -methanesul fonate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 43 using 3.57 g of product from Example 187, 0.726 g of lithium azide and 58 ml of dimethylformainide to give 2. 12 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 5.08-5.04(m,1H); 4.2-4.09(m,2H); 3.98-3.89(m,lH); 3.56-3.38(dd,2H); 3.06(s,3H,CH 3 3 2.34-2.22(m,2H).

Example 189 2. 5-Anhydro-1-azido-1,4-dideoxv-3-thio-D-threo-pentitoI 3-acetate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 5 using 1.57 g of product from Example 188, 0.892 g of potassium thioacetate, 10 ml of dimethylformamide and 10 ml of toluene to give 0.30 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.28-4.2(m,lH); 4.2-4.1(dd,1H); 4 .08-3.98(m,1H); 3.89-3.79(dd,1H); 3.4-3.3(m,2H); 2 .5-2.35(m,1H); 2.36(s,3H,Ac); 2.05-1.9(m,1H).

-207- Exam~le 190 2. 5-Anhydro-1-az ido-l .4 -dideoxy-3 -thio-D-threo-Dentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.30 g of product from Example 189, 0.35 ml of sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol (25 wt and 5 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 0. 219 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.1-4.0(m,2H); 3.9-3.8(m,lH); 3.55-3.43(m,3H); 2.55-2.4(m,lH); 2.06-2.94(m,lH); l.65-1.62(d,lH,SH).

Example 191 r4R-r4a.5fi.6f(R )1- ~2.5-Anhvdro-1-az ido-1. 4-dideoxv-3-S- (1-hydroxyethyl) -4-methvl-2-r r 4-nitrophenvimethoxvl carbonyl 1-7oxo-1-azabicyclor3 olhe~t-en-3-vll-3-thio-D-threo- De t itol, The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.219 g of product from Example 190 in 3 ml of acetonitrile, 0.818 g of product from Example 15 in 4 ml of acetonitrile, and 186 p1 of Hunig's base to give 0.436 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.20(d,2H); 7.65(d,2H); 5.51(d,lH); 5.21(d,lH); 4.3-4.2(m,3H); 4.17-4.09(m,lH); 3.94-3.8(m,2H); 3.6-3.4(m,3H); 3.37-3.30(m,lH); 2.67(bs,lH,QH); 2.5-2.4(m,lH); 2.2-2.05(m,lH); 1.35(d,3H,CH 3 l.28(d,3H,CH 3 Example 192 f4R-r4ca.5B.68(R H1- 1 -Amino- 2 .5-anhydro- 3-S r2-carboxy- 6- (l-hyproxvethvl) 4-methvl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo [3.2 lhept-2-en-3-vl 1-1.4dideoXy-3 -thio-D-threo-pentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.436 g of product from Example 191, 0.150 g of palladium on carbon, 9 ml of 0.1M sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.0) and 13 ml of -208dioxane to give 0.122 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):S 4.5-4.3(m,1H); 4.29-4.18(m,2H); 4.l2-4.02(m,1H); 4.0-3.85(m,2H); 3.5-3.4(m,2H); 3.35-3.25(m,1H); 3.2-3.1(m,1H); 2.5-2.4(m,lH); 1.27(d,3H,CH 3 l.17(d,3H,

CH

3 Example 193 r4R-r4a.5fl.6fi(R 2. 5-Anhydro-3 -s-r 2-carboxv-6 -(l-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methyl .7-oxo-1-azabicvclor 3.2. Olhept-2-en-3-vll-1.4-dideoxv- 1- r(iminomethvl) aminol -3-thio-D-threo-Dentitol To 4 ml of 'a 5%0 phosphate buffer (ph solution is added 0.052 g of product from Example 192 and 0.832 g of ethyl formimidate hydrochloride, in portions. The pH is maintained at 8.5 with 1N sodium hydroxide. The solution is stirred at 5 0C and pH for 5 minutes, then the pH is adjusted to pH 7.0 with hydrochloric acid and the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo with no heat. The residue is purified on a C 18 reverse phase chromatography plate aqueous ethyl alcohol) to give 0.055 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0) :6 7.75-7.6(t,1H,CH=); 4.5-3.2(m,llH); 2.25(m,lH);l.9(m,lH); 1.1(d,3H,CH 3 0.99(d,3H,CH 3 Example 194 3-rF 5- (Azidomethvl~ tetrahvdro-3-furanylithiol -4-methyl- 6- rl-F rF (2-methylpropoxy) carbonyl Jowlethyll1-7-oxo-lazabicyclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrop~henyl) methyl ester diastereomers, The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 185 using 1.00 g of product from Exmaple 63 in 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 0.26 ml of isobutyl chloroformate and-2.2 ml of O-lM lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide to give 0.636 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(CDC 3 :6 8.23(d,2H); 7.66(d,2H); 5.49(d,lH); 5.26(d,lH); 4.22-4.16(m,3H); 3.93(m,2H); 3.84(m,2H); -209- 3.47-3.36(m,4H); 2.5(m,1H,CHCH 3 l.97(m,1H); 1.7(m,O.5H); 1.85(m,0.5H); 1.49(d,3H,CH 3 1.29(t,3H,CH 3 O.94(d,6H,2CH 3

C).

IR(neat): 2100, 1777, 1741 and 1707CM 1 Example 195 3 r r 5-Aininomethvl) tetrahvdro-3 -furanyl 1 thio 1 -4 methvl-6- rr(2-methvlpropoxv) carbonvi 1oxvl ethyl 1-7oxo-1-azabicyclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid diastereomers The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.764 g of product from Example 194, 0.478 g of palladium on carbon, 13 ml of sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.0) and 49 ml of dioxane to give after chromatography 0.0668 g of the desired product.

OOSH NMR (D 0) :6 4. 2(m, 2H) 4.l1(m,l1H) 3. 9 5(d, 2H) 3.8(m,3H); 3.65(m,lH); 3.35(m,1H); 3.13(m,2H); 2.6(m,lH); l.92(m,lH); 1.6(m,lH); 1.35(d,3H,CH1) l.18(dd,3H,CH 3 0. 88 6H, 2CH 3 Examiple 196 3.6-Dioxabicyclo r 3,1,*01 hexane A 0 0C solution, under argon, of 5 g of in 85 ml of methylene chloride is treated with 13.54 g of 85% m-chloroperbenzoic acid.

The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate stirred for 10 minutes with saturated sodium carbonate and the two layers separated. The organic layer is dried and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil is distilled under vacuum (water aspirator) to give 3.93 g of the desired epoxide.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.03(d,2H,J=10.5Hz); 3.81(s,2H); 3.66 (d,2HJ=10.5Hz).

MS(CI):m/z 87 -210trans- Tetrahvdro-4 -hydroxv-3 -furancarbon itril1e To 5.0 g of product from Example 196 is added 29 ml of 1M diethylaluminum cyanide at room temperature. The reaction is exothermic. The mixture is stirred for 3 hours, quenched very carefully with ethyl alcohol, as the evolved gas is hydrogen cyanide, cooled to 0 0Cand stirred until the reaction warms up to room temperature. The reaction is then flushed with argon for 10 minutes, concentrated in vacuo to about 15 ml, and filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth. The pad is washed with methyl alcohol and diethyl ether.

The combined organic layers are ref iltered and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.383 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4. 69 (m,l1H) 4. 2 2(dd,l1H, J=7. 3 and 9.12Hz) 4.05 2H) 3.8 (dd,l1H,J=2.71 and 10. 11Hz); 3.06(m,1H); 2.83(br s,lH,OH).

MS (CI) m/z 114 (M Example 198 (3R-trans) -Tetrahvdro-4 -r (methylsulf onvl) oxy 1 3- furancarbonitrile The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 178 using 0.367 g of product from Example 197, 0.394 g of triethylamine, and 0.446 g of methanesulfonyl chloride to give 0.554 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 5.41(m,lH); 4.24(dd,lH,J=7.16 and 9.13Hz); 4.18-3.98(m,3H); 3.41(m,lH); 3.19(s,3H,SO 2 CH 3 MS(CI): m/z 192 (H Example. 199 (3R-cis) -Tetrahvdro-4- rrF(4-methoxythenvl methyl ithiol 3-furancarbonitrile A 0 0 C slurry, under argon, of 0. 14 g of sodium hydride in tetrahydrofuran is treated dropwise -211with 0.47 ml of 4-methoxytoluenethiol. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature over minutes, followed by the dropwise addition of 0.539 g of product from Example 198 in 3 ml of tetrahydrofuran.

The reaction is stirred for 45 minutes and then cooled to 0°

C

The mixture is diluted, carefully, with water and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layers are washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 5-40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.583 g of the desired product as an oil.

O9 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 7.26(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 6.87(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 4.05(m,3H); 3.82(s,2H,ArCH 2 3.81(s,3H,CH3OAr); 3.46(m,2H); 2.91(m,lH).

15 MS(CI): m/z 250 (M Example 200 cis-(+/-)-Tetrahydro-4-[ (4-methoxyphenyl)methyl thiol- 3-furanmethanamine A room temperature solution, under argon, of 4.22 ml of 1.OM lithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran is treated, dropwise, with 0.876 g of product from Example 199 in 3 ml of diethyl ether; during which time the reaction refluxes gently. After complete addition, the reaction is stirred at room temperature 25 for 2 hour. The reaction mixture is quenched with 1 ml of water, 10.5 ml of 1.ON sodium hydroxide and 2.0 ml of water. The solid white precipitate formed is collected and washed with large volumes of diethyl ether. The diethyl ether layer is concentrated in vacuo to give 0.889 g of the desired product.

IH NMR(CDC1 3 7.23(d,2H,J=8.61Hz); 6.87(d,2H,J=8.61Hz); 3.95(m,2H); 3.81(s,3H,OCH 3 3.73(s,2H,ArCH 2 3.47(m,2H); 2.82(m,3H); 2.31(m,lH).

MS(CI): m/z 254(M++H).

-212cis -Tetrahydro-4- r r (4-methoxyphenyl Imethyl Ithiol 3-furanvi lmethyll1carbamic acid (4-n itrophenvl ~methyl ester A 0 0 C mixture of 0.889 g of product from Example 200, 0.534 g of potassium carbonate, 0.832 g of p-nitrobenzyl chioroformate and 7 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is stirred for two hours, while warming to room temperature. The solution is diluted with 50 ml of water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layers are washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated -in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 10-100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.931 g of the desired product as a colorless oil.

1 H NMR (CDCl 3 8. 17 2H, J=8. 7Hz); 7.48(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.22(d,2H,J=8.6Hz); 6.83(d,2H,J=8.6Hz); 5.17(s,3H,ArCH and NH); 4.02(t,1H,J=7.2Hz); 3.92(t,lH,J=7.4Hz); 3.77(s,3H,OCHi 3 3.69(s,2H,ArCH 2 3.52(m,2H); **see:3.22(t,2H,J=6.4Hz); 2.89(m,1H); 2.27(m,1H).

MS(CI): m/z 432(M+).

Example 202 cis- -rTetrahydro- i-mercapto-3-furanvlAmethyll carbamic acid (4-nitrophenvl~methyl ester A room temperature solution, under argon, of 0.905 g of product from Example 201 in 30 ml of acetic acid is treated with 0.45 ml of anisole and 1.07 g of mercuric trifluoroacetate. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2.5 hours, diluted with 30 ml of water, hydrogen sulfide gas is bubbled through for minutes and the argon for 10 minutes. The black precipitate is collected, washed with water and ethyl acetate and the combined filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 10-60% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.545 g of the desired product.

-213- 1 H NMR(CDCl1 3 :6 8.21(d,2H,3T=8.7HZ); 7.51(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 5.21(s,2H,ArCH 2 5. 2 0(brs, 1H, NH); 4. 2 0(dd,l1H, J=7. 1 and 9.0OHz) 4. 03 (dd, 1H, J=7. 8 and 8.9Hz); 3.58(M,2H); 3.37(ml2H); 3.06(m,1H); 2.29(m,lH); 1.73(d,1H,J=7.74Hz,

SH).

MS(CI): m/Z 313(14+H).

Example 203 r4R-r3(3R .4R or 3S*.4S*).4ci.58.6fi(R )11- 6- (1-Hvdroxvethvl) -4-metbvl-7-oxo-3- r rtetrahvdro-4- 0 r C r r (4-nitro?,henvl) methoxyl carbonyl 1 aminolmethyl 1 -3furanvllthio-1-azabicyclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-cprboXyljc acid (4-nitrophenvlimethyl ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.49 g of product from Example 15 202, 0.933 g of product from Example 15, 0.202 g of Hunig's base and 8 ml of acetonitrile to give after chromatography 0.771 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.21(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 8.19(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.61(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.49Cd,2H,J=8.7Hz); 5.49(d,lH,J=13.8Hz); S. 2 4(d, 1H,J=13. 8Hz) 5. 19 3H, NH and ArCH 2 4.24(m,3H); 4.20(t,lH,J=8.9Hz); 3.68(m,2H); 3.53(m,lH); 3.39(m,lH); 3.26(m,2H); 2.36(m,lH); 2.0(brs,2H); 1. 3 5(d, 3H,J=6. 3Hz) 1. 2 1(d, 3H, J=7. 2Hz) Example 204 f4R-F3(3R .4R or 3S A4S ),4a5(3.68i(R 111- 3- r 4- (Aminomethvl) tetrahvdro-3-furanvllthiol-6- (l-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclor3 .2.01 hent-2-ene-2-carboXylic acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.136 g of product from Example 203, 0.041 g of 10% palladium on carbon and 8 m1 of dioxane: 0.2M phosphate buffer (pH 7) to give, after chromatography (C 18 reverse phase plates: 5% ethyl alcohol/water), 0.007 g of the desired product.

-214- 1 H NHR(D 2 0):6 4.19(m,3H); 3.75(m,1H); 3.58(m,3H); 3.42(m,1H); 3.25(M,2H); 3.10(M,1H); 2.43(M,1H); 1.26(d,3H,J=5.7Hz); 1.18(d,3H,J=6.7Hz).

Tetrahydro-4 -mercanto-2 -th iophenemethanol 1.1-dioxide stereoisomers The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 202 using 0.615 g of product from Example 177, 1.04 g of mercuric trifluoroacetate, 0.440 g of anisole and 31 ml of 80% acetic acid to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: 10-100% ethyl Soo acetate/hexane) 0. 32i g of the desired product.

as** 1 NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.12(m,2H); 1.90(m,2H); 3.75(m,1H); 3.50(m,3H); 3.32(m,1H); 3.10(dd,1H,J=8.5 and 13.4Hz); 2.93(t,1H,J=l1.5Hz); 2.75-2.58(m,2H); 2.38-2.20(m,3H); 2. 10 1H, J=7. 4Hz minor isomer SH) 1. 9 8(d,1IH, J=7. 4Hz major isomer SH).+ MS(CI): m/z 183 Example 206 r4R-f4a,.5fl,6,(R )1- 6- (l-Hydroxvethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-3- r (hvdroxvmethyl) -3-thienvllthiol-l-azabicyclor3 .2.01 hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid -nitrophenyl) methyl ester stereoisomers The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.995 g of product from Example 15, 0.305 g of product from Example 205, 0.216 g of Hunig's base and 5 ml of acetonitrile to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: 20-100% ethyl acetate/hexane), 0.789 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.22(d,2H,J=8.8Hz); 7. 65 2H, J=8 .8Hz) 5.51(d,1H,J=13.8Hz); 5.23(d,1H,J=13.8Hz); 4.08(m,1H); 3.85(m,2H), 3 6 3.02(t,lH,J=6.7Hz); 2.63(m,1H), 2.35(brs,2H); 1.37(d,3H,J=7.2Hz); l.29(d,3H,J=7.2Hz).

MS(CI): m/z 527 (MH1).

-215- Example 207 r4R-r4a.5B.68(R* 6-fl-Hvdroxvethvl)-4-methvl-7-oxo-3-r (hvdroxvmethvl)-3-thienvl 1thiol-1-azabicvclor 3.2.0]1 heDt-2-ene-2-carboxlic acid thiophene-1. 1-dioxide stereoisomers The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.208 g of product from Example 206, 0.033 g of sodium bicarbonate, 0.066 g of 10% palladium on carbon and 10 ml of dioxane/water to give, after chromatography

(C

18 reverse phase plates: 4% ethyl alcohol/water), 0.140 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 4.22(m,2H); 4 .0 7 -3.20(m,8H); 15 2.70(m,lH): 1.88(m,lH); 1.25(d,3H,J=6.4Hz), 1.17(brs,3H).

MS(FAB): m/z 414 Example 208 (R)-l-Phenoxv-5-hexen-2-ol Under anhydrous conditions at -78°C, 475 ml of 1 M solution of allylmagnesium bromide in diethyl ether and 60 ml of triethyl borate in 400 ml of diethyl ether are added simultaneously, but separately, to 400 ml of diethyl ether. The reaction is stirred at -78°C 25 for 3 hours, warmed to OOC, 450 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid is added carefully and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The layers are separated and the organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate. The diethyl ether layer is filtered and concentrated in vacuo to 100 ml. The residue is dissolved in 400 ml of diethyl ether and treated with 77.8 g of (-)-diisopropyl D-tartrate. The reaction is stirred overnight at room temperature under argon. Ten grams of magnesium sulfate is added and the mixture stirred for 20 minutes, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Kugelrohr distillation (at 0.15mm Hg, bp 100-1300C) to give 72.30 g of the desired borate ester.

-216- Under anhydrous conditions (argon) at -78 0

C,

20.24 g of (phenylmethoxy)acetaldehyde in 17.35 ml of toluene is added to a mixture of 72.3 g of borate ester in 1000 ml of toluene and 54.22 g of 4Ao molecular sieves. The mixture is stirred at -78 0 C for 16 hours.

The reaction is filtered, the sieves washed with toluene and the filtrate is poured into 800 ml of water. The layers are separated, the organic layer dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is redissolved in 725 ml of diethyl ether and treated with 1M potassium hydroxide for 24 hours at room O temperature. The layers are separated, the organic e layer is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate,

S

1 dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is 15 purified by Kugelrohr distillation (1-2mm Hg, bp 100-110 C) to give 10.44 g of the desired product.

Calcd.

C

12 H1602: C: 74.69; H: 8.39 Found: C: 74.69; H: 8.42 26 o e. Cal 6 +1 in CHC1 D 3 Example 209 2,5-Anhdro-1. 3 -dideoxv-l-iodo-L-threo-pentitol ***and 1.4-Anhydro-3.5-dideoxY-5-iodo-D-erthro-pentitol To a vigorously stirred 3°C solution of ev 25 10.44 g of product from Example 208 in 200 ml of diethyl ether and 68 ml of water is added 6.76 g of solid sodium bicarbonate, in one portion, followed by 20.33 g of iodine. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 1/2 hours and a saturated sodium sulfite solution is added slowly until the yellow color disappears. The layers are separated, the organic layer is dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 11.8 g of a light yellow oil. The .residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 20-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 2.14 g of the cis isomer and 3.6 g of trans isomer.

trans isomer: -217- 'H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 4.59 1H) 4.25-4.12(m,1H); 4.41-4.02(M,1H); 3.8(d,lH); 3.2(d,2H); 2.7(s,1H); 2.2-2.1(m,1H); l.82-1.75(m,1H).

cis isomer: 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.5(m,lH); 4.18-4.O(m,lH); 4.0-3.9(m,1H); 3.82-3.78(m,1H); 3.42-3.3(m,2H); 3.82(bs,lH,OH); 2.4-2.3(m,1H); 1.82-1.75(m,lH).

Example 210 1.4 -Anhvdro-5-a zido-3 .5 -dideoxy-D-erythro-pentitol A mixture of 3. 6 g of the trans isomer f rom Example 209, 1.54 g of lithium azide and 6 ml of dimethylformamide is heated in a 70 0 C oil bath for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vauo .The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.88 g of the desired product.

1 HAM(Dl3 6456mM;44mM;41idity); 3.8(m,lH); 3.51(m,lH); 3.25(dd,lH); 2.3(bs,lH,oH); 2 0 8-1.85(m,2H).

Example 211 -A dro-5-az ido-3 2- (trifluoromethanesulfonate) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 22 using 0.716 g of product from Example 210 in 4 ml of methylene chloride, 0.925 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in 7 ml of methylene chloride and 0.445 ml of pyridine to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane), 0.985 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 5-.57(m,lH); 4.42(m,1H); 4.3-4.l(m,2H); 3.6(dd,1H) 3.3(dd,lH) 2.4-2.3(m,lH); 2 .3-2.18(m,lH).

-218- ExaMI~le 212 2. 5-Anhvdro-1-azido-1. 3-dideoxv-4-thio-D-threo-tne titol 4-acetate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 5 using 0.985 g of product from Example 211, 0.450 g of potassium thioacetate and 10 ml of acetonitrile to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate/hexane), 0.510 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.2-4.l(m,2H); 4.08-3.98(m,lH); 3.8-3.7(m,lH); 3.5-3.4(dd,1H); 3.38-3.28(dd,lH); 2 .52-2.42(m,lH); 3.34(s,3H,CH 3 1.75-l.65(m,lH).

Example 213 t. 2. 5-Anhdro-1-azido-1, 3 -dideoxv-4-thio-D-threo-.pentitol 15 The title compound is prepared by the proce- .dure of Example 16 using 0. 510 g of product f rom S.....Example 212, 0.6 ml of 25wt% sodium methoxide,/methyl alcohol and 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) .09 20 0.318 g of the desired product.

.*ape: 1H NKMR(CDCl 3 3 .65-3.60(m,lH); 3 .5-3.25(m,3H); 2.55-2.4(m,lH); 1.8(d,lH,SH); 1.

7 5-1.6(m,H).

Exam~le 214 2. -n y r -g gI :e~b:ethyl) -4-methyl2-rr(4-litro~henvl)methoxvlcarbonvl 7 -oxo-l-azabicyclor3 Olhept-2-en-3-vl, -4- D-threo-rpentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0. 318 g of product f rom Example 213 in 4 ml of acetonitrile, 1. 18 g of product from Example 15 in 6 ml of acetonitrile and 0.27 ml of Hunig's base to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate/hexane), 0.720 g of the desired Rroduct.

H NMR(CDCl 3 8.24(d,2H); 7 .67-7.65(d,2H); 53-5. 48 1H) 5.26-5.22(d,1H); 4 2 9 4 .08(ma,4H); -219- 3.79-3.74(m,2H); 3.46(3.27(Mi4H); 2.52-2.45(m,1H); l. 75-1.6 1H +1 OH) 1. 37 3H) 1. 3(d, 3H) Examp~le 215 r 4R- r4a. 58. 6B(R )1l-Amjno-2. 5-anhvdro-4 C 2 -carboxv-6- 1-hvdroxvethvl) 4-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3 Olhe~t-2-en-3-vl_1 1. 3-dideoxv-4 -thio-D-threo-pentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.720 g of product from Example 213, 0.496 g'of 10t palladium on carbon, 15 ml of O.iM sodium-phosphate buffer (pH 7) and 30 ml of dioxane to give, after chromatography (Reverse Phase e~eOPlates: 5% aqueous ethyl alcohol), 0.233 g of the :desired product.

H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.-.2m4) 4.05-3.8(m,2H); 0S** 3.58-3.2(m,4H); 2.8-2.65(m,lH); 1.8-l.6(m,lH); See... .35(d,3H); l.27(d,3H).' Example 216-253 S Example 216 to 253 exemplify compounds of formula I obtained by the methods described hereinabove.

R R1 0 00 00R -220- Example n z 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3

CH(OH)-

CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 C(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH (OH) CH 3 CH(OM) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3

CH(OH)-

CHM

3 CH 3

CHM

3

CHM

3 CH 3

CHM

3 CH 3

CHM

3

CHM

3

CHM

3

CHM

3 CH 3

CHM

3 CH 3

H

H

OH

OH

2652 2652 NHCH 3 NHCH 3 0CM 3 0CM 3 OCONH 2 OCONH 2 Na Na Na Na Na Na

H

H

H

H

Na Na Na Na -221- Example N z 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 CH 3 CM(OH) CH 3 CH (OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3

CH(OH)-

CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH (OH) CH 3

CH(OH)-

CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH (OH) CH 3 CH (OH) CH 3

CH(OH)-

CH 3 CH (OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3

CH(OH)-

CH 3 CH(OH) CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CM 3

CHM

3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 CH 3

CHM

3 CMi 3 CH 3

NHCH=NH

NHCH=NH

N=CHN (CM 3 2 N=CHN (CH 3 2 N (CM 3 3 N (CM 3 3 CONH 2 CONH 2 CON

(CHM

3 2 CON

(CHM

3 2 1-Pyridinium 1-Pyridinium NH2 N +(CH 3 3 N (CM 3 3 IfHCM=NH

NHCM=NH

N=CHN(CH 3 )2 N=CHN(CH 3 2 -222- ExmpIe R. I, N Z I2 I 0 a 0 250 CHCH(OH)- CH I 0 NHC N Nit 0 0 251 CHCH(OH)- CH, 1 0II NHCN 0 252 CHCH(OH)- CH, 1 0 NHCIT NH 0 253 CHCH(OH)- CH, I 0 II CH* OH Example 254 Carbonic acid 4-Nitrophenyl (4-Nitrophenvl)methyl Ester To an ice cooled solution, under argon, of 7.3 g of p-nitrophenol and 7.5 ml of triethylamine in 36 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran, is added, dropwise, a solution of 10.78 g of p-nitrobenzyl chloroformate in 18 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran. The reaction mixture, a 10 suspension, is stirrred at room temperature overnight.

The formed solid is collected, washed with water and dried to give 5.9 g of the desired product.

lH NMR(CDC1 3 8.3(d,2H,J=3.0Hz); 8.27(d,2H,J=3.OHz); 7.63(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.40(d,2H,J=9.2); 5.41(s,2H).

Example 255 N-rr(4-Nitrophenyl)methoxycarbonyl]qlycine One and one half grams of glycine is slurried in 235 ml of a 80/20 mixture of ethyl alcohol/water.

To this is added 5.6 ml of triethylamine, solution occurs, followed by 6.36 g of product from Example 254.

A precipitate forms and the. reaction is stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil is dissolved in water and ethyl alcohol, the pH is adjusted to with concentrated hydrochloric acid and the volume is -223reduced. The reaction mixture is extracted with methylene chloride, the organic layer is washed with water and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate) to give 2.83 g of the desired product.

Example 256 r2-r(2.5-Dioxo-l-pvrrolidinyl)oxvy-2-oxoethyl]carbamic acid (4-Nitrophenvl)methyl Ester To a solution of 2.83 g of product from Example 255 in 43 ml of dioxane is added 1.28 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 2.30 g of 1,3-dicyclohexylcar- Ir bodiimide, hereinafter called DCC, in 13 ml of dioxane.

The formed suspension is stirred at room temperature overnight. The urea by-product is collected and the 15 filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil is dissolved in methylene chloride, washed with water, the layers are separated and the organic phase is cooled. The formed crystals are collected and dried to give 1.87 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 8.09(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.21(d,2H, J=8.7Hz); 6.8(t,1H,NH); 5.13(s,2H); 4.19(d,2H); 2.74(s,4H).

Example 257 S3-S- 4R-r4a. 58.6B(R )11-l-[(Aminoacetvl)amino S 25 2. 5-anhydro-3-S-r 2-carboxy-6-(l-hydroxvethyl) -4methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3.2.0.]hept-2-en-3-yl1-1.4dideoxy-3-thio-D-threo-pentitol To a 0-2°C solution of 5 ml of 0.1M sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, is added 0.171 g of product from Example 192 followed by the adjustment of the pH to 8.5 with 1N sodium hydroxide. A solution of 0.175 g of product from Example 256 in 3.5 ml of dioxane is added while maintaining the pH at 8.5 with lN sodium hydroxide. After 5 minutes of stirring, a tlc sample shows no starting material present. The pH is adjusted to 7.0 and 0.055 g of 10% palladium on carbon is added. The reaction mixture is reduced in a -224- Parr apparatus, at 44 psi of hydrogen for 3 hours. The mixture is filtered, the filtrate concentrated ja vacuo to a small volume, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase is further concentrated and purified by reverse phase chromatography aqueous ethyl alcohol) to give 0.065 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 0):S 4.4-4.15(m,-3H); 4.15-4.02(m,1H); 4. 02 -3-65 4H); 3. 65-3. 3 5(m, 4H); 1. 3 0(d, 3H, Me, l.20(d,3H,Me,J=7.OHz).

Example 258 N-Frr (4 -Nitrophenyl) methylcarbonyl 1 -L-alanine The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 255 using 5.3 g of product from Example 254, 1.48 g of L-alanine, 4.6 ml of triethylamine, and 200 ml of 80/20 ethyl alcohol/water. The resulting oil is purified by chromatography (3X, silica gel: 0 ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3.39 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDC1 11.0(s,lH,COOH); 8.04(d,2H,J=8.6Hz); 7.4(d,2H,J=8.6Hz); 5.9(d,lH,NH); 5.1(s,2H); 4.3(t,lH, .000.:CH); 1.36(d,3H,Me,J=7.2Hz).

Example 259 oxoethylicarbamic Acid (4-Nitrophenvllmethvl Ester 6 25 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 256 using 11.85 g of product from Example 258 in 170 ml of dioxane, 5.08 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 9.12 g of DCC in 46 ml of dioxane to give 9.8 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDC1 3 8.21(d,2H,J=8.5Hz); 7o51(d,2H,J=8o5); 5.55(d,lH); 5.23(s,2H); 2.86(s,4H); 1.61 (d,3H,J=7.3Hz).

-225- Example 260 r3-S-r4R-[4a.58.6Bi(R 111-2.5-Anhydro-3-Sr2-carboxvl-6- (i-hvdroxvethvll -4-m ethvl-7-oxo-lazabicyclor3 Olhept-2-en-3-yll 4-dideoxv-lrr2-rrr (4-nitrophenylnethoalcarboflilamiflo]-loxonropyl 1aminol1-3-thio-D-threo-pentitol monosodium salt Ten ml of O.l1(, pH 7, sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer is cooled to 2 0 C. To the solution is added 0.342 g of product from Example 192 and the pH is adjusted to 8.5 with 1N sodium hydroxide. A solution of 0.401 g of product from Example 259 in 7 ml of dioxane is added while maintaining the pH at 8.5 with iN sodium hydroxide. The reaction is monitored by tic.

After 5 minutes there is no starting material present.

The pH is adjusted to pH 7.0 and the mixture is concentrated in vacuc. The residue is purified by chromatography (Reverse Phase Plates: acetonitrile/water) to give 0.316 g of the desired product.

1 H NI4R(CDCl 3 8.26(d,2H); 7.57(d,2H); 5.3(d,2H); :...o4.20-3.25(m,l1H); 2.4(m,lH); 2.05(m,lH); l.36(d,3H, l.26(d,3H,J=6.01); 1.09(d,3H,J=7.0).

Example 261 r3-S-r4R-r1-(S-),4q.5B,68(R )111-1-r(2-Amino-1oxopropyl~aminol-2,5-anhvdro-3-S-r2-carboXy-6-(lhydroxvethvl) -4 -m~thv 17-oxo-1-azabicyclor3 Olhept- 2-en-3-vll-l .4-dideoxv-3-thio-D-threo-pentitol A mixture of 0.316 g of product from Example 260, 5.2 ml of 0.lM sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, 7 ml of dioxane and 0.090 g of 10% palladium on carbon is reduced in a Parr apparatus to give, after chromatography (Reverse Phase Plates: 5% aqueous ethyl alcohol) 0.041 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.35-4.15(m,3H); 4 .10-3.90(m,5H); 3.6-3.35(d,4H); 2.48(m,1H); 2.07(m,lH); l.49(d,3H, l.28(d,3H,J=6.0); 1.19(d,3H,J=6.75).

-226- Example 262 (Phenvlmethyl) A mixture of 8.9 g of L-phenylalanine, 4.8 ml of trichioromethyichioroformate (Diphosgene), 70 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran and 0.135 g of activated carbon is heated in an oil bath at 55 0 C for 2 hours, until the L-phenylalanine is in solution. The reaction is filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate is concentrated in 1 vacuo, treated with diethyl ether and hexane, and the resulting crystals are collected to give 1.04 g of the desired product.

1lH NMR(CDC 3 7.19-7.17(m,2H); 7.38-7.31(m,3H); 6.31(s,1HN); 4.56-4.52(m,lH,CH); 3.30-3.29(m,lH); 3.04-2.97(m,lH).Eainl26 (2-Methvlipropyl) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 262 using 3.93 g of L-leucine, 2.7 ml of diphosgene, 0.075 g of activated carbon, and 40 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran to give 2.74 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 7.l(s,lH,NH); 4.38-4.34(m,lH,CH-N); .3 1.85-1.72(m,3H,CH 2 and C-CH); O.997(t,6H,2-Me).

Example 264 (S)-4-Methyl-2.5-oxazolidinedione The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 262 using 8.91 g of L-alanine, 9.0 ml of diphosgene, 0.250 g of activated carbon, and 150 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran to give 7.4 g of the desired product.

1HNMR (DMSO) :6 9. 0(bs, IH, NH) 4. 5(t, 1H, CH); 1. 33 3H) ,Me).

-227- Exam~le 265 r3-S-r4R-ri-es ).4az.58 68 (R *)111-1-r(2-Amino-1-oxo- 3-RhenvlT~ronvl) amino 1-2 .5-anhvdro-3-S-r[2-carboxv-6- (l-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-1-azabicvclo he~t-2-en-3-vll-1. 4-dideoxy-3-thio-D-threO-Rentitol

(A)

To 3 ml of O.1M, pH 7, sodium dihydrogei phosphate buffer cooled to 2 0 is added 0.308 g of product from Example 192 and the pH is adjusted to with 1N sodium hydroxide. A solution of 0.172 g of product from Example 262 in 3 ml of dioxane and 3 ml of sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer is added while 0.9 maintaining the pH at 8.5 with 1N sodium hydroxide.

The reaction is monitored-by tic. After there is no starting material present, the pH is adjusted to pH and the mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Reverse Phase Plates: acetonitrile/water) to give 0.162 g of the product A and 0.073 g of [3-S-[4R-[4a,5i,6#(R 3-S- [2 -carboxy-6- (l-hydroxyethyl) -4 -methyl-7-oxo-lphenylalanyl -L-phenylalanyl) amino-3 -thio-D-threopentitol as product B.

Product A: 1 HNM(D 0:67.4(t,3H); 7.3(d,2H); 4.4-4.2(m,2H); 4.05-3.9(m,2H); 3.9-3.8(m,2H); 4.59-3.0(m,7H); 2.4-2.2(m,lH); 2.02-l.95(m,lH); l.29(d,3H,Me,J=7.oHz); 1.11 3H,Me,J=7.OHz).

Product B-: 1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 7.4-7.3(m,6H); 7.25-7.15(ma,4H); 4.5(t,1H); 4.3-4.3(m,2H); 4.05-3.2(m,5H); 3.45-2.9(m,8H); 2.24-2.2(m,1H),; 2.O-l.9(m,lH); l.29(d,3H,Me,J=7.OHz); 1.09(d,3H,Me,J=7.OHz).

-228- Exan~le 266 r3-S-r4R-rlfs .4al]2ha.5beta.6betafR*1111-1-r(2-Arnjno- 4-methvl-1-oxopentvl) amino 1-2 .5-anhvdro-3-s- r2-carboxy 6- (l-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3 .2.01hept-2 -en-3 -vii -1.4 -dideoxv-3 -thio-D-threo-Dentitol

(A)

The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 265 using 0.308 g of product from Example 192, 0.141 g of product from Example 263, 9 ml of 0.1M sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, and 3 ml of dioxane to give 0.135 g of product A and 0.051 g of [3-S-[4R-[4a,5fl,6#(R *)JJ)-2,5-anhydro-3-S- [2 -carboxy-6- (l-hydroxyethyl) -4-methyl -7 -oxo- 1leucyl-L-leucyl) amino-3 -thio-D-threo-pentitol as product B.

Product A: H HNMR(D 2 0):6 4.l-4.0(q,lH); 3.95-3.8(m,3H); 3.6-3.4(m,4H); 2.5-2.38(m,lH); 2.l-2.0(m,lH); l.72-l.6(m,3H,CH 2 H); l.27(d,3H,Me,J=7.O).

Product B: 0 1 H NMR(D 0) :6 4. 4 2-4. 3(m,l1H) 4. 3(m, 3H); 4.15-4.0(m,lH); 4.O-3.B(m,3H); 3.6-3.4(m,4H); *0 2.5-2.4(m~lH); 2.l-2.O(m,lH); l.8-l.5(m,6H); l.27(d,3H,Me,J=7.OHz); 1.18(d,31i,M3,J=7.0); l.0-O.8(m,12H,4Me).

An alternative method for making the Product of Example 192, -l-Amino-2,5-anhydro-3-S-[2carboxy-6- (l-hydroxyethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclo(3 O)hept-2-en-3-yl]-1,4-dideoxy-3-thio-Dthreopentitol is described in Examples 267 to 272.

Examnle 267 2 -Deoxy-D-erythro-pent itol Under anhydrous conditions and an argon purge, 30.0 g of 2-deoxy-D-ribose is dissolved in 1 L of ethyl alcohol. Seven grams of sodium borohydride is added in portions at room temperature. The reaction -229mixture is stirred for 1-2 hours, until all bubbles disappear. The mixture is acidified with 25 ml of glacial acetic acid and the stirring continued for an additional 30 minutes. The solution is chromatographed using 180 ml of Dowex 50W-X8(H form) Resin (50-100 mesh) and ethyl alcohol. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give 40.0 g of a thick oil.

MS(EI):m/z 119(M+-OH).

Example 268 1.4-Anhvdro-2-deoxv-D-ervthro-pentitol To 40.0 g of product from Example 267 is added 500 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid. The mixture is Sheated, in an oil bath, at 95°C for 72 hours. The reaction is filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give 23.4 g of an oil. The oil is purified by Kugelrohr distillation to give 14.05 g (110-120°C at 0.4-0.3 mmHg) of the desired product.

SH NMR(CDCl 3 4.25(m,1H); 4.0(m,2H); 3.8(m,lH); 3.7(bs,lH,OH); 3.6(m,2H); 3.5(bs,1H,OH); 2.1(m,lH); 1.9(m,lH).

Example 269 1.

4 -Anhvdro-2-deoxY-D-erythro-pentitol To a -20 C solution, under argon, of 8.4 ml 25 of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in 75 ml of methylene chloride is added, dropwise, a solution of 5.9 g of product from Example 268 and 4.05 ml of pyridine in 25 ml of methylene chloride. The temperature is maintained below -10°C during the addition. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. The reaction is filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to an oily residue. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 7.03 g of the desired product.

IH NMR(CDC13): 6 4.8(bs,lH); 4.48-4.6(m,2H); 4 3.95-4.1(m,3H); 2 .1- 2 .21(m,1H); 1.

92 2 .02(m,1H).

-230- Examiple 270 1. 4-Anhvdro-5-azido-2 .5-dideoxv-D-erthyro-1Dentjtol A mixture of 7.0 g of product from Example 269 in 53 ml Of methylene chloride and 8.75 g of n-tetrabutylanmmonium azide is stirred at -20 0 C, under argon, for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3.22 g Of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.22-4.3(m,lH); 3.92-4.l(m,2H); 3.85-3.9(m,lH); 3.3-3.5(m,2H); 2.l-2.25(m,2H); 1.O0-2-0 (in,1H) Example 271 1.4 -Anhydro-5-az ido-2 .5-dideoxvy-D-e-rvthro-Dent itol 3- (Trifluoromethanesi11fonate) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 269 using 3.2 g of product from Example 270 dissolved in 28 ml of methylene chloride, 4.14 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride dissolved in 57 ml of methylene chloride and 2.0 ml of pyridine to give after chromatography (silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) 4.84 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 5.25(m,lH); 4.12-4.20(m,2H); 3 8 5 -3.93(m,lH); 3.40-3.51(m,lH); 3.29-3.4(m,lH); 0 25 2 .2-2.35(m,2H).

Example 272 2. 5-Arihvdro-l-azido-1 .4-dideoxvy-3-thio-Dthreo-Pentitol 3-Acetate To a 0 0C solution of 4.84 g of product from Example 271 in 120 ml of acetonitrile is added, in one portion, 2.21 g potassium thioacetate. The reaction is stirred at 0 0C for 35 minutes, concentrated in vacua and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 2.63 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.2-4.3(m,lH); 4 .l-4.19(q,1H); 4. 0-4.*08 (in,lH) 3 8 3 .BB(q,lH); 3.3-3.4(m,2H) 2.35-2.25(m,lH); 2.36(s,3H,SAc); l.

9 2 -231- The procedure for making Example 192, [4R-(4a, 5, 6P(R )]-1-amino-2,5-anhydro-3-S-[2-carboxy- 6- (-hydroxyethyl)-4-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-en-3-yl]-1,4-dideoxy-3-thio-D-threo-pentitol from this point on is identical to the experimental described in Examples 190-192.

Example 273 rR-(R .R )1-5-Hexene-1.2,3-triol A solution of 11 g of dimethyl-alpha-2-propenyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-methanol, prepared by the procedure described in J. Am. Chem.

O Soc., 1985, 107(26), 8186-8190, in 300 ml of 1:1 tetrahydrofuran: 2N hydrochloric acid is heated at the reflux temperature of the solvents for 2 hours.

G* 15 Chloroform is added and the layers are separated. The aqueous layer is re-extracted 2X with chloroform.

The aqueous layer is neutralized with potassium carbonate and exhaustively extracted with chloroform/iso-propanol. The combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo to give 7.51 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl) :6 5.89(m,1H); 5.18(m,2H); 3.76(m,3H); 3.60(m,1H); 2.40(m,5H,3(OH) 2H).

Example 274 25 FR-(R ,R )1-1-rr(l.l-dimethylethyl)diphenvylsilyl1oxv]- 5-hexene-2.3-diol A 0 C solution of 7.33 g of product from Example 273 in 120 ml of 5:1 dry methylene chloride/ N,N-dimethylformamide is treated with 5.29 g of imidazole and 16.77 g of t-butyl diphenylsilyl chloride. The reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred vigorously for 16 hours, diluted with diethyl ether and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated and purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 0-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 15 g of the desired product.

-232- 1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.67(m,4H); 7.42(m,6H); 5.82(m,lH); 5.10(m,2H); 3.84-3.70(ma,3H); 3.58(m,1H); 2.29(t,1H,J=7.1Hz); 1.07(s,9H,t-bu).

IR(neat): 3430, 3072, 2957, 1650, 1595, 1472, 1428 cm 1 Example 275 2. 5-Anhvdro-4 .6-dideoxv-1-O- r(1. 1-dimethylethyl) dir~henylsilyl 1-6-iodo-D-arabino-hexitol A 0 0 C solution of 14.67 g of product from Example 274 in 200 ml of 3:1 diethyl ether/water is treated with 4.99 g of sodium bicarbonate and 15.07 g of iodine. The reaction mixture is stirred vigorously for 24 hours at room temperature, quenched with 15 ml of saturated sodium sulfite, and diluted with 100 ml of water. the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether, dried, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0-10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 15.0 g of-the desired product.

Hi NMR(CDCl 7.74-7.64(m,4H); 7.46-7.36(m,6H); 4.62(t,lH,J=4Hz); 4.32(m,lH),4.l0(m,lH); 3.98(m,2H); 3.29(dd,2H,J=5.7, 1.4Hz); 2.25(M,lH); l.83(dt,1H); IR(neat): 3458, 3071, 2956, 1472, 1428 cm MS(CI): m/z 514 (M+NH 4 Example 276 2. 5-Anhvdro-6-azido-4 .6-dideoxv-1-O-F (1.1-dimethylethyl) dip~henylsilvi 1-D-arabino-hexitol A solution, under argon, of 5. 0 g of product from Example 275 in 10 ml of dry N,N-dimethylformamide is treated with 0.986 g of lithium azide. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 1 hour followed by room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction is diluted with water, extracted with diethyl ether, concentrated in~ vacuc, purified by chromatography (silica gel: 5-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give- 4.0 g of the desired product.

-233- 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.70(m,4H); 7.42(m,6H); 4.62(m,1H); 4.50(m,1H); 4.02(m,3H); 3.80-3.50(ma,2H); 3.22(dd,lH); 2.09(xn,1H); 1.94(m,1H); 1.50(s,9H,t-Bu).

IR(neat): 2956, 2101 cm- 1 MS(CI): mn/z 429(M+NH 4 Example 277 2. 5-Anhvdro-6-azido-4 .6-dideoxv-1-O- [(1.1-dimethylethyl) dinhenvls ilvi 1-D-arabino-hexitol 3 -Methanesul fonate To a 0 0C solution, under argon, of 3.78 g of product from Example 276 in 20 ml of dry =ethylene chloride is added, dropwise, 1.02 g of triethylamine and 1.16 g methanesulfonyichioride. The reaction mixture is stirred for 3 hours, diluted with water, extracted with diethyl ether, concentrated inl vacuo, and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 0-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 4.30 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 7.68(m,4H); 7.41(m,6H); 5.36(m,lH); 4.43(m,lH); 4.18(m,lH); 3.88(m,2H); 3.54(dd,lH,J=13.0, 3.5SHz) 3. 19 (dd, 1H, J=1 3.o0, 4. 5Hz) 2. 73 3H, OSO 2 Me); 2.48(m,lH), 2.18(m,1H); l.08(.s,9H,t-Bu).

IR(neat): 2956, 2101cm MS(CI): 430(M +H-N 2 Example 278 2 ,5-Anvdro--azido-1.3djdeoy.6o 0r (l.1-dimethylethyl) diphenylsilyll1-4-thio-D-arabino-hexitol -Acetate A solution of 3.78 g of product from Example 277, 1.76 g of potassium thioacetate, 6.12 g of 18-crown-6 and 25 ml of acetonitrile is heated at the reflux temperature of the solvents for 3 hours. The reaction is diluted with water, extracted with diethyl ether, concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to give 2.209 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDC 3 7.70(m,4H); 7.40(m,6H); 4.33(m,lH); 4 .13(m,lH); 4.0(m,lH); 3.83-3.70(-m,2H), -234- 3.45-3.25(m,3H); 2.60(m,1H); 2.32(s,3H,SAc); 1. 77 1H) 1. 05 9H, t-Bu) IR(neat): 2957, 2100, 1696, 1113 cm- 1 HS(CI): m/z 488(M+NH 4 Examiple 279 2. 5-Anhydro-l-azido-1 .3-dideoxv-4-thio-D-arabino hexitol A 0 0C mixture, under argon, of 2.21 g of product from Example 278 in 20 ml of 1:3.3 49% aqueous hydrogen fluoride/acetonitrile is stirred vigorously and allowed to warm slowly to room temperature over 6 hours. The reaction mixture is added slowly to 100 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate. After the bubbling ceased,, ethyl acetate is added and the layers are separated. The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 5-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.664 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4. 4 0(mlH) 3. 92 2H) 3. 8 0(m,l1H)'; 3.62(m,lH); 3.45(m,lH); 3.30(m,lH); 2.50(m,lH); 2.35(s,3H,COCH 3 2. 0O0(br s, 1H, OH); 1. 85 1H) IR(neat): 3471, 2925, 2101, 1693 cm.

249(M+NH 4 Examnle 280 2. 5-Anhvdro-l-azido-1. 3-dideoxv-4-thio-Darab ino-hexitol To a 0 C solution, under argon, of 1.1 g of product from Example 279 in 5 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is dde, dopwse,1.3ml of 4.37M solution of sodiuim methoxide. The reaction is stirred for 1 hour, quenched with saturated ammonium chloride and concentrated in vacua. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel: 10-100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.752 g of the desired product.

1H N-MR(CDCl 3 :6 4.24(m,lH); 3.9o(dd,lH,J=l2 and 3Hz); 3 .80-3.70(m,2H); 3.46(dd,l1H,J=l3, 3.7Hz); 3.3(m,2H); 2.52(m,3lH); l.97(br s,1H,OH); 1.66(d,1H,SH,J=8.IHZ).

-235- MS3(CI): m/Z 207(M+NH 4 Examnle 281 4-r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(R* 1 1-2.5-Anhvdro-1-azido- 1. 3-dideoxv-4-S- r6- (1-hvdroxyethv1l -4-methvl-2rr(4-nitrophenyl methoXvl carbonvi 1-7-oxo-1azabicyclo-rF3.2.01 hept-2-ene-3-vll1-4-thio-Darab ino-hexitol A 0 0 C mixture, under argon, of 0.752 g of product from Example 280, 2.10 g of product from Example 15 and 13 ml of dry acetonitrile is treated, dropwise, with 0.462 g of Hunig's base. The reaction, which is allowed to warm to room temperature, is stirred for 5 hours. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography to give 0.752 g of the desired product.

H i NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.25(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.65(d,2H,J=8.7Hz.);-5.51(d,lH); 5.22(d,1H); 4.27(m,3H); 4.0-3.70(m,3H); 3.60(m,lH); 3.45(m,1H); 3.30(m,2H); 2.70(br s,lH); 2.50(m,2H); 2.05(m,1H); 1.85(m,1H); 1.35(d,3H); l.28(d,3H).

IR(KBr): 3449, 2971, 2102, 1767, 1709 cm- MS(FAB): m/z 534(M Exam~le 282 4-r4R-r4alpha.5beta,6beta(R* 11-2.5-Anhydro-1-azido- 4-S-Fr 2-carboxv-6- (1-hydroxvethvl) -4-methyl- 7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3.2.Olhept-2-ene-3-vll-1 3dideoxy-D-arabino-hexitol A slurry of '0.20 g of product from Example 281 in 10 ml of dioxane: 0.lM sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer pH 7.0 and 0.060 g of palladium on carbon is hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus at 42 psi of hydrogen for 3 hours. The mixture is filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (Reverse Phase Plates:5% ethyl alcohol/water) to give 0.123 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(D 2 0):S 4.35(m,lH); 4.19(rn,2H); 3.95(m,lH); 3.70(dd,lH); 3.65-3.50(m,3H); 3 4 8-3.32(m,2H); -236- 3.15(m,lH): 2.68(m,1H); 1.74(m,lH); l.24(d,3H); 1.15(d,3H).

IR(KBr): 3403, 3027, 2969, 2104, 1751, 1598 cm HS(FAB): ma/z 373(k Examnle 283 1-Amino-2 .5-anhvdro- 3-dideoxv-6-0- r(1. 1-dimethylethyl) diphenylsilyll]-D-arabino-hexitol A slurry of 3.78 g of product from Example 276, 0.562 g of 10% palladium on carbon and 50 ml of tetrahydrofuran is hydrogenated under a balloon of hydrogen for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give 3.4 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7. 72 4H) 7. 45 6H) 4. 58 (br S, 1H); 4.27(m,1H); 4.13(m,lH); 3.97(s,2H); 2.82(dd,lH, J=13, 3.7Hz); 2.64(dd,lH,J=13, 6.8Hz); 2.05(m,lH); l.08(s,9H,t-Bu).

IR(neat): 3366, 2955, 1589, 1472, 1112 cm 1 14(d): m/z 386.6(14 Example 284 2. 5-Anhydro-1. 3-dideoxv-6-o-r I-dimethyl ethyl) dqiphenvlsjlvll -1-r r r (4-nitroohenyl)methoxvlcarbony1 1 axninol -D-arabino-hexitol A slurry of 3.15 g of product from Example 283 and 1.35 g of potassium carbonate in 15 ml of tetrahydrofuran at 0 C, under argon, is treated with .2.11 g of p-nitrobenzyl chloroformate and the reaction 0 is stirred vigorously at 0 C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with 100 ml of water, extracted with 3 X 100 ml of ethyl acetate, dried, concentrated jMn vacuo and purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 5-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3.49 g of the desired product.

IH Nl4R(CDC1 3 B. -20(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.68(m,4H); 7.50(d,2H,J=8 .7Hz) 7.o42 6H) 5. 62 (br s,IH,NKH); 5.20(s,2H); 4.60(m,H) 4.15(m,1H) 3 .96(m,21); -237- 3.50(m,1H); 3.30(m,1H); 3.12(M,1H); 2.10(m,lH); l.8O(if,1H); l.08(s,9H,t-BU).

MS(CI): m/z 565(e4+H).

2. 5-Anhydro-1. 3-dideoxv-6-O-r (1.1-dimethylethyli dinhenvisilyl i-i-r r r(4-nitro]2henvi) methoxvl carbonvi 1aminol1-D-arabino-hexitol 4-Methanesulfonate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Examiple 277 using 3.39 g of product from Example 284, 0.57 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride, 1.03 ml of triethylamine, and 30 ml of methylene chloride to 9 give, after chromatography, 3.0 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.21(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.66(m,4H); 7.50(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.42((m,6H); 5.32(m,1H); 5.20(s,2H); 5.10(m,lH); 4.33(m,lH); 4.13(m,lH); 3.85(dd,lH,J=6.7, 3.3Hz); 3.43(m,lH); 3.20(m,lH); 2.93(s,3H,OSO 2 HMe); 2.47(m,lH); 1.95(m,1H); 1. 08 9H, t-Bu).

IR(neat): 3413, 3342, 2933, 1726, 1522 cm-1 MS(CI): m/z 548(M +H SO 2 Me).

Calc'd for C 31H 380 9N 2SSi: C 57.31; H 5.77; N 4.46; S 5.10 Found: C 57.45; H 5.91; N 4.11; S 4.88 Example 286 2. 5-Anhvdro-1. 3-dideoxy-6-0-rF(1. 1-dimethylethyl)diphenylsilvl]-i-r r r(4-nitrophenvl)methoxvicarbonyllaminol -4-thio-D-arabino-hexitol 4-Acetate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 278 using 3.0 g of product from Example 285, 1.07 g of potassium thioacetate, 2.5 g of 18-Crown-6 and 15 ml of acetonitrile to give, after chromatography, 2.61 g of the desired product.

I H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.22 (d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.70(m,4H); 7.50(d,2H,J=8.7HZ); 7.40(m,6H); 5.22(s,2H); 5.17(br s, 1H); 4.19(m,1H); 4.08(m,lH); 3.95(m,lH); 3.75(m,2H); -238m,2H); 3.45(m,lH); 3.24(m,iH); 2.55(m,lH); 2.41(s,3H,SAc); 1.64(m,lH); 1.06(s,9H,t-Bu).

HS(CI): m/z 566(H +H C(cH 3 3 Example 287 2. 5-Anhvdro-l. 3-dideoxy-1-r H (4-nitrOnhenyl~methoxv1 carboni aminol1-4-thio-D-arabino-hexitol 4-Acetate The title compouxd is prepared by the procedure of Example 279 using 2.51 g of product from Example 322, and 20 ml of 3:1 acetonitrile:48% aqueous hydrogen fluoride to give,-after chromatography, 1.35 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.22(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.53(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 5.30(br t,lH,NH); 5.20(s,2H); 4.22(m,lH); 3.86(m,2H); 3.76(dd,1H,J=13, 3.60(dd,lH,J=l2, 4.0Hz); 3.46(m,1H), 3.38(m,lH); 3.24 (m,l1H) 2.50 (m,lIH) 2.35 3H, SAc) 2.16 (br s, lH,OH); l.68(m,lH).

IR(KBr) 3340, 2935, 1722, 1696, 1607, 1521 cm MS(CI): m/z 385.5(M Example 288 2. 5-Anhvdro-1. 3-dideoxv-l-r r r (4-nitrophenvl)methoxy1 carbonyl 1amino 1-4-thio-D-arabino-hexitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 127 using 0.625 g of product from

K

9 25 Example 278, 0.85 ml of 4N sodium hydroxide and 3 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give, after chromatography, 0.440 g the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.21(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.50(d,2HJ=8.7Hz); 5.54(br t,lH,NH); 5.20(s,2H); 4.13(m,1H); 3.85(dd,lH,J=l2 and 2Hz): 3.78-3.65(m,2H); 3.50(m,lH); 3.27(m,2H); 2.53(p,.lH,J=6.OHz); l.63(m,lH); 1.62 lH,SH,J=2.OHz).

IR(KBr): 3460, 3315, 2922, '2553, 1700, 1607, 1554 cm.

-239- Exam~le 289 14-r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(R V Il- 2. 5-Anhvdro-. .3-dideoxv-4-S-[6- (l-hvdroXyethvl) -4methyl-2- r r(4-nitrophenyl methoxyl carboxnyll1-7-oxol-azabicvclor3.2. Olhept-2-en-3-yll-l-r r r(4-nitro- DhenvlimethoXylcarbonvllaminol -4-thio-D-arabinohexitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.440 g of product from Example 324, 0.764 g of product from Example 15, 0.22 ml of Hunig's base and 4.3 ml of acetonitrile to give, after chromatography, 0.593 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.23(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 8.22(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.66(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.52(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 5.52(d,lH,J=13.8Hz); 5.22(d,1H,J=13.BHz); 5.21(s,2H); 4.25(m,3H); 3.84 (m,2H) 3.67-3.40 (m,4H) 3.30-3.20(m,2H); 2.53(m,1H); l.7(m,1H); 1.34(d,3H,J=7.3Hz); 1.25 (d,3H,J=7.3Hz).

MS(FAB): m/z 687(M Example 290 r4-r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*)111 l-Amno-2 .5-anhvdro-4-S-r2-carboxgy-6- (l-hvdroxvethyl) 4 -methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicclor3.2Olhept.en.. 4-thio-D-arabino-hexitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.563 g of product from Example 325, 0.140 g of 10% palladiuim on carbon, and dioxane:0.j. M sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer pH (15 ml:5m1) to give, after chromatography, 0.050 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(D 2 0):S 4.36(m,lH); 4.21(m,2H); 3.95(m,lH); 3 7 8-3.50(M,3H); 3.40(m,2H); 3.18(m,2H); 2.68(m,lH); l.72(m,lH); l.24(d,3H,J=6.4Hz); l.60(d,3H,J=7.2Hz).

IR(KBr): 3408, 3347, 2967, 1752, 1622, 1586, 1147cm-1 MS(FAB):m/z (MB+NaCl) 395(M+Na) and 417(M+2Na-H).

-240- Examiple 291 r3S-[3al~ha.3(R .4alRhal l-rl-Methvl-2-oxo-2-r rrtetrahydro-4- rr (4-methoxv~henyll methylI thiol -3-furanvi 1methyl 1aminol1ethyli1carbamic Acid (4-Nitro~henyl) methyl-Ester A room temperature mixture, under argon, of 0.455 g of product from Example 200, 0.578 g of product from Example 258, 0.516 g of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)- 3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI) and 4 ml of J0 methylene chloride is stirred vigorously for 6 hours.

The reaction mixture is diluted with water, extracted with methylene chloride, dried, and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.90 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.20(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 15 7.50(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.20(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 6.8(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 6.45(br s, 1H, NH); 5.60(br s, 1H,KH) 5. 2 5(s, 2H, CH 2 ArNO 2 4.20(m,lH); 4.00(t,lH); 3.90 (t,lH) 3.80(s,3H,ArOMe) 3.68(s,2H,CH 2 ArOMe); 3. 5 0(m, 2H) 3. 2 6(m, 2H) 2. 8 0(m,l1H) 2. 25 1H); l.40(m,3H,CH 3 Examnile 292 9909 F3S-r3alpha.3(R*) .4alDhall-rl-Methl-2-oxo-2-Frrtetrahydro-4-mercapto-3-furanyllmethyl laminol ethyilcarbamic Acid (4-Nitrophenvflmethyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 202 using 0.90 g of product from 09 Example 291, 0.915 g of mercuric trifluoroacetate, 0.386 g of anisole and 27 ml of 80% acetic acid to give 0.60 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 6. 3 8(br s 1H, NH) 5. 45 (br s, 1H, NH); 5.20s,2,CH2 AO2 4.20(m,2H); 4.00(dd,lH, J=8.8, 7.9Hz); 3.60-3.40(m,4H); 3.03(t,lH,J=7.4Hz); 2.28(m,lH); l.73(d,lH,SH); l.41(d,3H,J=7.OHz).

Il IR(KBr): 3298, 2975, 2544, 1690, 1651, 1540 cm- ?4S(CI): m/z 384(M -241- Exampnle 293 f4R-3r3S*.4S (S )1,4a1,ha.5beta.6beta(R* )11- 6- (1-Hydroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3-rr tetrahvdro-4rrr 2-Ir I (4-nitroDhenylimethoxvlcarboxnvllaminol -1oxoproipvllaminolmethyl-3-furanyllthiol-l-azabiccor3.2 01heit-2-ene-2-carboxvyljc Acid (4-Nitrophenyl methyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.576 g of product from Example 292, 0.893 g of product from Example 15, 0.194 g of Hunig's base and 5 ml of acetonitrile to give 0.950 g of the desired product.

I H NMR(CDCl 3 8.21(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 8.20(d,2H, J=8.7Hz); 7.65(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.49(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 6.55(br s,lH,NH);6.44(br s,1H,NH); 5.50(dd,lH); 5.22iddlH); 5.19(s4HCHArNO 2 .542m3) 3.95(m,lH); 3.70-3.40(m,6H); 3.29(m,1H); .2.42-2.26(m,2H); 1.9 t 6 ,xH ;1.26(d,3H,CH 3 IR(~r) 293,2935, 2873, 1770, 1716, 1670, 1521 cm 14S(FAB): m/z (ZB+NaCl), 728(M 750(M Example 294 r4R-r3r3S 4S (S).aTh.bea6eaR)1 3-F F4rF 2-Alnino-l-oxopropvl) aminolmethylltetrahvdro-3furanyl lthiol-6- (l-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-lazabicyclor3.2.Olhep2t-2-ene-2-.carboylic Acid (A) and r4R-ria3R AE (S )1,_4alpha,5beta,6beta(R )11- 3-F ,'rr2 4..Amino -x Ipylminlmd-h?1 tahdrfuranylithiol (l-hydroxvyethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-lazabicyclor3.2.Olhept-2ene2-.carboxylic Acid (B) The title compounds are prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.90 g of product from Example 293, 0.270 g of 10% palladium on carbon and ml of 4:1 dioxane:0.lM sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer at 42 psi of hydrogen to give a crude mixture which was purified by chromatography to give 0.074 g of product A and 0.095g of product B.

-242- Product A: I HNMR(D 2 0):6 4.24(m,3H); 4.00(m,2H); 3.66(m,1H); 3.60(m,2H); 3.41(m,1H); 3.31(m,3H); 2.40(m,1H); 1.43(d,3H); 1.25(d,3H); 1.15(d,3H).

IR(KBr): 3350, 3260, 3087, 2965, 1750, 1677, 1584 Cm- MS(FAB): M/z (MB-INaC1) 414(14++H); 436(M Product B: 1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.20(m,3H); 4.10(m,1H); 3.90(m,1H); 3.75(m,lH); 3.55(m,2H); 3.40-3.25(m4H); 2.35(m,1H); 1.46(m,3H); l.25(d,3H); l.17(d,3H).

IR(KBr): 3374, 3089, 2967, 1750, 1677, 1583 cm MS(FAB): m,/z (MB-sNaC1) 414(M 436(M +Na).

Example 295 N- rr (4-Nitrop~henyl) methoxvl carbonvi 1-L-valine to* 15 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Examiple 255 using 14.73 g of product from Example 254, 5.42 g of L-valine, 12.75 ml of triethylamine and 556 ml of 4:1 ethyl alcohol:water to 9 give 4.89 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(CDC 3 8.22(d,2H); 7.51(d,2H); 5.32(d,1H); 5.22(d,2H); 4.4-4.3(m,lH); 2.35-2.15(m,1H); l.02(d,3H,Me); O.95(d,3H,He).

:9Calculated for C 13 H16N2 06: C=52.70; H=5.44; N=9.46 Found: C=52.44; H=5.64; N=9.18 Example 296 (S)-rl-r r (2.5-Dioxo-1-pyrrolidinvl)oxylcarbonvl-2methyiprolpylicarbamic Acid (4-Nitrophenylimethyl Ester Using the procedure of Example 256, a room temperature solution, under argon, of 4.89 g of product from Example 295 and 72 ml of dioxane is added 2.09 q of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 3.76 g of 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodjimide in 19 ml of dioxane. A suspension is formed and the mixture is stirred overnight. The reaction is filtered and the filtrated is concentrated -243in vacuo to a thick oil. Crystallization from 75% ethyl acetate/hexane gives 4.88 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.21(d,2H); 7.52(d,2H); 5.38(d,1H); 5.23(d,2H); 4.7-4.6(m,lH); 2.86(s,4H); 2.4-2.3(m,1H); l.l(d,3H,Me); l.06(d,3H,Me).

Calculated for C 17

H

20 N3 08: C--51.78; H=5.11; N=10.66 Found: C--51.99; N=4.94; N=10.66.

Example 297 N- r r(4-Nitroiphenyl mnethoxvl carbonvl31-L-isoleucine The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 255 using 14.73 g of product from Example 254, 6.07 g of L-isoleucine, 12.73 ml of triethylamine and 556 Ml of 4:1 ethyl alcohol:water to give 3.52 g of the desired product.

Calculated for C 14H 18N 206 C=54.19; H=5.85; N=9.03 Found: C=54.27; H=5.85; N=8.81 Gee* liH NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.22(d,2H); 7.51(d,2H); 5.31(d,lH); see. 05.21(d,2H); 4.45-4.35(m,lH); 2.O-1.9(m,lH); l.55-l.4(m,lH); l.3-l.15(m,lH); 0.99(d,3H,Me); O.95(t,3H,Me).

Examp~le 298 1-rl-rr 5-Dioxo-l-pvrrolidinyloxyr1carbonyi 1-2-methylbutyl 1carbamic Acid (4A-Nitrophenyl methylEse The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 256 using 3.52 g of product from Example 297, 1.50 g of N-hydroxysiccinimide, 2.70 g of 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and 14 ml of dioxane to give 1.75 g of the desired product.

Calculated for C 18

H

21

N

3 0 8 C--53.07; H=5.20; N=10.31 Found: C-53.66; H=5.26; N=10.20 -244- Hi NMR(CDCl 3 8.23(d,2H); 7.52(d,2H); 5.4-5.2(m,3H); 4.74-4.68(m,lH); 2.86(s,4H); 2.l-2.0(m,1H); l.7-1.5(m,lH); 1.4-l.2(m,lH); 1.07(d,3H,Me); 0.98(t,3H,Me).

Example 299 2.5:3. 4-dianhvdro-D-ribose Dimethylacetal A solution of 50.0 g of product from Example 170, 500 ml of anhydrous methyl alcohol, 20 ml of trifluoroacetic acid is heated at reflux temperature for 36 hours. The progress of the reaction is monitored by'thin layer chromatography. The reaction mixture is cooled, with stirring, to 5-10 Cand 50 g of sodium carbonate is added in portions. The reaction is heated at 60 0% for 5 hours, filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is extracted as with methylene chloride and concentrated in vacuo to 4, give 14 g of a yellow oil. The oil is purified by *400 000000distillation (74-750C, at 2.5 torr) to give 9.7 g of *:eta:the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.31(d,lH); 4.lO(d,lH); 3.87-3.79(m,3H); 3.48(s,3H); 3.46(s,3H).

300 2 .5-Anhvdro-4-deoxv-D-ervthropentose Dimethyl Acetal asset: To a 0 0 solution of 16.9 g of product from 0:10 25 Example 299 in 55 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is added, dropwise over 30 minutes, 110.0 ml of l.OM ease: lithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran. The 6 00 all* 0 6:reaction mixture is heated in an 80 0C oil bath for 1 hour, cooled in an ice bath, and 18.37 g of sodium sulfate decahydrate is added in portions over an hour.

The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filtrated is concentrated inl vacua to give 13.05 g of the desired product as an oil, which solidified when cooled.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4'.32 (m,1IH) 4.25 (d,1IH) 3.98 (dd, 2H); 3.75(m,lH); 3.44(s,3H,OMe); 3.42(s,3H,OMe); 2.4(brs,1H,OH); 2.2-2.1(m,lH); 2.0-1.8(m,lH).

-245- Example 301 2.5-Anhvdro-4-deoxv-D-ervthro-pentitol To a room temperature mixture of 12.0 g of product from Example 300 in 180 ml of acetonitrile is added, dropwise, a mixture of 12 ml of water and 48 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature and concentrated in yacuo to about 20 g. Two hundred and forty ml of tetrahydrofuran is added and the reaction mixture is neutralized with sodium bicarbonate solution. The solution-is filtered, dried and concentrated to give 9 g of an aldehyde which was used immediately.

The above aldehyde, 12.0 g, is dissolved in 450 ml of ethyl alcohol and the mixture is purged with 15 argon. Sodium borohydride, 2.79 g, is added in portions and the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Five ml of water is added dropwise and the stirring is continued for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to an oil.

The oil is purified by Silica Gel flash column chromatography (10% methyl alcohol/ethyl acetate) to give 3.40 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.34-4.29(m,1H); 4.02-3.97(m,2H); 3 .84-3.8(m,lH); 3.76-3.6(m,2H); 2.2-2.1(m,1H); 25 2.0-1.9(m,lH); 1.86(brs,2H,OH).

Example 302 r r (4-Nitrophenvl)methox carbonyl amino butanoic Acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 255 using 29.46 g of product from Example 254, 9.5 g of L-2-aminobutyric acid, 25.5 ml of triethylamine and 1112 ml of 4:1 ethyl alcohol/water to give 21.2 g of the desired product after chromatography.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.22(d,2H, J-8.5Hz); 7.52(d,2H, 5.35(d,lH); 5.25(s,2H); 4.7(m,lH); 2 2.0-1.9(m,lH); l.l(t,1H,Me).

-246- Examnle 303 (s -r 1- rr 5-pioxo-l-Dvrolidinvll oxvcarbonvlli~ronyl 1carbamic Acid (4-Nitro~bhyfllmethyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 256 using 21.2 g of product from Example 302 in 314 ml of dioxane, 9.10 g of N-hydroxysucciniimide, 16.3 g of l,3-dicyclohexycarbodiimide in 83 ml of dioxane. to give 17.5 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.2(d,2H,J=8.5Hz) 7.52(d,2H,J=8.5Hz) 5.35(d,1H,NH); 5.24(d,2H,J=4.7Hz); 4.7(m,lH,CH); 2.l-l.9(m,2H); l.l(t,3H,Me).

9 Examp~le 304 r4R-r3(2S .4alpha.5beta.6beta(R lII- I-r (2 -Amino- I-oxobutyl)-amnino 1-2 5 -anhvdro- 3-S 1 5 r2-carboxv-6- (1-(hvdroxvethvl) -4-methl-7-oxo-lazabicvclor3.2. Olhept-2-en-3-vll-1.4-dideoxy-3-thio- D-threo-pentitol Using the procedure of Example 257, a solution of 0.342 g of product from Example 192 in 10 ml of pH 7, 0.lM sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, is added 1N sodium hydroxide to bring the pH to 8.5. To this mixture is added 0.379 g of product from Example 303 dissolved in dioxane; the pH is maintained at pH with 1N sodium hydroxide. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 0.120 g of palladium on carbon is added and the reaction is reduced in a Parr apparatus at 48 psi of hydrogen for 3 hours. The mixture is filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacua to a small volume. The residue is extracted with ethyl acetate and purified by chromatography (Reverse phase plates: 5% aqueous ethyl alcohol) to give 0.109 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0) :6 4.3-4.l(m,3H); 4.15-4.02(m,lH); 4.0-3.7(m,3H); 3.6-3.4(m,4H); 2.55-2.4(m,lH); 2.15-2.0(mn,lH); l.98-l.8(m,2H); l.28(d,3H,Me,J=5.95Hz); l.19(d,3H,MeJ=6.94Hz); 0.96(t,3H,Me,J=7.2Hz).

-247- Examp~le 305 r3-Sr4R-rl(s .4alp-ha. beta. 6beta I 11 1- r (2-Amino-3-methl-I-ox2pentvl) amino 1 5-anhydro-3s- r2 -carboxy-6- (l-hvdroxvethvl)~-4-methyl -7 -oxo- 1azabicvclor3 .2 .0hept-2-en-3v11-1.4-ideox-3-tio...

threo-2entitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 257. using 0.20 g of product from Example 192 in 6 ml of pH 7.0 0.1M sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, 0.253 g of product from Example 296 in 6 ml of dioxane and 0.060 g of 10% palladium on 9 carbon. The reaction is cooled to 0-40C and the pH is adjusted to pH 7.4 before the addition of the palladium catalyst. the residue is purified by chromatography (Reverse phase plates: 20% acetonitrile/water) to give 0.045 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(D 2 0):6 4.3-4.2(m,3H); 4.1-4.O(m,1H); 3.95-3.8(m,2H); 3.65(d,1H); 3.58-3.4(m,4H); 2.5-2.4(m,lH); 2.2-2.O(m,2H); 1.27(d,3H,He); l.18(d,3H,He); 0.99(d,6H,2He).

Example 306 r 3-S f4R- r I(S *S J.4 alr~ha, eta. 6beta (R il 1-r 2 -Amino- 3-methyl -I-oxoipentvl) aminol-2 .5-anhydro-3- S-r2-crboxy--IhdroMvethvil)-4-methyl-7-oxo-i-azabi cvc o L3. 2 01hept 2en 3 vl 4-dideoy-3 thi o-D threo-vent itol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 257 using 0.342 g of product from Example 192 in 10 ml of pH 7 0.lM sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer,' 0.407 g of product from Example 299 in 7 ml of dioxane to give after chromatography (Reverse Phase plates: 25% acetonitrile/water) an oil.

The oil is mixed with 0. 10 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 10 mfl of pH 7 0. IM sodium dihydrogen phosphate buf fer and 5 ml of dioxane. The solution is reduced in a Parr apparatus at 47 psi of hydrogen for 3 hours.

The reaction mixture is filtered, the filtrate is -248concentrated in vacuo to a small volume and purified by chromatography (Reverse phase plates: acetonitrile/water). to give 0.090 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR (D 2 0):6 4.25(m,3H); 4.08(q,1H); 3.9(m,2H); 3.65(d,lH); 3.6-3.4(m,4H); 3.32(s,lH); 2.45(m,lH); 2.05(m,1H); 1.88(m,1H); l.5(m,lH); l.29(d,3H,Me); l.18(d,3H,Me); 0.98(d,3H,Me); 0.90(t,3H,Me).

Exampl1e 307 2. 5-Anhdro-4-deoXy-D-erythro-Dentitol 1-Trifluoromethanesul fonate To a -20 0 C solution, under argon, of 1.68 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in 15 ml of :*goo.anhydrous methylene chloride is added, dropwise, a solution of 1.18 g of product from Example 301 in 5 ml of anhydrous methylene chloride and 0.81 ml of pyridi ne. The temperature is maintained at -20 0

C

during the addition of the alcohol. No starting material is visible by tlc after the completion of the 20 addition. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.693 g of the ditriflate and 1.64 g of the desired monotriflate.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.5(m,2H); 4.3(m,2H); 3.95(m,3H); 2.98(brs,lH,oH); 2.l-2.0(m,lH); l.95-l.85(m,lH).

Example 308 2. 5-Anhydro-l-azido-3. .4-dideoxy-D-erythro-nentitoI To a 0 0C solution of 1.64 g of product from Example 307 in 12 ml of methylene chloride is added a solution of 2.11 g of tetrabutylannonium azide in 12 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction is stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography- (Silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.611 g of the desired product.

-249- 3.85-3.8(m,lH); 3.75-3.6(brs,lH); 3.4-3.2(m,2H); 2.2-2.05(m,lH); 1.95-1.8(m,lH).

Example 309 2. 5-Anhvdro-i-az ido-1 .4-dideoxy-D-erythro-Rentitol 3-Trifluoromethanesul fonate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 307 using 0.6115 g of product from Example 308 in 6 ml of methylene chloride, 0.79 ml plus 0.50 ml for a total of 1.29 ml of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in 11 ml of methylene chloride and 0.38 ml of pyridine to give after chromatography (Silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) 0.952 g of the desired product.

~H NMR(CDCl 3 5.3(m,lH); 4.3-4.0(m,2H); 4.0-3.8(m,lH); 3.6-3.l5(m,2H); 2.4-2.2(m,2H).

Example 310 2. 5-Anhvdro-l-azido- 4-dideoxv-3-thio-L-threo-rpentitol 3-Acetate To an ice cooled solution, under argon, of 0.952 g of product from Example 309 in 25 ml of acetonitrile is added 0.435 g of potassium thioacetate.

The cooled reaction is stirred for 1 hour, concentrated in vacua, and purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.465 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 4.2-4.12(m,lH); 4.1-4.05(m,lH); 4.0-3.9(m,lH); 3.8-3.7(1,lH); 3.3-3.2(m,2H); 2.45-2.3(m,lH); 2.29(s,3H,Me); l.95-l.85(m,lH).

Exam~le 311 2. 5-Anhvdro-1-az ida-i 4 -dideoxv-3-thio-L-threo-Dentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.465 g of product from Example 310, 0.56 ml of 25% (by wt.) sodium methoxide,/methyl alcohol and 7 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate) 0.319 g of the desired product, -250- 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 4.O(m,2H); 3.78(m,1H); 3.42(m,3H); 2.4(m,lH); l.95(m,lH); l.58(djlH,SH).

ExamRle 312 r 3 -r4R- r4 alpha. 5beta. 6beta nIII- 2 .5-Anhvdro-l-azido-1.4-dideoxv-3-S-r6-e1-hdrox..

ethyl) -4 -methyl-2 r r (4 -n itro~henvI) methoxvlI carbonyl I1- 7 -oxo- I-a zabicyclor3. 0 1hept-2 -en-3 -yl 1-3 -th io-Lthreo-Pent itol The title compound is prepared by the proceduke of Example 17 using 0. 319 g of product f rom Example 311 in 5 ml of acetonitrile, 0.954 g of product from Example 15 in 10 ml of acetonitrile'and 0. 3 ml of Hunig's base to give after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate) 0.486 g of the desired product.

H NMR (CDCl 3 :6 8. 12 2H, ArH, J=8. 7Hz); 7.57(d,2H,ArH,J=8.7Hz); 5.43(d,lH,benzylic H,J=13.7Hz); 5.14(d,lH,benzylic H,J=13.7Hz); 4.25 -4.1(m,2H); 4.l-3.95(m,2H); 3.8-3.7(m,2H); 3.5-3.2(m,4H); 2.78(brs,1H,OH); 2.48-2.35(m,lH); 2.0-l.88(m,1H); l.26(d,3H,Me,J=6.2Hz); l.2(d,3H,Me,J=7.lHz).

Example 313 r3-r4R-r4alp~ha.5beta.6beta(R 1111- 1-Am jno-2 5-anhvdro-3-S- r2-carboxv-6- (l-hvdroxvethyl 4 -methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclo[3.2.Olhept*2-em-3vl1..4dideoxv-3-thio-L-threo-pentitoI The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.486 g of product from Example 312, 0.167 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 9.8 ml of O.1M sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer and 13 ml of dioxane to give after chromatography (Reverse phase plates: 5% aqueous ethyl alcohol) 0.140 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.4-4.3(m,IH); 4.3-4.2(m,2H); 4 3.9-3.8(m,lH); 3.5-3.4(m,2H); 3 2.6-2.4(m"lH); 2.0-1.9(m,1H); 1.28(d,3H,Me,J=7.2Hz); 1.22(m,3H,MeJ=7.2Hz).

-251- Example 314 [3-r4R-rl(S. j_4alrpha. 5beta. 6beta I I I- 1- r (2-Amino-1-oxopropvl) aminol 5-anhydro-3-S- r 2carboxv-6- (l-hvdroxyethvl) -4-mnethvl-7-oxo--azabicvco.

r Olhe~t-2-en-3-vl 1-1. 4-dideoXv-3-thio-L-threo- Dentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 257 using 0.330 g of product from Example 313, 0.352 g of product from Example 259, 9.6 ml of O.1M pH 7.0 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, 7 ml of dioxane and 0.110 g of 10% palladium on carbon to give after chromatography (Reverse phase plates: ethyl alcohol in water, 2X) 0.069 g of the desired product.

:*Goo* 15 H NMR(D 0):6 4.3-4.l(m,3H); 4.1-3.9 (m,3H); 2 3.85-3.7(m,lH); 3.6-3.3(m,4H); 2.6-2.4(m,lH); 2.0-1.85(m,1H); l.44(d,3H,Me,J=6.8Hz); 1.27 3H,He,J=6.BHz); l.21(d,3H,Me,J=7.OHz).

Example 315 1-Chioroethyl CvcloheXyl Carbonate To twenty grams of cyclohexanol dissolved in 500 ml of anhydrous methylene chloride is added 18.4 ml of pyridine. The solution is cooled to -78C under an argon flush, 24.2 ml of l-chloroethyl chloroformate in 160 ml of anhydrous methylene chloride is added dropwise. After the addition the milky reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature. The now clear solution is stirred at room temperature for two hours, poured into a mixture of 100 ml of ice/100 ml of saturated sodium chloride, the layers are separated and the organic layer is dried and concentrated inl vacuo to give 41.03 g of an oily yellow product. The yellow oil is purified by distillation (2.1mm Hg at 820C) to give 38.54 g of a colorless oil.

6.5-6.4(q,1H,Cl-CH); 4 .75-4.64(m,lH, C(=O)-O-CHj in ring); 1.83(d,3H,J-5.8,Me); 1.23-2.02 (m,1OH).

-252- Example 316 1-Bromoethvl Cvclohexvl Carbonate A mixture of 10.33 g of product from Example 315, 0.20 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide and 7.9 ml of trimethylsilyl bromide is heated in an oil bath for 24 hours at 90°C. The reaction flask is fitted with a 22 cm Vigreux column and the produced trimethylsilyl chloride is distilled and collected at atmospheric pressure as it is formed. After 24 hours, a slight vacuum is applied to remove any residual trimethylsilyl bromide or trimethylsilyl chloride from the reaction.

I The formed oil is purified by distillation (87 C at mm Hg) to give 9.87 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC13):6 6.61(q,1H,BrCH); 4.69(m,lH); 15 2.03(d,3H,Me); 2.0-1.2(m,10H).

S* Example 317 1-Chloroethvl p-Nitrophenvl Carbonate The title compound is prepared by the procedure described in J. Med. Chem., 1988, Vol. 31, No. 2, p.321.

To a ice cooled mixture of 27.8 g of p-nitrophenol, 16.0 g of pyridine and 1 L of chloroform is added, dropwise, 34 g of alpha-chloroethyl Schloroformate. After 1 hour, the ice bath is removed and the reaction is stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The mixture is washed with water, sodium hydroxide and water. The organic layer is dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 47.85 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(D 2 0):6 8.26(d,2H,ArH); 7.40(d,2H,ArH); 6.53(q,1H,CHC1); 1.93(d,3H,ArH).

Calculated for C H8NO 5 Cl: C=44.00; H=3.30; N=5.70; C1=14.45 Found: C=44.04; H=3.40; N=5.80; Cl=14.45 -253- 1 -Acetoxvethyl D-Nitronhenvl Carbonate To a solution of 10.0 g of product from Example 317 in 250 ml of acetic acid is added 15.0 g mercuric acetate. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 22 hours, concentrated inl vacuo, and purified by chromatography (Silica gel: methylene chloride 5% methyl alcohol/methylene chloride) to give 7.5 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 l.62(d,3H,CHMe); 2.13(s,3H,OAc); 6.86(q,lH,CHOAc); 7.41(d,2H,ArH); 8.28(d,2H,ArH).

S Example 319 r3-r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(R nil- 1-r rr 1- (Acetvloxyl ethoxvl carbonyll1amino 1-2 3-S-r2-carboxc,-6- (l-hvdroxvethyl A-4-methvl-7-oxo-lazabicyclo r3.2.01 hept-2-en-3-vl 1-l.4-dideoz-3-thio- D-threo-yentitol to from Example 192 in 10 ml of O.1M sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, is adjusted to 8.5. To this is added a solution of 0.269 g of product from Example 318 in 7 ml of dioxane, maintaining the pH at 8.5 with 1N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, concentrated in vacuo and 25 purified by chromatography (Reverse Phase Plates: acetonitrile/water) to give 0.081 g of the desired product.

11H NMR(D 2 0):6 6.76-6.73(m,lH); 4.3-4.2(m,3H); 4.15-4.05(q,lH); 4.0-3.88(m,2H); 3.55-3.35(m,4H); 2.55-2.4(m,3lH); 2'.15-2.05(m,lH); 2.1l(s,3H,Ac); l.49(d,3H,Me,J=5.4Hz); l.3(d,3H,He,J=6.2Hz); 1.21(d,3H,Me,J=5.BHz).

-254- Ex~le 32 r3-r4R-r4al]2ha,5beta.6beta(R* 1111- I- r r r 1- (Acetvloxy) ethoxvl carbonil amino 1 3-S-r2-r rl-r r (cvclohexyloxvicrbnyl1oxyethoXv1..

carbonyl-6- (1-hvdroxyethll -4 -methvl-7-oxo-1azabicyclor3 Olhept-2-en-3-ll-1.4-dideoXv-3-tho- D-threo-Dentitol A 0 0C solution, under argon, of 0.20 g of product from Example 319 in 10 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide, 0. 152 g of product from Example 316 in 5 ml of N,N-dimethylformamiide and 0.110 g of sodium bicarbonate is stirred for 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacua, extracted with ethyl acetate and water, and the organic layer is concentrated jin vacua to give after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate) 0.077g of the desired product.

'H NMR(D 2 0):6 6.8(q,lH,J=5.4Hz); 6.74(qlIH,J=5.3Hz); 4.7-4.5(m,lH); 5.3-5.l(m,lH); 4.2-3.15(m,1OH); 2.5-1.(27H) 5Me: 1.17(d), 1.27(d), 1.42(d), 1.53(t), 1.98(s) and 6CH, in multiplets.

Example 321 2. 5-Anhydro-4-S-r (4-methoxyphenvl)methvll -4-thia- L-lvXose Dimethyl Acetal *.To 3.5 ml of tetrahydrofuran, at 0 0C under argon, is added 0.168 g of sodium hydride, followed by the dropwise addition of 0.626 g of 4-methoxy-alpha- 0~ toluenethiol. The thick mixture is stirred for minutes, during which time the temperature increased to room temperature. The solution is recooled to 0 0 C and a solution of 0.50 g of product from Example 299 in 2 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added. The reaction is stirred overnight at room temperatue. The mixture is cooled to 0 0C, quenched with ice water, and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layer is washed with Water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated ijn vacua to give after chromatography -255- (Silica gel: 25-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) 0.89 g of the desire product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.25(d,2H); 6.85(d,2H); 4.38(d,lH); 4.13(m,1H); 4.03(m,lH); 3.79(mn,4H); 3.72-3.61(m,2H); 3.46(s,3H); 3.42(s,3H); 3.21-3.12(m,lH); 2.26(d,1H).

Example 322 2. 5-Anhvdro-4 -S-r[(4-methoxv~henyll methyll1-4-thio- L-13%ose To a 0o0 solution of 0.340 g of product from Example 321 in 4 ml of methylene chloride is added a solution'of 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid and 0.266 ml of water. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, concentrated inl vacuo, extracted with methylene chloride, neutralized with 1 g of sodium bicarbonate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give :after chromatography (Silica gel: 50-60% ethyl acetate/hexane) 0.222 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 9.67(d,lH); 7o21(d,2H); 6.86(d,2H); 4.36(t,lH); 4.34-4.28(m,lH); 4.2(d,lH); 3.89-3.84(m,lH); 3.8O(s,3H); 3.67(s,2H); 3.12(m,lH); 1.85 (brs,lH) Examr~le 323 1. 4-Anhvdro-2-S-f (4-methoxvphenyllmethvll -2-thio- L-arabinitol To a room temperature solution, under argon, of 10.9 g of product f rom Example 322 in 115 ml of absolute ethyl alcohol is added 1.57 g of sodium 9 9 borohydride. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water is added dropwise with stirring and the mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is extracted with methylene chloride, washed with water, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give after chromatography (Silica gel: 50-75% ethyl acetate/hexane) 7.68 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.25(d,2H); 6.86(d,2H); 4.06(m,2H); 3.82-3.65(m,9H); 3.ll(m,1H); 2.0(brs,lH); 1-93(brs,lH).

-256- Exainle 324 1. 4 -Arihvdro-2 r (4 -methovuhenvl)I methyl 1 -2 -thio2-Larabinitol 5- (4-Methvlbenzenesulfonate) To a 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.580 g of product from Example 323 in 10 ml of pyridine is added 0.430 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. The reaction is stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture is quenched with water, extracted with diethyl ether, washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.520 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 7.79(d,2H); 7.34(d,2H); 7.20(d,2H); 7.87(d,2H); 4.18(m,2H); 3.98(m,2H); 3.85(m,lH); 37 .8m M) 2.87(brs,1H); 2.43(s,3H).

0 Example 325 0666. 1. 4-Anhvdro-5-azido-5-deoxv-2-S-f (4-methoxyiphenyl) methyll1-2-thio-L-arabinitol A mixture of 2.0 g of product from Example 324, 0.460 g of lithium azide and 2 ml of N,N-dimethylsees formamide is stirred at 70 0C for 65 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 30% ethyl V 25 acetate/hexane) to give 0.454 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.25(d,2H) 6.86(d,2H); 4.09-4.03(m,lH); 3.96(t,lH); 3.83-3.66(m,7H); 3.52-3.33(m,2H); 3.11(1,1H); 1.7(brs,lH).

Examp~le 326 1. 4-Anhvdro-5-deoxv-2-S-F (4-methoxvphenvl)methyllr(4-nitrophenyl)methoxvlcarbonyllaminol -2-thia- L-arabinitol To a 0 0C solution, under argon, of 0.269 g of product from Example 325 in 4.2 ml of =ethylene chloride is added 0.171 g of triethylamine followed by 0.308 g of p-nitrobenzylchloroformate. The reaction is stirred at 0 0C for 2 hours, diluted with diethyl ether, -257filtered arnd the filtrate is concentrated IM vauo The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.425 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 8.21(d,2H)'; *7.49(d,2H); 7.23(d,2H); 6.85(d,2H); 5.24(m,1H); 5.20(s,2H); 4.06-4.Ol(g,lH); 3.85-3.79(q,lH); 3.78(s,3H); 3.78-3.62(m,4H); 3.45(m,lH); 2.O5(brs,1H).

Example 327 1. 4-Anhvdro-5-deoxvy-5-r r r(4-nitro~henvl methoxyl carbonvl 1amino-2-thio-L-arabinitoI The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 202 using.0.462 g of product from :Example 326, 12 ml of 80% aqueous acetic acid, 0.187 g of arlisole, and 0.443 g of mercuric trifluoroacetate to give after chromatography (Silica gel: 50-80% ethyl acetate/hexane) 0.248 g of the desired product.

1 NMR(CDC 3 8.22(d,2H); 7.51(d,2H); 5.29(m,lH); 5.21(s,2H); 4.23(q,lH); 3.83-3.67(m,3H); 3.49(m,2H); 3.31(m,1H); 2.39(brs,1H); l.76(d,1H).

Examople 328 r2-r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 1. 4-Anhvdro-5-deox-2-s-r6-(1-hvdroxvyethvl) -4-methyl- 2- r r(4-nitrophenvl)methoXyl1carbonvl1 -7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3.2.Olhept-2-en-3-vll..5-rr(4nitrohenvl1methoxvl carbonyll1amino-2-thio-L-arabinitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.210 g of product from Example 327, 0.380 g of product from Example 15, 3 ml of acetonitrile, and 0.163 g of Hunig's base to give after chromatography (Silica gel: 5% methyl alcohol/chloroform) 0.249 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8.24-8.19(rn,4H); 7.65(d,2H); 7.49(d,2H); 5.52-5.18(m,6H); 4.29-4.24(m,2H); 3.95(t,lH); 3.79-3.70(m,4H); 3.49-3.4(m,3H); 3.28(dd,lH); 2.05(brs, 1Hi); 1.36(d,3H); 1. 28-1. 22 (in,3H) -258- Example 329 f2-f4R-r4aloha.Sbeta6beta(R Ill- 5-Amino-1.4-anhydro-2-S-r2-carbox-6-(1-hydroxvethyl 4-methvl-7-oxo--azabic1lor3.2.01 het-2-en-3-yl1-5deoxv-2-thio-L-arabinitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.240 g of product from Example 328, 0.072 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 2.5 ml of 0.1M pH 7 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer and 7.5 ml of dioxane to give after chromatography (Reverse phase plates: 5% ethyl alcohol/water) 0.028 g of the desire product.

H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.38-4.3(m,lH); 4.25-4.2(m,2H); 4.1(m,1H); 4.05(m,1H); 3.94(m,1H); 3.75-3.6(m,2H); 3.48-3.4(m,2H); 3.28(d,H); 1.25(d,3H); 1.19(d,3H).

Example 330 IR)-2,2-Dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-carboxaldehyde A 0 0 oC mixture, under argon, of 13.7 g of 1,2,5,6-di-0-isopropylidene-D-mannitol, 200 ml of methylene chloride, 72.3 g of potassium carbonate and 24.3 g of lead tetraacetate is stirred for 1 1/2 hours.

The suspension is filtered through diatomaceous earth and concentrated in vacuo. The oil is purified by distillation at water aspirator pressure to give 10.0 g (boiling point 62-66oC) of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 9.73(d,H); 4.4(m,lH); 4 2 2-4.07(m,2H); 1.5(s,3H); 1.43(s,3H).

Example 331 FR-(R and .S *)1-2.2-Dimethl-alpha-2propenyl-1. 3 -dioxolane-4-methanol To a stirring -78 0 C solution, under argon, of 556 ml of M allylmagnesium bromide is added, dropwise over 20 minutes, a solution .of 36.4 g of product from Example 330 in 17 ml of tetrahydrofuran. The reaction mixture is stirred at -78oC for 2 hours. Thin layer chromatography indicates the presence of starting material. An additional 280 ml of 1M allylmagnesium -259bromide is added and the reaction is stirred overnight at -78 C. The reaction is quenched with dropwise addition of saturated ammonium chloride, filtered through diatomaceous earth and washed with diethyl ether, ethyl acetate and 20% isopropyl alcohol/chloroform. The combined extracts are washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give, after Kugelrohr distillation at 38.25 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDC1 3 5.83(m,lH); 5.15(q,2H); 4.05-3.57(m,4H); 2.39-2.12(m,3H); 1.43(d,3H); 1.38(d,3H).

Example 332 SR- (R 1-2 .2-Dimethvl-4-rl-(phenvlmethovy 3 -butenyll-l.3-dioxolane

(A)

and .R *)-2.2-Dimethvl-4-rl-(phenvlmethoxy 3-butenyll-1,3-dioxolane

(B)

Under anhydrous conditions, a flask is charged with 10.7 g of sodium hydride and 35 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran. This slurry is stirred for 10 minutes at 0oC followed by the dropwise addition of 38.25 g of product from Example 331 in 50 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran. The ice bath is removed and S 25 the reaction is stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture is recooled to 0°C and 20 ml of benzyl bromide is added dropwise followed by 0.150 g of tetrabutylammonium iodide. The reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and the stirring is continued for 60 hours. The mixture is recooled to 0 C, quenched with ice cold saturated ammonium chloride, extracted with diethyl ether and washed with sodium bicarbonate and saturated sodium chloride. The organic layer is dried, concentrated in vacuo to give after chromatography (Silica gel: 5% diethyl ether/hexane) 5.7 g of compound A and 6.1 g of compound

B.

-260- Compound A: 1H NMR(CDCl 3 7 .34-7.28(M,5H); 5.89(M,1lH): 5.18-5.08(M,2H); 4.11-4.01(m,2H); 3.89(m,1H); 3.57(q,iH); 2.42-2.39(m,2H); 1.42(S,3{); 1.35(s,3H).

Compound

B:

1 HNMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.38-7.27(mn,5H); 5.89(m,1H); 5.l4-5.05(m,2H); 4.69(g,1H); 4.21(q,2H); 3.98(q,1H); 3.71(t,1H); 3.52(m,1H); 2.37-2.iB(m,2H); 1.43(s,3H); 1.37(s,3H).

Example 333 rs~R* l--(Penvmethoxyl5 hxene-.l2-.diol mixture of 26.2 g of product from Example 332, 140 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid and 140 ml of tetrahydrofuran is heated at reflux temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0 C, quenched with solid sodiumn bicarbonate, and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride and water, dried and concentrated ina to 20 vacuo to give 11.0 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(CDCl 3 :6 7 .36-7.30(m,5H); 5.87(m,lH); to. 5 .l 9 -5.09(m,2H); 4.6(q,2H); 3 .79-3.63(m,4H); 2 53 -2.37(m,2H); 2.13(brs,2H).

Examiple 334 2. 5-Ainh dro-1. 3 -dideox-iodo4..0.(Dhen lmethvl) D-ribo-hexitol

(A)

and 2. 5-Anhyro-1. 3-dideox-l-iodo4o...(phenylmethyl) D-arabino-hexitol

(B)

A 0 0 C solution of 4.5 g of product from Example 333 in 77.8 ml of diethyl ether and 25.5 ml of water is treated with 2.58 g of solid sodium bicarbonate followed by 7.6 g of iodine. The reaction is stirred for 3 hours at 0 C then at room temperature Overnight. The mixture is cooled to 00C and sodium sulfite is added until the reaction is colorless. The solution is extracted with diethyl ether, dried and -261concentrated in vacuo to give 7.0 g of an oil. The oil is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: diethyl ether/hexane) to give 2.8 g of Isomer A and 1.86 g of Isomer B.

Isomer

A:

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 7.37-7.28(m,5H); 4.51(q,2H); 4.12(m,2H); 3.97(m,1H);. 3.68(g,2H); 3.36(m,2H); 2.15(m,2H). 1.78(m,lH).

Isomer B: 1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 7.36-7.3(m,SH); 4.52(q,2H); 4.31(m,1H); 4.19-4.07(m,2H); 3.72-3.67(m,lH); 3 .58-3.56(m,1H); 3.35(m,2H); 2.34(m,lH); 2.07(m,lH); 1. 96 (brs,l1H) ExamT~le 335 15 2. 5-Anhvdro-1. 3-dideoxv-4-0- (Dhenvlmethvl)p ribo-hexitol A mixture of 6.0 g of product from Example 334, Isomer A, 34 ml of ethyl alcohol, 17.2 ml of iN sodium hydroxide and 7.8 g of 10% palladium on carbon is hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus at 45 psi of hydrogen for 15 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 2.9 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 6 7 .37-7.27(m,5H); 4.51(q,2H); 4.24(m,1H); 4 .0l-3.97(m,2H); 3 .77-3.58(m,2H); 2 .15-2.08(m,1H); 1.83(brs,lH); l.58(brs,lH); l.58-l.48(m,1H); l.28(d,3H).

Example 336 2. 5-Anhvdro-l. 3-dideoxv- D-hexitol A mixture of 1.*1 g of product from Example 335 in 44 ml of ethyl alcohol and 22 ml of cyclohexane is treated with 0.250 g of. palladium hydroxide on' carbon (Pearlman' s catalyst). The resulting black suspension is heated at reflUx temperature for 3 hours,' filtered and concentrated in vauo The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 3% methyl -262alcohol/chloroform) to give 0.570 g of the desired product.

I1 NMR(CDCl 3 4.3-4.32(m,2H); 3.8(q,1H); 3.65-3.58(m,2H); 3.57-3.54(m,lH); 3.29(m,1H); l.99-l.93(m,lH); l.65(m,1H); l.26(d,3H)..

Exanle 337 2. 5-Anhydro-1. 3-dideoxv-D-ribo-hexito1 6- (4-Methylbenzenesulfonate) The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 307 using 0.290 g of product from 336, 0.440 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and 8 ml1 of pyridine to give after chromatography (Silica gel: 2% methyl alcohol/chloroform) 0.407 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 7.89(d,2H); 7.35(d,2H); 4.31(m,lH); 4.27(m,lH); 4.08(m,lH); 3.94(m,lH); 3.B(m,lH); 2.5s3) .4bs1) .319(,H;16(,) l.20(d,3H).

Example 338 2. 5-Afhdro-6-azjdo-1. 3. 6-trideoxy-D-ribo-hexitol A mixture, under argon, of 0.560 g of product from Example 337, 2 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide and 0.250 g of sodium azide is stirred at 75 C for 12 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with diethyl ether, washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in 2 vacuo to give 0.238 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.27 2H) 3.9(q,l1H) 3.49 (m,1IH); 3.33-3.27(m,lH); 2.01-l.94(m,lH); l.74(brs,1H); l.64(m,1H); l.26(d,3H).

Examnle 339 2. 5-Anhvdro-6-azido-1. 3. 6-trideoxv-D-ribo-hexitol 4 -Methanesul fonate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 277 using 0. 192 g of product f rom Example 338, 0.316 g of Hunigf'base, 0.280 g of methanesulfony. chloride and 0.35 ml of methylene -263chloride to give after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate/hexane) 0.140 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 5.08-5.05(m,lH); 4.26-4.l8(m,2H); 3.6-3.54(m,lH); 3.41-3.35(m4lH); 3.05(s,3H); 2.30-2.27(m,lH); l.88-l.78(m,lH); l.34(d,3H).

Example 340 2. 5-Anhvdro-6-azido-l 6-trideoxv-4-thio- D-xlo-hexitol 4-Acetate A mixture of 0.133 g of product from Example 339, 0.083 g of potassium thioacetate, 500 microliter of dimethylformamide and 500 microliter of toluene is stirred, under argon, at 70 0C overnight. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. An additional 0.5 fpotassium thioacetate is added and the 15 reaction is stirred at 70 0C for 5 more hours. The mixture is filtered through a thin pad of Silica gel, washed with diethyl ether and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 20% diethyl ether/hexane) 20 to give 0.043 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.29-4.21(m,1H); 4.21-4.16(m,lH); 4 .OB-4.03(m,lH); 3.44-3.39(m,1H); 3.30-3.25(m,1H); 2.46(m,lH); 2.35(s,3H); l.59(m,lH); l.33(d,3H).

Examnle 341 :0 25 2 .5-Anhvdro-6-azido13.tride.,..4-.thio- D-xyl 0-hexitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 16 using 0.040 g of product from Example 340, 52 microliter of 25% (by wt) sodium methoxide/methyl alcohol and 0.50 ml of tetrahydrofuran to give 0.030 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(C2DCl 3 :6 4.l-3.96(m,2H); 3.55-3.43(m,3H); 2 .61-2.47(m,lH); l.7(d,lH); 1.48(m,lH); l.34(d,3H).

-264- ExOmle 342 2.5-Anhvdro-6-azido-13.36-trideoxv-4-S-r6-(1-hvdroxyethyl)-4-methvl-2-rrI(4-nitrohenvl methoXvlcarbon 1- 7 -oxo-1-azabicvclor3.2.1helt-2-en-3l1-4thi-O..

D-xvlo-hexitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.030 g of product from Example 341, 0.103 g of product from Example 0.022 g of Hunig's base and 0.50 ml of acetonitrile to give after chromatography (Silica gel: acetone/chloroform) 0.062 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 8.22(d,2H); 7.66(d,2H); 5.52(d,H); 5.23(d,H); 4.26(m,2H); 4.06(m,lH); 3.83(q,lH); 3.52(t,lH); 3.4(m,lH); 3.3(m,1H); 21.5(m,lH); 1.84(brs, 1H); 1.76(m,lH); l.38-1.25(m,9H); 0.88(m,2H).

Examnle 343 Lr 4 -r 4 R-r4alpha,5beta. beta(R 111- 6-Alnjno-2.5-anhvdro-4-S-r2-carboxv-6- (-hvdroxyethl)- 4 -methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicvc-lor3.2.0hept-2-en-3-vl1- 1.3.6-trideoxv-4-thio-D--xlo-hexitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.060 g of product from Example 342, 0.045 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 2.35 ml of O.IM pH 7 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, and 7.05 ml of dioxane to give after chromatography (Reverse phase plates: 5% ethyl alcohol/water) 0.012 g of the desired product.

1H NMR(D 2 0):s 4.04(m,lH); 3.93-3.85(,3H); 3.69(q,H); 3 .l 3 -2.97(m,3H); 2

.B

7 -2.79(m,1H); 2 .33-2.23(m,lH); l.

44 -1.36(m,lH); 1.0-0.95(m,6H); O.86-0.84(m,3H).

Example 344 1.4-Anhydro-2.5-dieoxv-5-(methylamino)- D-erthro-Dentitol To a 0 0 C solution of 15 ml of 40% methylamine is added 0.921 g of product from Example 269 in 2 ml of dioxane. The reaction mixture is.maintained and stirred at 0 C for 50 minutes, tlc indicates the -265absence of starting material. The reaction is concentrated inj vau and the residue is chromatographed (Silica gel: 30% methyl alcohol/chloroform) 0.749 g of an oil containing the desired product and salts. The sample is redissolved in ethyl acetate; potassium carbonate is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The suspension is filtered, concentrated JM, vau and rechromatographed (Silical gel: methyl alcohol) to give 0.102 g of the desired product.

3 H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 3.88-3.75(m,2H); 3.75-3.65(m,lH); 2.6-2.35(m,2H); 2.29(s,3H,N-Me); 9***2.05-l.92(m,lH); l.8-l.7(z,1H).

Exnil .34 l.4-Anhvdro-2.5-dideoxv-5-rmethvlr r(4- 9 nitrophenvH methoxyl carboni amino 1- 9 D-erthro-pentitol A -5 OC mixtu re, under argon, of 4.35 g of *product from Example 344 in 30 ml of methylene chloride is treated with 5.8 ml of Hunig's base followed by dropwise addition of 7.15 ml of p-nitrobenzyl chloroformate in 20 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at -50C for 2 1/2 hours.

The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 6.75 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 8.22(d,2H,Arom,J=8.6Hz); 7.56(d,2H,Arom,J=8.5Hz) 5.23(s,2H,benzylic

H);

4.16-4.08(q,2H); 3.97-3.92(t,2H); 3.53(dd,1H); 3.39-3.31(dd,lH); 3.06(s,3H,NMe); 2.2-2.l(m,lH); 2.O-l.85(m,lH).

1.4-Anhvdro-2.5-dideo2v-5- rmethvl rr(4nitro]Rhenyl I methoxyQ 1 carbonyl I amino 1 -D-erthro- D2entitol -3-rethanesulfonate The title comipound is prepared by the procedure of Example 277 using 0.310 g of product from -266- Example 345, 93 microliters of methanesulfonyl chloride and 167 microliters of triethylamine to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate), 0.388 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 8.l(d,2H,J=8.7Hz); 7.47(d,2H,J=6.9Hz); 5.16(s,2H,benzylic 5.05(m,lH,S-o-CH); 4.05-3.9(m,lH); 3.88-3.78(q,lH); 3.55-3.4(m,1H); 3.35-3.2(m,lH); 2.97(s,6H,2Me); 2. 16-2 .12Cm, 2H).

Examnle 347 2. 5-Anhvdro-l. 4-dideoxv-l-rmethvl rr4-nitroiphenvl) maethoxylcarbonvliaminol13-.thio...-threo...entitol 3-Acetate The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 278 using 3.9 g of product from Example too* 346, 1.7 g of potassium thioacetate, 20 ml of dimethyl- S.....formamide and 20 ml of toluene to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) 2.13 g of the desired product.

H NDM(CDCl 3 8.22(d,2H.,J=8.OHz); 7.53(t,2H); 2.25(s,2H); 4.25-4.0(m,2H); 3.9(m,lH); 3.8(m,lH); 2.35(s,3H,SAc); l.98(m,lH).

Exampnle 348 0 25 5-Anhvdro-1. 4-dideoxv-1-rmethvl r r4-nitrophenfl) methoxvl carbonyll1aminol1-3-thio-D-threo-pentitol To an ice cooled solution of 2.13 g of product from Example 347 in 15 ml of methyl alcohol is added, dropwise maintaining the temperature below 1.52 ml of 4N sodium hydroxide. The reaction is stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction is monitored by tlc. To the cooled solution is added 2.17 ml of 0.97N hydrochloric acid and the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium chloride, and the organic phase is dried. The solution is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by -267chromatography (Silica gel: 50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.15 g of the desired product.

1 H NMM(CDC1 3 8.22(d,2H,J=8.Oliz); 7.5(d,2H,8.0Hz); 5.21(s,2H); 4.l(m,2H); 3.8(n,2H); 3.5-3.25(m,2H); 3.07(s,3H,N-Me); 2.5(m,1lH); 2.O(m,lH); l.66(SH).

Example 349 r3-r4R-r4a13ha.5beta.6betafR*)

III-

2. 5-Anhvdro-1. 4-dideoxy-3-S- r 6- (1-hydroxyethvl) 4-methvl-2- r r f4-nitroohenyl) methoXvl carbonvi 1- 7-oxo-1-azabicvclor3 Olhent-2-en-3-vll- 1- rmethvl r r (4 -nitropheny-1 methoxyl carbonyl 1 amnino 1 3 -thio-D-threo-pentitol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 1.15 g of product from Example 348 in 15 ml of acetonitrile,. 1.68 g of product from ::::*Example 15 in 15 ml of acetonitrile and 0. 54 ml of Hunig's base to give, after chromatography (Silica gel: ethyl acetate/ acetone) 1.52 g of the desired product.

H NMR(CDCl 3 :6 8. 22 4H, Arom, J=8. 6Hz); 7.66(d,2H,Arom,J=8.6Hz); 7.52(d,2H,Arom,J=8.6); 5.52 1H,benzylic H, J=13.8Hz) 5.23 (d.,3H,benzylic H,J=1O.3Hz); 4.35-4.2(m,.3H); 4.2-4.0(m,lH); 3.95-3.75(m,3H); 3.7-3.1(m,3H); 3.07(s,3H,N-Me): 2.5-2.35(m,J.H); 2.1-2.O(m,lH); 1.95-1.8(brs,1H,OH); 1.37(d,3H,,Ie,J=6.2Hz); 1.28(d,3H,J=7.3Hz).

Examr~le 350 r3-r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6betafR )111- 2 .5-Anhvdro-3 r2 -carboxv- 6- (1-hvdroxyethvl-)-4methvl-7-oxo--azabicclor3.2.Olept..2...n.3..vl 11 l 4 dideoxv-1- (methylamino) -3-thio-D-threo-pentitol The title compound is prepared by the pro edure of Example 192 using 1.52 g of product from Example 349, 25 ml of 0.lM pH 7.0 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, 0.70 g of 10% palladium on carbon and ml of dioxane to give, after chromatography -268- (Reverse Phase plates: 5% aqueous ethyl alcohol), 0 .225 g of the desired product.

1 NMR (D 2 0):6 4.6-3.8(m,6H); 3.6-3.2(m,4H); 2.76(s,3H,N-Me); 2.6-2.4(m,1LH); 2.2-2.0(m,lH); l.27(d,3H,Me,J=5.5Hz); l.17(d,3H,Me,J=6.3).

Example 351 r3-r4R-r3.(2S .4alpha.5beta.6beta(fl 1111 1- r(2-Amnino-l-oxopro~yl) methylaminol 3-S- r2-carboXv-6- (l-hvdroxvethvl l-4-methvl-7-oxo- 1-azabicyclor3 olhept-2-en-3-ll-1.4-.dideoxy- 3- thio-D-threo-2entitol The title compound is prepared by the proce- .::.dure of Example 304 using 0.173 g of product from :Example 350, 0.177 g of product from Example 259, 5 ml 15 of 0.114 pH 7.0 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, 4 ml of dioxane and 0.10 g of 10% palladium on carbon to give, after chromatography (Reverse Phase Plates: aqueous ethyl alcohol),O.0386 g of the desired product.

Exam2 e 352 2-Deoxv-3 .5-bis-0-r (l1-dimethlethvl)dimethlsilvl..

D-erythro Dentonojc Acid gamma-Lactone To a stirring solution, under argon, of .1.18 g of 2 -deoxy-D-erymhro-pentonoic acid gamma-lactone, prepared by the procedure described in 25 Carbohydrate Research, Vol. 90, 1981, p 17-26, in 11 ml of dimethylformamide containing 3 ml of triethylamine is added dropwise a solution of 2.95 g of tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride in 9 ml of dimethylformamide. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature, poured into a mixture of 110 ml of hexane and 110 ml of water, the layers partitioned. The organic layer is washed with water, dried and concentrated to give 2.64 g of the desired product.

mp 77-780C.

1 9NMR(CDCl 3 :6 4.45(m,1H); 4.34(m,lH); 3.78(m,2H); 2.83(dd,1H); 2.38(d,lH); 0.9(s,181).

-269- Example 353 2-Deoxv-3.5-bis-O-r 1-dimethylethvldimethvlsilyl 1-thio-D-erythro-pentonoic Acid aamma-Lactone To a solution, under argon, of 1.24 g of product from Example 352 in 16 ml of dry toluene is added 0.973 g of Lawesson's Reagent. The reaction mixture is heated at reflux temperature for 3 hours (the reaction is monitored by thin layer chromatography, tlc). Tlc indicates the presence of starting material. An additional 0.138 g of Lawesson's reagent is added and the reaction is heated at reflux temperature for an additional 1 1/2 hours. The mixture is cooled to room temperature, the solids are collected and washed with S. toluene. The mother liquor is concentrated to dryness and purified by chromatography (Silica gel: hexane/ethyl acetate) to give 0.960 g of the desired product.

Calcd for C 17

H

36 0 3 5i 2 C 54.20; H 9.63; S 8.51 20 Found: C 53.91; H 9.73; S 8.51.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 4.65(m,lH); 4.55(m,lH); 3.85(q,2H); 3.25(dd,lH); 2.98(d,1H); 0.87(s,18H).

mp 90-91 0

C.

25 Example 354 2-Deoxv-3.5-bis-O-r 1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl 1-thio-D-erythro-pentofuranose To a -78 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.420 g of product from Example 353 in 8.4 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise 2.8 ml of Super Hydride (M in tetrahydrofuran). After 1 hour an additional 1.4 ml of Super Hydride is added and the stirring continued at -78 0 C for 30 minutes. The reaction is quenched by the addition of 5 ml of IN hydrochloric acid. Ethyl acetate and water are added and the layers are partitioned. The organic layer is washed with -270water, saturated'sodium chloride,- dried and concentrated to give 0.412 g of an oil.

Calcd for

C

17

H

38 0 3 si 2 53.92; H 10.11; S 8.46 Found: C 54.62; H 9.94; S 8.23.

1 H MR(CDC.,):6 5.5(m,lH); 4.37(m,lH); 4.15(m,MH); 3 .74-3.5(m,2H); 2.95(d,1H); 2.54(m,lM); 2.06(m,lH); 0.87 (2s,18H).

Example 355 r2S-(2alpha(S*) .3beta(S*) 11-1-rl-rL-r (1.1- Dimethvlehvldimethvlsilll-3-rl.r dimethylethyl) dimethylsilyll oxvl ethyl 1-4oxo-2-azatidinvl 1 ethyl 1-3-r (4nitrohenyl)methyoxyl-2.3-dioxopro~yl 2-deoxy- 3.5-bis-O-r(1.1-dimethylethvl)dimethvlsilyll 1-thio-alpha(and beta) -D-erthro-pentofuranoside To a 0 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.638 g of product from Example 103 in 5.3 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added 0.30 g of product from Example 354 in 4 ml of tetrahydrofuran. 0.133 ml of triethylamine is added and the reaction is stirred for 30 minutes at 0 0 C. The mixture is allowed to come to room temperature over 30 minutes, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, saturated sodium chloride, dried and filtered. The filtrate is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 98% hexane/ethyl acetate) to give 0.660 g of an impure solid. The solid is rechromatographed (Silica gel: hexane/ethyl acetate) to give 0.294 g of-the desired product as a yellow oil.

1H NMR(CDCl 3 8.23(d,2H); 7.57(d,2H); 5.36(m,2H); 5.25(m,H); 4 .4-3.25(m,6H); 2.4-l.67(m,2H); 1.22-1.0(4d,6H).

-271- Example 356 r2S-r2alnha(S*) .3beta(S 1 ]1-1-rI-r3-(1-Hvdroxvethv)..

4-oxo-i-azetidjnyl 1 ethyl 1 r (4-nitroyhenyl) methoxvl 2. 3-dioxonropyl. 2-deoxv-i-thio-alpha (and beta) -Derythro-Ientofuranos ide To a room temperature solution, under argon, of 0.294 g of product from Example 355 in 3 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added 3 =l of triethylammonium trihydrofluoride. After 20 minutes, no starting o material was present (by tic). Stirred in an oil bath at 500C for 1 hour and 40 minutes. Only polar spot visible by tic. The reaction mixture is-cooled, cold ethyl acetate is added, the layers are partitioned and the organic layer is washed with cold water, cold sodium bicarbonate, cold saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated to give 0.105 g of a glass.

The product is used immediately in following Example.

Example 357 r 4 R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*) 11-6-(l-Hvdroxvethyl) -4- 20 methvl-2-r r( 4 -nitrophen)methoxavlarbon7....oxo 1-azabicvclor3 .2.Olhept-2-en-3-yl 2-deoxv-1-thioalpha (and beta) -L-erthro-pentofuranoside To a room temperature solution, under argon, of 0.105 g of product from Example 356 in 2 ml of dry tetrahydrofura n is added 0.82 ml of titanium tetrachloride (1M inmethylene chloride). The reaction is stirred for 10 minutes and poured into a rapidly stirred mixture of ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The layers are separated, the organic layer is washed with saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated to a glass. The glass is purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: 5% methyl alcohol/methylene chloride) -to give 0.026 g of the desired product.

H NMR(acetone-d 6 8.25(d,2H); 7.84(d,2H); 3.34(brs,lI); 2.75(m,lH); 2 .45-1.93(m,2H); 1. 25 (brs, 6H) -272- Example 358 14R-r4allha.5beta.6beta R*11- 2-Carboxy-6- (1-hvdroxvethyl) 4 -methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclo r3.2 01he~t-2-en-3-vl 2 -deomy-1l-thio-alpha (and beta) -D-ervthro-Rentofuranos ide To a solution of 0.026 g of product from Example 357 in 0.3 ml of water (degassed) and 0.3 ml of dioxane is added 0.0053 g of potassium bicarbonate.

The mixture is transferred to a Parr apparatus with 0.2 ml of water and 0.2 ml of dioxane. 0.026 g of palladium on carbon is added and the reaction mixture is hydrogenolysed at room temperature, 35 psi, for I 1/2 hours. The reaction is filtered and washed with ~:water and ethyl acetate. The organic layer is dried and lyophilized to give 0.016 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 5.8(m,lH); 4.54-3.95(m,4H); 1.33(d,3H); l.25(d,3H).

Example 359 rr (ll-Dimethlethvl)dimethvlsilvllovlmethvlldihydro-2 (3H) -furanone The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 352 using 0.65 g of S-(+)-dihydro- 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(3H)-.furanone in 9 ml of dimethylformamide, 1.6*3 g of tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, and 1.63 ml of triethylamine to give 0.868 g of the desired product as a colorless oil.

1H NM:R(CDCl 3 :6 4.6(m,1H); 3.77(ABq,2H); 2 7 2 3 0.9(2s,9H); 0.l(2s,6H).

Example 360 1-Dimethylethyl)I dinethylsilyl 1 oxyl methyl I dihydro-2 (3H) -furanthioie The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 353 using 0.868 g of product from Example 359, 10 mal of toluene and 0.763 g of Lawesson's Reagent to give 0.530 g of the desired product.

-273liH NMM(CDCl 3 4.99(m,lIH); 3.86(ABq,2H); 3.27-2.99(m,2H); 2.4-2.l8(m,2H); 0.9(s,9H); O.l(2s,6H).

(2S-cis) and (2R-trans) 5-r rr -Dimethylethfldimethlsilyloxv1methl.

tetrahvdro-2 (3H)-furanthiol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 354 using 0.0445 g of product from Example 360, 0.9 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran and 0.362 ml of Super Hydride to give a mixture of anomers.

1 H NNR(CDCl 3 :6 5.64, 5.46(m,l.H); 4.3l,4.13(2m,lH); 3.8-3.6(m,2H); 2.44-2.75(m,4H); 2.29,2.2(2d,lH); 0.9(2s,9H); 0.l(2s,6H).

Example 362 15 f2S-[2alDha.2rgammaS*.beta(51C V1.3beta(S*111-i 1-r(l.1-Dimethlethldimethsilvll3rl.r r (1.1dimethlethvl)dimethlsillloxethll 3 -rr f5-r[rF(1.1dimethylethyll dimethylsilyl 1oxvlmethvll1tetrahvdro-2uranvllthiol -'axma-methvl-alnha .4-dioxo-2azetidinebutanoic Acid f4-Nitrophenvlhnethyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 355 using 0.334 g of product from Example 103 in 2.8 ml of tetrahydrofuran 0.148 g of product from Example 361 in 2 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 0.83 ml of triethylamine to give, after chromatography, 0.272 g of the major isomer and 0.128 g of the minor isomer.

Major Isomer: 1H NMR(CDCl 3 8.25 7.6(d,2H); 5.39(s,2H); 5.18(m,lH); 4.43(d,1H); 4.08(m,lH); 3.98(m,2h); ABq,2H); 2.8(m,1H); 2.5(m,lH); 2.34-1.82(m,4H); l.25(d,3H); 1.05(d,3H); l.0-0.9(4s,3H); 0.25(2s,6H); 0. 04 (4s, 12H).

Minor Isomer: 351 HNMR(CDCl 3 8.25(d,2H); .7.63(d,2H); 5.37(m,lh); 5.34(ABq,2H); 4.45(d,lH); 4.03(mn,2H); 3 6 B-3.5(m,3H); -274- 3.16(m,lH); 2.65(m,XH); 2.33-1.88(m,4H); 1.3(d,3H); 1.18(d,3H); 0.9(4s,,271i); 0.1-0(6s,1811).

Example 363 r4R-r3(5S 4al]2ha. 5beta. 6beta I I1- 6- (l-Hvdroxvethyl)-4 -methvl-7 -oxo-3- r (hydroxymethyll -2-furanvllthiol-l-azabicyclor3 .2.o 0heipt-2-ene-2-carboxylic Acid (4-Nitro~henvi lmethyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 356 using 0.271 g of product from Example 362 in 0.8 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 0.8 ml of triethylannoniwn trihydrofluoride to give 0.152 g of [2S-[2alpha,2[gammaS*,beta(5R* )J,3beta(S*)JJ-3-(lhydroxyethyl) -gamma-methyl-alpha, 4-dioxo-beta- ([tetra- (hydroxymethyl) -2-furanyl~thioJ -2-azetidine- 15 butanoic. The above recovered product is reacted according to the procedure of Example 356 with 1.2 ml of titanium tetrachloride to give 0.046 g of the desired title product.

'H NMR (CDC1 :6 S. 2 4(d, 2H) 7. 67 2H) 5. 7 3(m,l1H); 5.38(ABq,2H); 4.3(m,3H); 3.84-3.53(m,2H); 3'.3(m,1H); 2.43(m,1H); 2.35-1.6(m,4H); l.38(d,3H); 1.3(d,3H).

Exam~le 364 [4R-r3(5S )4a1?,ha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 6- (1-Hvdroxvethvl -4-methvl-7-oxo-3- (hvdroxymethvH)-2-furanyllthiol-l-azabicyclor3.2.01hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic Acid Monopotassium salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 358 using 0.046 g of product from Example 363 in 700 microliters of dioxane, 700 microliters water containing 0.0096 g of potassium bicarbonate and 0.046 g of 10% palladium on carbon, at 38 psi, to give 0.009 g of the desired product.

I H NMR(D 2 0):6 5.73(m,lH); 4.25(m,:lH); 3.88-3.35(m,5i); 2o39(m,lH); 2.22-l.73(m,4H); 1.33(d,3H); 1.24(d,3H).

-275- Example 365 3.5-Bis-O-r(1.1-Dimethlethyldimethvlsilvl- D-ribonic Acid aamma-Lactone To three grams of gamma-lactone D-(+)-ribonic acid in 25 ml of dry dimethylformamide, under argon and cooled in an ice bath, is added, dropwise over minutes, 7.0 g of tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride and 8.47 ml of triethylamine in 5 ml of dimethylformamide.

The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours then is diluted with diethyl ether. The mixture is washed with saturated sodium O) bicarbonate, water, and saturated sodium chloride; dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crystalline residue is purified by chromatography 15 (Silica gel: 10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5.74 g of a mixture of products.

1 H NMR(CDC1 3 4.59(d,1H); 4.27(br s,2H); 3.82(q,2H); 0.9(3s,18H).

Example 366 2.5-Bis-O-[(11-Dimeethvlethvl1dimethvlsilvll- D-ribonic Acid Qamma-Lactone Methanesulfonate

(A)

3.5-Bis-O-r(1.1-Dimethylethylldimethylsilyll- D-ribonic Acid qamma-Lactone Methanesulfonate

(B)

To an ice cooled, under argon, solution of 25 2.0 g of product from Example 365 in 12 ml of pyridine is added 1.65 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then stored in a refrigerator for 2 days. The mixture is poured into cold water, extracted with diethyl ether and the layers are separated. The organic layer is washed with lN hydrochloric acid, saturated sodium bicarbonate, saturated copper sulfate and water; dried and concentrated in vacuo. The crystalline residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 1.46 g of the desired product and 0.79 g of product Product A: -276- 11H NMR(CDCl 3 5.17(m,1H); 4.75(m,l1H); 4.59(br s, IH); 3.85(br 9,211); 3.05(s,31); O.91(s,9H); 0.84(9,9).

Example 367 (SI -3-f rr[(1. 1-dimethylethyll dimethvldilyl 1oxvlmethvl1- 2 (5H) -furanone To 0.73 g of product from Example 366 in 8 ml of dry =ethylene chloride is added, dropwise, 0.288 ml of 1, 8-dizabicyclo[5.4 .0]undec-7-ene. After 30 minutes the reaction is diluted with diethy ether, washed with lN hydrochloric acid followed by saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.535 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl): 6.16(s,lH); 4.84(m,lH); 3.74(m,2H); 0.91(s,9H) 0.83(s,9H).

Example 368 3-Deoxv-2. 5-bis-O-F (1.1-dimethylethyl) dimethlsilyl 1- D-threo-xventonic Acid Qammla-Lactone To 0.535 g of product from Example 367 in ml of ethyl alcohol is added 0.50 g of 10% palladium on carbon. The mixture is hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus at 34 psi of hydrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered, rinsed with ethyl acetate and concentrated too* in vacuo to give 0.417 g of the desired product.

to ~25 1H NMR (CDCl 3 :6 4. 51 (m,l1H) 4. 3(m,l1H); 3 .93-3.65(m,2H); 2.49(m,lH); 2.l(m,1lH); 0.93(s,9H); 6 0.84 (s,9H).

Examprle 369 3-Deoxv-2 .5-bis-O-[ 11. -dimethyle-thyl) dimethylsilyll- 1-thio-D-threo-nentonic Acid cgamma-Lactone To 0.416 g of product from Example 368 in 7.4 ml of toluene is added 0.562 g of Lawesson's reagent. The reaction is heated at reflux temperature for 3.5 hours, while monotoring by tlc. An additional 0.20 g of Lawesson's reagent is added and the reaction is ref luxed and additional 1 1/2 hours. The solution is cooled overnight, concentrated inl vacuo, and -277purified by chromaotgraphy (Silica gel: 10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.184 g of the desired product.

NMM(CDCl 3 4.73(m,lH); 4.57(dd,1H); 3.86(m,2H); 2.52(m,lH); 2.l(m,1H); 0.93(s,9H); 0.90(s,9H).

Example 370 3-Deoxv-2 .5-bis-O-r (1.1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyll- 1-thio-alpha (and beta) -D-threo-gentofuranose To a -78 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.39 g of product from Example 369 in 5.17 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added, dropwise, 2.07 ml of Super Hydride. After 30 minutes, an additional 1 ml of Super Hydride is added. The reaction is stirred for minutes, quenched with 3.5 ml of 1N hydrochloric acid, and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The layers are separated, the organic layer is washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.377 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 5 .27(m,lH); 4.34(m,1H); 4.05(m,lH); 3. 8 3(dd,l1H) 3. 65 (dd, 1H) 2. 25 1H); 2. 2(m,l1H); 1.93(m,lH); 0.93(s,9H); 0.89(s,9H).

Example 371 r 2S- r2allpha (S ).3beta (S 1- I- r-Fr- r 1-Dimethylethvldimethvlsilvl 1-3-rl1- r r 1. idimethylethyl) dimethylsilvi I oxvl ethvl-4-oxo-2azetidinyl 1ethyl 1-3- r (4-(nitroPhenyl)methoxvl-2,3dioxopropyl 3 -deoxv- 2 R 5 -bis-O- r I-dimethyl ethyl) dimethylsilvi 1-l-thio-alpha (and beta) -D-threo-rentofuranos ide To an ice cold solution, under argon, of 0.377 g of product from Example 370 in 3.3 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added 0.558 g of product from Example 103 in 4.7 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran. To this mixture Is added, dropwise, 0.139 ml of triethylainine and the reaction is stirred cold for 30 minutes. The cold bath is removed and the reaction is allowed to reach room temperature. The reaction is diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate -278and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated inl vau The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.450 g of a major isomer and 0.118 g of a minor isomer Major Isomer 1 H NMR(CDCl 3 B.25(d,2H); 7.59(d,2H); 5.38(s,2H); 5.03(s,lH); 4.3(m,lH); 4.2-3.96(m,3H); 3.79-3.59(m,3H); 3.03(m,lH); 2.67(m,lH); 2.26(m,2H); l.21(d,3H); l0 1.06(d,3H).

Minor Isomer 1 H NMR(CDCL 3 8.24(d,2H); 7.6(d,2H); 5.36(ABq,2H); 5.03(d,lH); 4.4(d,lH); 4.37(m,lH); 4.14(m,2H); 3. 93 1H) 3. 5 6(dd, 1H) 3. 5 4(dd, 1H) 2. 78 (m,l1H); 2.45(m,1H); 2.15(m,1H); l.9(m,1H); l.21(d,3H); 1.06(d,3H).

Examnle 372 r2S-r2ali~ha(S*).3beta(S *)1 l-rl-r3-(1-Hvdroxvethvl) 4 -oxo-2-azetidinv11ethvl-3r 4 -nitrophenvlmethocyl-2 .3-dioxop~ropyl 3 -deoxv-1-th o-alpha (and beta) -threo-tpentofuranoside The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 356 using 0.450 g of the major isomer from Example 371, 1.3 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 1.3 ml of triethylammonium 'trihydrogenfluoride to give 0.186 g of the desired product. The product is used immediately in following Example.

Example 373 T4R-r4alyha.5beta.6beta(R*) 11- 6- (1-Hvd oy~yethyl) -4-methvl-2- r r(4-nitrophenvl) methoxv-l' carbonyl r -7-oxo-l-azabigyclo r[3. 2. 01 hent-2-en-3-vl 3 -deoxv-l-thio-aliffa (and -beta)I -threo-pentofuranoside The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 357 using 0.186 g of product from Example 372, 2.3 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran, 1.45 ml of IM1 titanium tetrachloride solution (methylene chloride) -279-.

to give, after chromatography, 0.90 g of the desired product.

lH NMR(CDCL 3 8.23(d,2H); 7.65(d,2H); 5.57(s,lH); 5.24(d,1H); 4.53(br d,1lH); 4.35(d,1H); 4.26(m,2H) 3.94(br d,1H); 3.65(br d,TH); 3.3(m,1H); 2.55(m,lH); 2.17-1.52(=,4H); 1.37(d,3H); l.3(d,3H).

Exampile 374 J4R-r4alPha.5beta.6beta(R )II1 2-Carboxv-6- (1-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabiyclor3 olher~t-2-en--3-vl 3-deoxv-1-thioailpha (and beta) -threO-Rentofuranoside Potassium Salt The title compound is prepared by the proce- **dure of Example 358 using 0.90 g product from Example 373, 1.4 ml of dioxane, 1.4 ml of water containing 0.0182 g of of potassium bicarbonate, and 0.90 g of palladium on carbon at 36 psi of hydrogen to give 0.053 g of the desired product.

1 H INThR(D 0):6 5.53(s,1H); 4.38-3.44(m,BH); 2.56(m,lH); 1.75(m,J.H); l.35(d,3H); 1.28(d,3H).

Example 375 r4S-r3(2S* or 2R 5R *).4alPha,5beta,6beta(R *)11- 6- (1-Hvdroxyethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-3-[r hydroxvmethvl)-2-thienyllthiol-l-azabicyclor3 Olhept- 2-ene-2-carboxylic Acid (4-Nitrophenvil methyl Ester *A solution containing 0.396 g of [4R[4alpha, 6beta (l-hydroxyethyl) -3-mercapto-4methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrophenyl) methyl ester monosilver salt (prepared by the procedure of European Patent Appl.

EP0481511A2), 0.41 g of plfh~nylsilyl) 3-dideoxy-4-thioribofuranose (prepared by the procedure of J.A. Seprist et al., J. Med. Ch .em., 1992, 32, 533), and 16 ml of acetonitrile is stirred at 0 0 C under argon. To this is added, dropwise, 0.98 mmol of a solution in hexane of diethylaluminum chloride.

After 1/2 hour the reaction is poured into saturated -280sodium bicarbonate and methylene chloride. The aqueous portion is washed with additional methylene chloride.

The organic layers are combined, dried and concentrated inl vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 40-60% ethyl acetate/hexane gradient) to give 0.98 g of product as a mixture of 2 isomers.

The above 0.98 g of product is dissolved in 4 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 0.15 ml of acetic acid. To this is added 1.6 mmol of tetrabutylammonium fluoride as a IM tetrahydrofuran solution. The resulting solution is stirred for 6 hours at 20 0 C. Water and ethyl acetate are added and the reaction is given an aqueous workup. Purification by chromatography gives 150.033 g of a major isomer and 0.008 g of a minor isomer.

Major Isomer: IH NMR(CDCl 3 1 8.2(d,2H,Ar); 7.65(d,2H,Ar); 5.38(dd,2HCH Ar); 4.82(t,lH,CHS 2 4.3(m,2H,CH 2 o); 3.75(m,H 5 3.6(m,2H); 3.45(m,1H); 3.3(dd,lH,H 6 2o4(m,2H,CH 2 2.l(m,2H,CH 2 1.38(d,3H,CH 3 1.28(d,2H,CH 3 Minor Isomer: 1H NMR(CDCl): 8.2(d,2H,Ar); 7.63(d,2H,Ar); 5.18(dd,2H,CH 2 Ar); 4.92(dd,CHS 2 4.3(m,2H,CH 2 o); :925 3.7(m,3H); 3.5(p,CHO); 3o42(t,lH); 3.28(dd,lH,H 6 2.4(m,lH); 2.2(m,3H); 1.38(d,3H,CH);l2d3H1 3 Example 376 r4S-r3(2R or 2S* .5R* .4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*H...

6- (l-Hvdroxyethvl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-3- hvdroxmethvl)-2-thienyllthiol-1-azabicvclor3 olhept- 2-ene-2-carboxvylic Acid Honopotassium Salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.014 g of the major isomer from Example 375, 5 ml of 1:1 ethyl acetate:water, 0.0033 g of potassium bicarbonate and 0.015 g of palladium on carbon to give, after purification, 0.008 g of the desired compound.

-281lii NMM(D 2 0):6 4.95(dd,lH,CHS 2 4.2(dd,2H, CH 2 OH) 3.8-3.2(M,3H,CIHOH,H 5 and CHS) ;3.4(m,2H,H 6 and allylic CH); 2.38(M,lH); 2.l8(m,2H); 2.0(x,lIH); 1.25(d,3H,cH 3 1.18(d,3H,CH 3 6-5Sr(2~r2 Exarnle 377 hvdroxvmethyl)_-2-thienvllthiol-1-azabicvclor3 0]hel~t- 2-ene-2-carboxylic Acid Monosodium Salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.043 g of the minor isomer from Example 375, 6 ml of 1:1 ethyl acetate:water, 0. 008 g of sodium bicarbonate and 0. 043 g of l0t to* palladium on carbon to give, after purification, 0.025 g of the desired product.

H NMR(D 2 0) :6 4. 8 8(t, CHS 2 4.2(n,2H,CH 2

OH);

too.3.68(m,H_,); 3.6(m,lH,CHOH); 3.42(n,3H,H 1 CHS arnd allylic CH) 2. 3(m, 2H) 2.l1(m, 1H) 1. 95 1H); o.1. 25 3H, CM 3 1.2(d,3H,CH 3 3).3 to. 20 Example 378 (tert-butvldiphenvlsilyl) 3-dideoxy- 0 to:4 -thioribofuranose Two grams of 5-O-(tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) 2, 3 -dideoxy-4-thioribofuranose (prepared according to J.A. Secrist et al., J. Med. Chem., 1992,35,533) is stirred with 0.456 g of thioacetic acid in 25 ml of methylene chloride and 0.0.025 g of tolueriesulfonic acid for 68 hours. On workup the reactiion is adsorbed onto magnesium silicate and then flash chromatographed on silica gel to give 1. 5 g of the desired product.

1 NMR(CDC 3 7.65(m,4H,Ar); 7.4(m,6H,Ar); 2 3.63(m,3H,CH 2 OH, CHS) 2. 3(d, 3H, CH 3 2.4-2.2(m,4H,2CH 2 1 .03 9H, 3CH 3 -282- Example 379 Ethanethioic Acid S-r5-rr(Aminocarbonvl)oxvlmethvlltetrahvdro-2thienvll Ester A solution containing 0.817 g of product from Example 378, 15 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 1 ml of acetic acid and 8.5 mmol of n-tetrabutylammonium fluoride IM solution is stirred for 2 hours. The reaction progress is monitored by tic. Following an aqueous workup (ethyl acetate, 0.5M potassium phosphate, saturated sodium chloride) and silica gel chromatography 0.252 g of the desired alcohol is isolated.

IH NMR(CDCl1):6 5.2(t,lH,CHS 2 3.7(m,3H,CH20 and SCHS); 2.4(s,3H,CH 3 2.5-1.8(m,4H,2CH 2 3 2 15 The alcohol, 0.247 g, prepared above, 0.67 g of trichloroacetyl isocyanate and 17 ml of methylene chloride are reacted at -20 C as described in Example 7. The intermediate thus formed is hydrolyzed with 650 microliters of acetic acid, '5.5mmol of 1M n-tetrabutyl- 20 ammonium fluoride and 1 ml of water as also described in Example 7 to yield, after workup and purification, 0.276 g of the desired product.

Anal. Calcd for CH NO S: C 40.83; H 5.57; N 5.95 S 25 Found: C 40.88; H 5.33; N 5.72.

-283- Exampe 38 r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(. 1 3- rr5- F [(Aminocarbonvfl o2vlmethyl ltetrahvdro-2thienyll1thiol (l-hvdroxyethy1 -4-mfethvl-7-oxo-pazabicvclor3 Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxvlic Acid (4-Nitror~henvl~methl Ester (Al and r4R-r4al~ha.5beta.6beta(R*111- 3- F F5-Ff(Aminocarbonyji oxvlmethvl ltetrahvdro-2theyiho--Ihdovehl--ehl7ool azabicyclo r3.2.01 helat-2-ene-2-carboxvlic Acid (4-9itrophenyl~methvl Ester (B) The product, 0.256 g, from Example 379 and 1.2 inmol of sodium methoxide (as a 4.4M solution in methyl alcohol) is hydrolyzed in 8 ml of tetrahydrofuran as described in Example 16. The thiol product obtained in this reaction is immediately reacted with 0.476 g of product from Example 15, 0.155 g of diisopropylethyl amine, in 7 Ml of acetonitrile at 0 0

C

under argon for a total of 18 hours as described in Example 17. The standard workup and purification yields two diastereomeric products. The least polar product carbapenem 0.156 g, has a tlc R f 0.36 and the more polar product carbapenem 0. 142g, has a tlc R f 0.28.

Example 381 r 4R- r3 .4alipha. 5beta. 6beta (R*)11 3-Fr r5-r C Aiinocarbonyvl) oXylmethyll1tetrahydro- 2-thienyl 1 thio-6- (l-hvdroxvethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo= l-azabicvcloF3.2. 01hept-2-ene-2-carboylic Acid Monopotassium Salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0. 116 g of product from Example 380', 20 ml of 1:1 dioxane:water, 0.030 g of potassium bicarbonate and 0.045 g of 10% palladium on carbon to give, after chromatog raphy, 0.026 g of the desired product.

-284- 1 H NMR(CDC1 3 5.0(t,1H,CHS 2 4.2(m,3H,CH 2 OCO and CHS); 4.0(m,1H,CHOH); 3.8(m,1H,H 5 3.4(m,2H,H 6 and allylic CH); 2.5-1.8(m,4H2CH 2 1.22(d,3H,CH 3 1.18(d,3H,CH 3 Example 382 4R-r4alDha.5beta.6beta(R 1- 3- r5-(ffAminocarbonvloxyrmethylitet rahvdro-2thienvllthiol-6-(-hdroxethvyl)-4-methyl-7-oxo-1azabicyclor3.2.01hept-2-ene-2a-carboxlic Acid Monopotassium Salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.137 g of product from Example 380, 15 ml of ethyl acetate, 9 ml of water, 0.029 g of potassium bicarbonate and 0.085 g of palladium on carbon to give, after chromatography, 0.031 g of the desired product.

IR(KBr): 4371, 33,97, 2963, 1713, 1613 cm- 1 Example 383 Ethanethioic Acid S-(Tetrahvdro-5-(hvdroxymethvl)-2-thienyl) Ester A solution containing 2.19 g of product from Example 378, 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 5.3 g of acetic acid and 25 mmol of lM solution of n-tetrabutylammonium fluoride is stirred for 18 hours or until all starting 25 material is consumed by t1c. The reaction is diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with aqueous 0.5M potassium dihydrogen phosphate and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography to give 0.876 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 5.08(t,1H,CHS 2 3.8-3.5(m,3H,CH 2 0 and CHS); 2.3(s,3H,CH 3 2.5-2.8(m,4H,2CH 2 -285- ExaMle 384 (51-Ethanethioic Acic s- r5- r(EthOx~ethov methyl 1tetrahydro- 2-thienvil Ester To a 0 0C mixture of 0.165 g of product from Example 383 in 4 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 0.222 g of diisopropylethy. amine is added 0.122 g of chioromethylethyl ether. The reaction is stirred for minutes at 0 0 C and then 23 hours at 200 C. The mixture is given an aqueous workup, (ethyl acetate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, saturated sodium 9 chloride) and the purified by chromatography to give 0.100 g of the desired product.

1 H M(Dl: 5.08(t,lH,CHS 47);2,C 15 3 8-3. 4(m,5SH, 2CH 2 ,CIHS); 2.3(s,3H,CH 3 2 .5-l.75(m,4H,2CH 2 1 t 3,C;) Example 385 [4R-r3(5R ).4alrpha.5beta.6beta(R 111- 3-r F5- (Ethoxvmethov)methylltetrahvdro-2-.thienylithioi -6(-yr-vtyl4mthl7oo aaiylr.2.01 hert-2-ene-2-cprboxylic acid (4 -Nitrorhenyl) methyl Ester The product, 0.096 g, of Example 384 is dissolved in 4 ml of tetrahydrofuran and is hydrolyzed and worked up in a similar fashion to that described in Example .16 using O.3Smmol of a 4.4H sodium methoxide solution to give the crude thiol product. The thiol product is reacted directly with 0.185 g of product from Example 15, 0.074 g of diisopropylethyl amine and 3 ml of acetonitrile as described in Example 17. The product of this reaction is a mixture of two diastereomers. The more polar of the two, 0.070 is isolated and characterized, IH NMR(CDCl 3 8.22(d,2H,Ar); 7.65(d,2H,Ar); 5.38(ABq,2H,CH 2 Ar) 4..8 5(t,IH -CHS 2 5.18(B,2H,CH 2 0 2 4.25(m,2H,CH 2 o0); 3.78(m,1H,H 5 3.6(q,2H,CH 2 3 .55-3.4(m,2H,allylic H and CHS); 3.28(dd,lH,H 6 -286- 2 .4-1.9(m,4H,2CH 2 1.48(d,3H,CH 3 1.3(d,3H,CH 3 1.22(t,3H,CH 3 ExamRle 386 r4R-r3(SR .4alvha.5beta.6beta(R1- 3- r r 5- (EthoxymethoXyl methylI 1 tetrahvdro-2-thienyl 1 thio, (1-hy-droxvethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclor3 .2.*01 he~t-2-ene-2-carboxvlic acid Monopotassium Salt The title, compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0. 065 g of product f rom Example 385, 10 ml of 1:1 dioxane:water, 0.017 g potassium carbonate, and 0.033 g of 10% palladium on carbon to give, after purification, 0.019 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0) :6 4.8 5 (m,1H,CHS 2 4.7(s,2H,CH 2 0 2 4.2(m,2H); 3.8(m,2H); 3.64(m,4H); 3.45(m,2H,CHS, allylic CH); 3.4 (dd,lH,H 6 2.35-l.85(m,4H,2CH 2 1.25(d,3H,CH l.15(t,6H,2CH 3 Example 387 (2R) (Acetyloxv) tetrahydro-2-thiophenemethanol 20 To a mixture of 0.54 g of l-0-acetyl-5-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) 3-dideoxy-4thioribofuranose S (prepared by the procedure of J.A.Secrist et al., J.

Med. Chem.,l992, 35, 533) in 8 al of tetrahydrofuran and 0.6 g of acetic acid is added 4 mmol of IM n-tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride solution. The reaction is stirred for 5 hours and then another portion of 0.10 g of acetic acid and 1 mmol of n-tetrabutylammonium fluoride is added and the reaction is stirred for 1 hour. Cold potassium dihydrogen phosphate and ethyl acetate are added to the reaction mixture, followed by an aqueous workup. Purification by chromatography gives 0.164 g of the desired product.

1 NMR(D 2 0):S 6.15(t,lH,CHS(oAc)); 3.68(m,2H,CH 2 o); 3.58(dd,lH,CHS); 2..2(m,5H,2CH 2 OH); 2.0(s,3H,CH 3 -287- -5-Az idomethyl) tetrahvdro-2-thiolheneol Acetate (ester) To a 0 OC solution of 5 ml of methylene chloride and 0.439 g of product from Example 387 is added 0.303 g of triethylamine followed by 0.341 g of methanesulfonyl chloride. The reaction is warmed to 0 C with stirring for 2 hours. The reaction is concentrated i:n vacuo and the residue is purified by chromatography to give 0.150 g of material which is dissolved in 1 ml of dimethylformamide. To this solution is added 0.338 g of n-tetrabutylainmonium azide and the reaction solution is stirred at 20 0Cfor 4 hours. The azido product is isolated following an aqueous workup and purification by chromatography to give 0.082 g of pure azide.

H NMR(D 0):6 6.18(t,lH,CH(OAC)S); 3.7-3.2(m,3H,CH

N

3 CHS); 2.4-2.07(m,4H,2CH 2 2.05(s,3H,CH 3 Example 389 r4R-r3(5R*),4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*)11- 3-r F5-Azidomethvl) tetrahvdro-2-thienvllthiol-6- (1-hvdroxvethyl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-1azabicyclor3 olhent-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (4 -Nitrophenvl) methyl Ester To a solution, under argon, of 0.080 g of product from Example 388, 4 ml of acetonitrile and (4R(4alpha,5beta,6beta(R -6-(l-hydroxyethyl) -3mecpo4mty--oo aaiyl[.2. O]hept-2-ene- 2-carboxylic acid (4-nitrophenyl)methyl ester mono silver(+)salt (prepared by the procedure of European Patent Appl. EP0481511A2) is added 0.6mmol of IM diethylaluminum chloride. The reaction is stirred for an hour followed by aqueous workup and chromatography to give 0.016 g of the desired product.

-288- 1NMR(CDC1 3 8.2(d,2H,Ar); 7.65(d,2H,Ar); 5.35(q,2H,CH 2 Ar);4.9(t,1H,CHS 2 4.28(m,1H,CHO); 4.23(d,H 5 3.73(t,1H,allylic 3.35(d,2H,CH 2

N

3 3.3(dd,H 6 2.38(m,2H,CH 2 2.25(m,1H); 1.95(d,3H,CH 3 1.3(d,3H,CH 3 Examnle 390 r4R-r4alvha.5beta.6beta(R )I (Aminomethvl tetrahvdro-2-thienyli1thiol -6- (1-hydroxvethyl) -4-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicyclor 3.2.01 he~t-2-ene-2-carboxylic Acid The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.010 g of Example 389, 3 ml of dioxane and 0.lM pH 7.0 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer and 0.010 g of 10% palladium on carbon to give, after chromatography, 0.006 g of the desired product.

H NMR (D 0) 6 4. 9(m, CHS 3. 9(m, 2H, CH N); 3.55(m,lH,CHOH); 3.45(m,lH,H 5 3.4-3.15(m,3H,H 61 CHS,allylic 2.9-2.7(m,2H); 00.0 2.2(m,lH); l.7(m,lH); 1.22(d,3H,CH 3 l.18(d,3H,CH 3 20 Example 391 r3-S-r4R-r4alp~ha.5beta.6beta(R*)11]- 1-F (N-L-Alanvl-L-alanyl)amino1-2.5-anhvdro-3-S-r2carboxv-6- (l-hvdroxyethvl) -4-methvl-7-oxo-l-azabicycler 3.2.01 hept-2-en-3-vl 1-1. 4-dideoxv-3-thio-D-threogent itol The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 257 using 0.494 g of product from Example 261, 0.437 g of product from Example 259, 6 ml of O.1M pH 7.0 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, 12 ml of dioxane and 0.13 g of 10% palladium on carbon to give, after chromatography (C 1 Reverse Phase Plates: ethyl alcohol/water) 0. 12 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(D 2 0):6 4.25(m,4H); 4.05(m,2H); 3.9(m,2H); 3.6-3.4(m,4H); 2.5-2.4(m,1H); 2.l-2.0(m,1H); l.50(d,3H,Me, J=7Hz);. l.38(d,3H,Me, J=7.lHz); l.27(d,3H,He, J=6.3Hz); l.19(d,3H,Me, J=7.lHz).

-289- Example 392 1.4-Dioxa-8-thiasDiror4. A mixture of 5.0 g of tetrahydrothiopyran-4one, 2.5 ml of ethylene glycol, 0.230 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid and 125 ml of benzene is stirred at reflux temperature for 2.5 hours. The water formed is removed using a Dean-Stark trap. The reaction is treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate, water, saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 6.52 g of the desired product as an oil.

Example 393 1.4-Dioxa-8-thiaspiror4.51decane 8-oxide A room temperature mixture of 13.8 g of pro- *duct from Example 392 dissolved in 100 ml of acetic acid is treated, dropwise over 20 minutes, with 9.0 ml of 30% hydrogen peroxide. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, concentrated in vacuo at 50 C, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed 2 X with saturated sodium 20 bicarbonate, water and saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The aqueous washes are combined and concentrated in vacuo to about 25 ml. The residue is saturated with solid potassium carbonate and extracted 2 X with 200 ml of ethyl acetate. The '25 organic phase is concentrated in vacuo to a solid which is triturated with hexane and collected to give 13.1 g of the desired product.

Example 394 1,4-Dioxa-8-thiaspiror4.51decan-7-ol A mixture of 0.88 g of product from Example 393, 5.0 ml of acetic anhydride and 2.0 ml of lutidine is heated at 110°-115 C for 2.5 hours, followed by increasing the temperature to 150 0 C and then heated for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate, washed 2 X with IN hydrochloric acid, water, saturated sodium chloride, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in methylene chloride, -290filtered through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and reconcentrated ini vacuo to give 0.569 g of the desired product.

Ethanethioic Acid 4-Dioxa-B-thias~iror4 5decan-7-vl) Ester A mixture of 0.545 g of product from Example 394, 0.23 ml of thioacetic acid, 0.16 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid and 8 ml of carbon tetrachloride is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After work up is concentration in vacuo gives 0.556 g of the desired Vo.es product.

to Examiple 396 to. 15 1.4-ix--ha r[.51decane-7-thiol A mixture of 0.56 g of product from Example too*.:395, 0.60 ml of 4.37M sodium methoxide and 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran is stirred in an ice bath for minutes. Ethyl acetate is added followed by potassium phosphate monobasic. The organic layer is dried and concentrated inl vacuo to give 0. 37 g of the desired product as a yellow oil.

Example 397 too. ~r 4R- r4alpha, 5beta. 6beta I I -3-1.4-Diox -a-8- 25 thiaspiro r4 .5dec-7-ylthio) 6- (1-hydroxvethyl) -4-methyl- 7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3 .2 .Olhept-2-ene-2-carboxylic Acid (4 -NitroTphenvl) methyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure Example 17 using 0.335 g of product from Example 15, 0.121 g of product from Example 396, 0.11 ml of diisopropylethylamine and 5 ml of acetonitrile to give 0.080 g of the desired product after chromatography.

-291- ExgMRle 398 r4R-r4alpha.5beta.6beta(R*111-3-1.4-Dioxa-8thiasniror-4.51dec-7-oxo)6-(1-hvdrovethyl-4-methyl- 7-oxo-l-azabicvclor 3 Olhet-2-ene-2-carboxvlic Acid Monosodium Salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 18 using 0.80 g of product from Example 397, 0.0125 g of sodium bicarbonate, 0.080 g of palladium on carbon,. 4 ml of ethyl acetate and 2 ml of water to give 0.032 g of the desired product after chromatography.

Example 399 r3-r4R-r4alvha.5beta.6beta,(R 11- 2.6-Anhvdro-4.5-dideoxv-3-S-6-(hvdroxvethyl)-4-methyl- ~2-rr(4-nitrohenvl)methoxvlcarbonvl-7-oxo-l-azabicvclor3.2.Olhet-2-en-3-vll-l--(methoxvmethvl)- 3 -thio-D-threo-hexitol 0 The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 17 using 0.375 g of (2R,3R)-2-methoxymethoxymethyl tetrahydropyran-3-thiol (prepared safe according to the procedure of Miyazaki,H. et al. in Chem. Pharm. Bull., Vol 37, pp 2391-2397(1989)) in 5 ml of acetonitrile, 0.954 g of product from Example 15 in ml of acetonitrile and 0.3 ml of diisopropylethyl AP 25 amine to give, after chromatography (Silica gel), the desired compound.

*see* Example 400 r3-r4R-r4alia.5beta.6beta(R 1111- 2,6-Anhvdro-3-S-r2-carboxv-6-(-hvdroxvethyl)-4-methyl- 7-oxo-l-azabicyclor3.2.Olhept-2-en-3-yll-4.5-dideoxy-1 0-(methoxyethyl)-3-thio-D-threo-hexitol Mnosodium Salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.243 g of product from Example 399, 0.084 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 5 ml of 0.1M pH 7.0 sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer and 7 ml of dioxane to give, after chromatography (Reverse -292- Phase Plates: 5% aqueous ethyl alcohol), to give the desired product.

Examle 401 2.4-Anhvdro-D-lyxonic Acid Methyl Ester A slurry of 1.01 g of 2,4-anhydro-3,5-bis-o- (phenylmethyl) -D-lyxonic acid methyl ester (prepared by the procedure in Tetrahedron Letters, Vol 31, No. 33, p4787, 1990), 0.253. g of palladium hydroxide on carbon, and 30 ml of methyl alcohol is hydrogenated under a balloon of hydrogen (1 atm.) for 2.5 hours. The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed .0 with ethyl acetate and ethyl alcohol, and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.460 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDCl 3 5.07(d,lH, J 4.9Hz); 4.85(m,2H); 4.28'brdl) 4.10'mjH);38(,3,~ 2.65'brs 1H).

IR(neat): 3400, 295.7, 1739, 1441, 1226, 1020 cm 1 HS(CI):m/z 163(M Example 402 2.4-Anhydro-D-lyXonic acid Methyl Ester (4-methvlbenzenesulfonate) To a 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.435 g of product from Example 401 in 9 ml of pyridine is added 0.614 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and the reaction .0 25 is stirred overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with 50 ml of 10% hydrochloric acid and extracted with diethyl ether and ethyl acetate. The organic layers are combined, dried and purified by chromatography to give 0.517 g of the desired product.

1 H M(Dl .81(d,2H,J 8.3Hz); 7.36(d,2H,J= 8.3Hz); 4.93(m,3H); 4.54(dd,lH,j 11.3 and 4.9Hz); 4.30(dd,lH,J dd,lH,J 11.3 and 3.75Hz); 3.81(s,3HoMe); 2.92(d,1H,J 2.46(s,3H'SO Ar~e) 2 IR(KBr): 3361, 2936, 1749, 1355, 1174 cm-l MS m/ z 3 17 -293- Example 403 2.4-Anhvdro-3-thio-D-arabinonic Acid Methyl Ester 3-Acetate 5-(4-Methvlbenzenesulfonate) A 0°C solution, under argon, of 0.111 g of product from Example 402 in 3 ml of dry methylene chloride is treated, sequentially, with 0.03 ml of pyridine and 0.07 ml of triflic anhydride. After the addition, the reaction is stirred for 30-45 minutes, until consumption of the starting material. The mixture is diluted with diethyl ether, filtered to remove salts, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo.

The residue, under argon at room temperature, is dissolved in 1.0 ml of dry acetonitrile, treated with 2 equivalents of potassium thioacetate and stirred for 2 hours. The mixture is diluted with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried, concentrated and purified by chromatography to give 0.092 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC13):6 7.83(d,2H,J 8.3Hz); 7.35(d,2H,J 8.3Hz); 5.17(d,1H,J 8.17Hz); 4.90(m,2H); 4.27(m,2H); 3.80(s,3H,OMe); 2.45(s,3H,SO2ArMe); 2.31(s,3H,SAc).

IR(neat): 2851, 1755, 1703, 1598, 1438, 1362, 1129 -1 cm MS(CI):m/z 375(M S. 25 Example 404 2 4 -Anhvdro-3-thio-D-arabinonic Acid Methyl Ester 5-(4-Methylbenzenesulfonate) To a 0°C solution, under argon, of 0.618 g of product from Example 403 in 4 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added, dropwise, 0.45 ml of 4.37M sodium methoxide.

The reaction is stirred at 0°C for 45 minutes, quenched with 1-2 ml of 10% hydrochloric acid and the mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (Silica gel: 5-50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.285 g of the desired product as a colorless oil.

-294- 1 H NMR(CDC1 3 :6 7.82 (d 2H,J 8.3Hz); 7.36(d,2H,j 8.3Hz); 5.13(d,1H,J 4.78(m,1H); 4.21(d,2H,J 2.4Hz); 3.85(s,3H,OMe); 2.45(s,3H,ArCH 3 1.97(d,1H,3 9Hz,SH).

IR(neat): 2850, 2566, 1751, 1598, 1438, 1361, 1178 c-1 MS(CI):m/z 161(M +H-oTs).

Example 405 L3-r4R-r4al~ha,5beta.6beta(R*II Il- 2. 4-Anhvdro-3-s-r6-(1-hvproxvethylI -4-methyl-2-r r (4nitrophenyl) methoxvl carbonyl I -7-oxo-1-azabicvclor 3.2.0 lhept-2-en-3-vll1-3-thio-D-arabinonic Acid Methyl Ester 5- (4-Methylbenzenesulfonate) 0 To a 0 C solution, under argon, of 0.273 g of product from Example 404, 0.439 g of product from Example 15, in 3.8 ml of acetonitrile is added, dropwise, 0.13 ml of Hunig's base. After addition the reaction is warmed to room temperature for 2 hours.

The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (silica gel: 10-100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 0.49 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR (CDCl 3 8. 23 2H, J 8. 7Hz) 8(d, 2H, J= 8.3Hz); 7.65(d,2H,J 8.7Hz); 7.37(d,2H,J 8.3Hz); 255. 4 9(d,l1H, J 13. 8Hz) 5. 24 IH, J= 13.8BHz) 520(d,l1H, J 8. 5Hz) 4. 9 6(m,l1H) 4. 7 9(dd,l1H); 4.35-4.10 4H) 3 83 3H, CO 2 Me) 3.5 (m,l1H); 3.31(dd,2H); 2.46(j;,3H,ArOMe); l.37(d,3H,J 6.3Hz); 1.22(d,3H,J 7.4114.

IR(KBr): 3527, 3111, 2877, 1772, 1522, 1347, 1212, 1177, 1140cm 1 MS(FAB):m/z 677(M -295- Exale 406 r3-r4R-r4alpha. 5beta 6beta (R -111- 4-Anhvdro-3-S- r 2-carboXy-6- (1-hvdroXyethvl) -4methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicvclor3 Olhe~t-2-en-3-vll -3thio-D-arabinonic Acid 1-Methyl Ester (4-Methvlbenzenesulfonate Monosodium Salt The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 192 using 0.150 g of product from Example 405, 0.046 g of 10% palladium on carbon, 0.028 io g of sodium bicarbonate, 7.25 ml of dioxane:sodium dihydrogen phosphate buffer, pH 7.0 in a Parr apparatus *0 to give after chromatography 0.011 g of the desired product.

1 H NMR(CDC 3 7.87(d,2H,J 8.3Hz); 7.51(d,2H,J 8.3Hz); 4.5-4.3(m,5H); 3.34(s,3H,CO 2 Me); 3.3-3.1(m,4H); 2.48(s,3H,ArMe); l.13(d,3H); l.1(d,3H).

IR(KBr): 3538, 3409, 2923, 1745, 1624, 1141, 1119 cm 1 Example 407 r 3 -r4R- r4 alipha, 5beta, 6beta 111 1-r r I- (Acetvloxy) ethoXvl carbonyl 1amino 1-2 1.4-dideoxv-3-S-r2-frr(2 .2-dimethyl-l-oxopropoxv) methoxvlcprbonyll (l-hvdroXyethyl) -4-mnethvl-7-oxo-1azabicyclor3 Olhept-2-en-3-vll -thio-D-threo-Dentitol A 0 0 C mixture of 0.557 g of product from Example 319, 0.24 ml of chloromethyl pivalate. 0.189 g of sodium bicarbonate and 0.252 g of sodium iodide is stirred for 5 hours. The reaction is monitored by tlc.

The solution is concentrated inl vacuo, the residue is slurried with ethyl acetate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by chromatography (Silica Gel: ethyl acetate) to give 0.249 g of the desired product.

1 HNMR(CDC1 3 :6 6.7(m,lH,CH); 5.82(ABq,2H,OCH 2 o); 5.36(m,lHINH); 4.3-4.l(m,3H); 4.0-3.9(m,lH); 3.78(m,2H); 3.55(m,lH); 3.38(m,lH); 3.21(m,3H); 2.45-2.3(m,1H); 1.99(s,3H,Ac); 2.05-l.9(m,lH); 1.38(d,3H,He,J 5.1Hz); 1.25(d,3H,Me,.3 6.1Hz); l.19(d,3H,Me,J 7.0Hz); 1.49(s,9H,3Me,t-Bu).

-296- Example 408 r4R-r3(3R* SR* and 3S*,5S*4l lha, betb( 1 3- r r5- rr(Aminocarbonyi) oxvlmethvl 1tetrahvdro-3furanvi 1thiol (l-hydroxvethv) -4-methvl-7-oxo-iazabicyclor3 Olhe~t-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid (2 .2-Dimethyl-l-oxopropoxvlmethyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example.407 using 0.460 g of product from Example 18, 0.24 ml of chioromethyl pivalate, 0.189 of sodium bicarbonate and 0.252 g of sodium iodide to give after chromatography 0.3 g of the desired product.

Examp~le 409 r4R-r3(3R .5S and 3S*.5R*).4a1lpha.5beta.6beta(R )11- 3-r r5-(rr(Aminocarbonv1l oxvlmethylltetrahvdro-3oxo-l-azabicvclor3. 2. Olhent-2-ene-2carboxylic acid (2.2-Dimethvl-1oxopropozv) methyl Ester The title compound is prepared by the procedure of Example 407 using 0.460 g of product from o: Example 21, 0.24 ml of chioromethyl pivalate, 0.189 g of sodium bicarbonate and 0.252 g of sodium iodide to give after chromatograph 0.32 g of the desired product.

Claims (3)

1. A compound selected from those of formula IV and IX: '(cH2),R 2 IV (1-3) HS '(CH 2 ),R 2 IV (4-6) (CH 2 ,R 2 IX (1-3) CH 2 R 2 IX (4-6) wherein: Y is selected from chioro, bromo, iodo, methane- sulfonate and trifluoromethanesulfonate; n is an integer from 0-4; Z is selected from oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone; R2is selected from: methyl, hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, -OCOCH 3 -OCOCF 3 -OSO 2 CH 3 -OSO 2 Ph, azido, (ii) a moiety of the formula: n R a wherein is an integer from 0-2; and R a is hydrogen or an organic group bonded via a carbon atom selected f rom substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 298 substituted or unsubstituted (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, substituted or ~unsubstituted (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted or un- substituted heterocyclyl, any of such groups being optionally substituted; said substitution is selected from (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, hydroxy (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, phenyl, heterocyclyl, amino, amidino, :A0 1 guanidino, carboxamido, carbamoyl, and (c~or *a a orRi hydroxy, -OR -OC(O)R -OC(O)OR a, _OC(O)NRaRa or wherein R a is independently selected 00 and is as hereinabove defined or O-P-OCH 2 CH 2 R 13 0 wherein R 13 is a moiety selected from those of the formulae: B_ BB -NH3 -N(CH 3 3 and 299 (iv) or R 2 is an organic residue bonded via a nitrogen atom, selected from NO, NO 2 NO 3 NC, NCO, NHCN, and NRhR wherein Rh and R J are independently selected from hydrogen; amino; substituted or unsubstituted amino; substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl and (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C -C 4 )alkyl wherein the heteroatom or heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and a cyclic group wherein R and R taken together with the associated nitrogen is an un- substituted or substituted mono- or bicyclic heterocyclic ring having up to four heteroatoms in each ring independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur wherein the substituents in the afore mentioned substituted alkyl, amino and heterocyclic group consist of amino, mono-, di- and tri(C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, hydroxyl, oxo, carboxyl, alkoxyl, chloro, fluoro, bromo, nitro, -SO 2 NH 2 phenyl, benzyl, acyloxy, alkoxylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy and carboxamido; or R 2 is a hydroxylamino, hydrazinyl, iminyl and hydroxamic 300 acid derivative selected from those of the formulae: -N(RL)O- 1 MR R =lN-and (CR)OR J respectively; wherein R h and RJ are as hereinabove defined; moieties of the formulae: Rh Rh 15 -N-1 R 'h h R R N-R and -N N iR Rh h wherein R h and R are as hereinabove defined; 25 25 acylamino moieties of the formulae: 'R -C-N- 0 R J wherein R h and R J are as hereinabove defined; moieties represented by the formulae: 301 Rh R P R P SII II N-C-NH- and R0-C-NH- R J wherein R h and R are as hereinabove defined and R P is selected from oxygen and sulfur; moieties of the formula: R k-C-C-NH- II I I 15 l N 0 k ORk wherein R represents hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl*, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl*, (C 2 -C 4 )alkynyl*, heterocyclyl* and heteroaryl* wherein the heteroatom and heteroatoms are selected from 1-4 25 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur and the cyclic portion has 5 or 6 ring atoms; wherein the aforesaid groups marked with *:an asterisk are optionally substituted by a substituent described hereinabove h J for Rh and R moieties of the formula: RaS(O)n ,NH- wherein n" and R a are as hereinabove defined; moieties represented by the formulae: 302 I>P-H >P-NH- h 0 P-NH- j wherein R h and R are as 10 hereinabove defined; an amino moiety containing an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide represented by the formula: 15 O SI /Rm -N-C-CH-N Rh R R 20 h wherein R is as hereinabove defined; Rm is hydrogen or an acyl residue of an amino acid or peptide; and R t is hydrogen, S* 25 benzyl, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl optionally substituted S. with halo, hydroxy, amino, guanidinyl, carboxy, phenyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthio, hydroxy- phenyl or heterocyclyl; an acyclic quaternary ammonio moiety of the formula: B- -RsR9 wherein R R 8 and R are the same or different and are selected from hydrogen, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl and substituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected from 303 hydroxy, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, wherein the substitution is selected from hydroxy, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, azido, amino, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, di(C 1 -C 4 alkylamino, guanidino, nitrile, carboxy, formimidoyl and phenyl; alternatively, R 7 and R taken together are -(CH2)2X(CH) 2-' 2 wherein X is (CH2) w (w is an integer from 0 to oxygen, sulfur, NH, NRh, NOH and NORh and B is a physiologically acceptable anion; or R2 is a moiety bonded via carbon atom; selected from the following groups; a nitrile moiety an acetylenic group, or a moiety of the formulae: C R wherein Ra is as hereinabove S* defined; a moiety selected from those of the formulae: 304 0 11 -C =N-R Rh S Rh R~ 4e* -C=NORJ R~ R h -C =N- IR 0 11 -C-H 0 11 -C-RO 0 h C N R 0 -C-H HNR IS I I-'Rh C-N1 -C-SRO 0 11 C-H 305 -C=N-N N-Rd R Rh <NR J a h *wherein Ra RhadR r s eenbv defined; 25(c) a moiety selected from -CH-F, CF 3 -CF 2 CF 3 -CII(0CH 3 2 -CHCl 2 and C thJ. 306

2. A compound selected from those of formula IV and IX as dem~d in claim1 substantially as herein described with reference to any example thereof.

3. Any invention described or claimed herein. Dated 12 January, 2000 American Cyanamid Company Patent Attorneys for the Applicant/Nominated Person SPRUSON FERGUSON Deb* s* 000 [N:\LEBZ]00734:SAK